WO2024127309A1 - Autoencoders for final setups and intermediate staging in clear tray aligners - Google Patents

Autoencoders for final setups and intermediate staging in clear tray aligners Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024127309A1
WO2024127309A1 PCT/IB2023/062703 IB2023062703W WO2024127309A1 WO 2024127309 A1 WO2024127309 A1 WO 2024127309A1 IB 2023062703 W IB2023062703 W IB 2023062703W WO 2024127309 A1 WO2024127309 A1 WO 2024127309A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
tooth
setups
mesh
representation
oral care
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/IB2023/062703
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Francis J. T. YATES
Jonathan D. Gandrud
Michael Starr
Seyed Amir Hossein Hosseini
Mariah Sonja Pereira Penha
Original Assignee
3M Innovative Properties Company
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 3M Innovative Properties Company filed Critical 3M Innovative Properties Company
Publication of WO2024127309A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024127309A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T19/00Manipulating 3D models or images for computer graphics
    • G06T19/20Editing of 3D images, e.g. changing shapes or colours, aligning objects or positioning parts
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06VIMAGE OR VIDEO RECOGNITION OR UNDERSTANDING
    • G06V10/00Arrangements for image or video recognition or understanding
    • G06V10/40Extraction of image or video features
    • G06V10/46Descriptors for shape, contour or point-related descriptors, e.g. scale invariant feature transform [SIFT] or bags of words [BoW]; Salient regional features
    • G06V10/467Encoded features or binary features, e.g. local binary patterns [LBP]
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T2210/00Indexing scheme for image generation or computer graphics
    • G06T2210/41Medical
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T2219/00Indexing scheme for manipulating 3D models or images for computer graphics
    • G06T2219/20Indexing scheme for editing of 3D models
    • G06T2219/2021Shape modification

Definitions

  • Patent Applications is incorporated herein by reference: 63/432,627; 63/366,492; 63/366,495; 63/352,850; 63/366,490; 63/366,494; 63/370,160; 63/366,507; 63/352,877; 63/366,514; 63/366,498; 63/366,514; and 63/264,914.
  • This disclosure relates to configurations and training of neural networks to improve the accuracy of automatically generated clear tray aligner (CT A) devices used in orthodontic treatments.
  • CT A clear tray aligner
  • the present disclosure describes systems and techniques for training and using one or more machine learning models, such as neural networks to produce intermediate stages and final setups for CTAs, in a manner which is customized to the treatment needs of the patient.
  • the techniques described herein use Representation Learning to train setups-predicting neural networks (also referred to as “setups prediction models”). Representation learning may first learn a representation of a data sample, and then generate an output based on that representation.
  • a first machine learning module such as an autoencoder or another machine learning model (e.g., a transformer, a 3D U-Net, a pyramid encoder decoder, or an encoder), may be trained to generate one or more representations of the received 3D oral care representations (e.g., maloccluded tooth meshes and/or maloccluded tooth transforms).
  • Techniques of this disclosure may train one or more encoder-decoder structures to generate transforms to place 3D oral care representations into poses which are suitable for oral care appliance generation (e.g., to place the patient's teeth into setups poses for use in aligner treatment).
  • An encoder-decoder structure may comprise at least one encoder or at least one decoder.
  • Non-limiting examples of an encoder-decoder structure include autoencoders such as variational autoencoders, regularized autoencoders, masked autoencoders, or capsule autoencoders.
  • the representations may be generated for the tooth meshes (and possibly gums) of the patient.
  • a second machine learning module may receive the representations from the first machine learning module and be trained to generate one or more transformations for one or more 3D oral care representations (e.g., to generate setups transforms for the patient’s teeth to place those teeth in setups poses).
  • a reconstruction autoencoder e.g., such as the tooth reconstruction autoencoder described in FIG.
  • a reconstruction autoencoder (e.g., a variational autoencoder optionally utilizing continuous normalizing flows) has the further advantage in that the received 3D oral care representation, such as a tooth, may be reconstructed after having been first encodeed into the latent form (e.g., using a decoder).
  • the reconstructed version of the tooth may then be compared to the original tooth by the computation of a reconstruction error.
  • a low reconstruction error may indicate that the autoencoder was successfully trained to encode aspects of the tooth mesh’s shape and/or structure in the latent form (e.g., a latent vector may be generated by a variational autoencoder, or a latent capsule may be generated by a capsule autoencoder), and that the latent representation of the tooth is suitable for processing by the second machine learning module.
  • Possible autoencoders include, but are not limited to: variational autoencoder, regularized autoencoder, masked autoencoder, or capsule autoencoder.
  • a final setup is a target configuration of 3D tooth representations (such as 3D tooth meshes) such as the teeth appear at the end of treatment.
  • An intermediate setup also referred to as an intermediate stage or intermediate staging
  • An intermediate setup describes a configuration of teeth during one of the several stages of treatment, after the teeth leave their maloccluded poses (e.g., positions and/or orientations) and before the teeth reach their final setup poses.
  • a final setup may be used to generate, at least in part, one or more intermediate stages. Each stage may be used in the generation of a clear tray aligner. Such aligners may incrementally move the patient's teeth from the initial or maloccluded poses to the final poses represented by the final setup.
  • Continuous normalizing flows may comprise a series of invertible mappings which may transform a probability distribution.
  • CNF may be implemented by a succession of blocks in the decoder of an autoencoder. Such blocks may constrict a complex probability distribution, thereby enabling the autoencoder’s decoder to learn to map a simple distribution to a more complicated distribution and back, which leads to a data precision-related technical improvement that enables the distribution of tooth shapes after reconstruction (in deployment) to be more representative of the distribution of tooth shapes in the training dataset.
  • the invertibility of a CNF provides for a technical advantage of improved mathematical efficiencies during training, thereby providing resource usage-related technical improvements.
  • a first computer-implemented method for generating setups for orthodontic alignment treatment including the steps of receiving, by one or more computer processors, a first digital representation of a patient’s teeth, using, by the one or more computer processors and to determine a prediction for one or more tooth movements for a final setup, a generator that is a machine learning model, such as comprising one or more neural networks (e.g., a 3D encoder, 3D decoder, a 3D U- Net, an MLP, a transformer, an autoencoder, a pyramid encoder-decoder, a neural network with an attention layer and other neural networks disclosed herein) that has been initially trained to predict one or more tooth movements for a final setup, further training, by the one or more computer processors, the setups prediction model based on the using, and where the training of the setups prediction model is modified by performing operations including predicting, by the generator, one or more tooth movements for a final setup based on the first digital representation of the
  • the first aspect can optionally include additional features.
  • the method can produce, by the one or more processors, an output state for the final setup.
  • the method can determine, by the one or more computer processors, a difference between the one or more predicted tooth movements and the one or more reference tooth movements.
  • the determined difference between the one or more predicted tooth movements and the one or more reference tooth movements can be used to modify the training of the generator.
  • Modifying the training of the generator can include adjusting one or more weights of the generator’s neural network.
  • the method can generate, by the one or more computer processors, one or more lists specifying mesh elements of the first digital representation of the patient’s teeth. At least one of the one or more lists can specify one or more edges in the first digital representation of the patient’s teeth.
  • At least one of the one or more lists can specify one or more polygonal faces in the digital representation of the patient’ s teeth. At least one of the one or more lists can specify one or more vertices in the first digital representation of the patient’s teeth (e.g., such as derived from a 3D mesh). At least one of the one or more lists can specify one or more points in the first digital representation of the patient’s teeth (e.g., such as derived from a 3D point cloud).
  • a 3D point cloud may, in some instances, comprise the plurality of vertices extracted from a 3D mesh.
  • At least one of the one or more lists can specify one or more voxels in the first digital representation of the patient’s teeth (e.g., such as derived from a sparse representation).
  • the method can compute, by the one or more computer processors, one or more mesh element features.
  • the one or more mesh element features can include edge endpoints, edge curvatures, edge normal vectors, edges movement vectors, edge normalized lengths, vertices, faces of associated three-dimensional representations, voxels, and combinations thereof.
  • Other mesh element features for edges are disclosed herein.
  • Mesh element features for each of vertices, points, faces and voxels are also disclosed herein.
  • the method can generate, by the one or more computer processors, a digital representation predicting the position and orientation of the patient’s teeth based on the one or more predicted tooth movements.
  • a prediction for the movement of a tooth may comprise a transform (e.g., such as one or more of an affine transformation matrix, a translation vector, a quaternion, and one or more Euler angles).
  • the setups prediction model may predict each of tooth position and tooth orientation information. In some non-limiting examples, the network may predict the orientation and position information substantially concurrently.
  • the setups prediction model may predict a setup transform for each tooth in the arch, to place each tooth in the final setup pose.
  • the method can generate, by the one or more computer processors, a digital representation of the patient’s teeth based on the one or more reference tooth movements.
  • the generator of a setups prediction model may be trained, at least in part, with the assistance of a discriminator.
  • the discriminator may determine whether a representation of the one or more tooth movements predicted by the generator is distinguishable from a representation of one or more reference tooth movements can include the steps of receiving the representation of the one or more tooth movements predicted by the generator, the representation of the one or more reference tooth movements, and the first digital representation of the patient’s teeth, comparing the representation of the one or more tooth movements predicted by the generator, the representation of the one or more reference tooth movements, wherein the comparison is based at least in part on the first digital representation of the patient’s teeth, and determining, by the one or more computer processors, a probability that the representation of the one or more tooth movements predicted by the generator is the same as the representation of one or more reference tooth movements.
  • a second computer-implemented method for generating setups for orthodontic alignment treatment pertains to intermediate staging prediction.
  • Intermediate staging of teeth from a malocclusion stage to a final stage requires determining accurate individual teeth movements in a way that teeth are not colliding with each other, the teeth move toward their final state, and the teeth follow optimal and preferably short trajectories. Because each tooth has six degrees-of-freedom and an average arch has about fourteen teeth, finding the optimal teeth trajectory from initial to final stage is a large and complex problem.
  • the second computer-implemented method is customized to the treatment needs of the patient (e.g., as specified by a clinician, which may include technician or healthcare professional) and is described including the steps of receiving, by one or more computer processors, a first digital representation of a patient’s teeth, and a representation of a final setup, using, by the one or more computer processors and to determine a prediction for one or more tooth movements for one or more intermediate stages, a generator that is a machine learning model, such as a neural network, included in a setups prediction machine learning model, such as comprising one or more neural networks (e.g., a 3D encoder, 3D decoder, a 3D U-Net, a multilayer perceptron (MLP), a transformer, an autoencoder, a pyramid encoder-decoder, and other neural networks disclosed herein), and that has been initially trained to predict one or more tooth movements for one or more intermediate stages, further training, by the one or more computer processors, the setups prediction model based
  • a first three-dimensional (3D) representation of oral care data (e.g., a tooth), may be provided to an autoencoder network which has been trained as a reconstruction autoencoder (e.g., using reconstruction loss calculation, or a KL-divergence calculation, among others described herein), which may encode the first 3D representation into one or more latent space representation (e.g., using the decoder portion of the autoencoder).
  • the decoder portion of the autoencoder may be used to reconstruct the one or more latent space representations into a second 3D representation of oral care data which is a close facsimile of the first 3D representation (e.g., a close facsimile of the tooth).
  • the accuracy of the reconstruction may be verified by computing reconstruction error, as described herein.
  • the latent representation is shown to be an accurate description of the first 3D representation (e.g., accurate description of the tooth).
  • the one or more latent space representations may be provided to a trained ML model (e.g., the autoencoder in FIG. 16), which may generate a transform for the first 3D representation.
  • the transform may place the tooth relative to one or more other teeth (e.g., in an orthodontic setup).
  • the trained ML model may generate transforms to place teeth into final setup poses, or into intermediate staging poses.
  • latent representations of the patient’s teeth may be provided to a setups prediction neural network.
  • Malocclusion transforms may also be provided to the setups prediction neural network (e.g., transforms which define the malocclusion poses of the teeth).
  • one or more appliance components e.g., latent representations of such appliance components
  • the trained ML model may generate transforms to place the one or more appliance components relative to one or more teeth of the patient’s dentition.
  • one or more fixture model components e.g., latent representations of such fixture model components
  • a 3D representation may be a 3D mesh, a 3D point cloud, or a voxelized representation.
  • the autoencoder network may be a variational autoencoder (VAE) network (e.g., with optional continuous normalizing flows).
  • VAE variational autoencoder
  • Optional additional input data may be provided to the autoencoder network, including one or more of: (i) one or more 3D geometries describing one or more teeth, (ii) one or more vectors P containing at least one value pertaining to at least one method of computing a dimension of at least one tooth, (iii) one or more vectors Q containing at least one value pertaining to at least one method of computing a distance between adjacent teeth, (iv) one or more vectors B containing latent vector information about one or more teeth, (v) one or more vectors N containing at least one value pertaining to the position of at least one tooth, (vi) one or more vectors O containing at least one value pertaining to the orientation of at least one tooth, (vii) one or more vectors R at least one of tooth name, designation, tooth type and tooth classification.
  • the transforms generated by the methods may, in some implementations, be used in the generation of oral care appliances (e.g., aligner trays for aligning teeth, or indirect bonding trays for delivering brackets).
  • the first 3D representation may contain one or more mesh elements.
  • Mesh element feature vectors may be computed for the mesh elements of the first representation, and subsequently be provided to the trained autoencoder, to improve the accuracy of the generated latent representation.
  • the methods of this disclosure may be deployed at a clinical context. Brief Description of Drawings
  • FIG. 1 shows a method of augmenting training data for use in training machine learning (ML) models of this disclosure.
  • FIG. 2 shows a summary of some of the setups prediction methods described herein.
  • FIG. 3 shows a method of training a capsule autoencoder.
  • FIG. 4 shows a method of training a tooth reconstruction autoencoder.
  • FIG. 5 shows a method of using a deployed tooth reconstruction autoencoder.
  • FIG. 6 shows a reconstructed tooth mesh, which has been reconstructed using a reconstruction autoencoder, according to techniques of this disclosure.
  • FIG. 7 shows a reconstructed tooth mesh, which has been reconstructed using a reconstruction autoencoder, according to techniques of this disclosure.
  • FIG. 8 shows a visualization of reconstruction error for a tooth.
  • FIG. 9 shows reconstruction error values for several tooth reconstructions.
  • FIG. 10 shows method of training a reconstruction autoencoder.
  • FIG. 11 shows non-limiting example code for a reconstruction autoencoder.
  • FIG. 12 shows examples of 3D representations which have been reconstructed, according to techniques of this disclosure.
  • FIG. 13 shows a latent space where loss incorporates reconstruction loss but does not incorporate KL-Divergence loss.
  • FIG. 14 shows a latent space in which the loss includes both reconstruction loss and KL- divergence loss.
  • FIG. 15 shows a method for training a tooth reconstruction autoencoder.
  • FIG. 16 shows a method for using a trained autoencoder to generation transforms for teeth, appliance component, fixture model components, or other 3D representations of oral care data.
  • the latent representations of the teeth are generated using a variational autoencoder.
  • FIG. 17 shows a method for using a trained autoencoder to generation transforms for teeth, appliance component, fixture model components, or other 3D representations of oral care data.
  • the latent representations of the teeth are generated using a capsule autoencoder.
  • FIG. 18 shows setups prediction methods, along with inputs which may be provided to the setups prediction models of this disclosure, including latent representations of the teeth which are generated using a variational autoencoder.
  • FIG. 19 shows setups prediction methods, along with inputs which may be provided to the setups prediction models of this disclosure, including latent representations of the teeth which are generated using a capsule autoencoder.
  • FIG. 20 shows transformer which may be configured to generate orthodontic setups transforms.
  • FIG. 21 shows an example of a VAE Setups deployment implementation. Detailed Description
  • Described herein are techniques for the automatic prediction of setups, which may provide the advantage of improving accuracy in comparison to existing techniques, enable new clinicians to be trained in the generation of effective setups, enable customized setups to be produced (e.g., which align with the specifications of clinicians), and provide the technical improvement of enhanced data precision in the formulation of these setups.
  • a setups prediction model of this disclosure may receive a variety of input data, which, as described herein, may include tooth meshes representing one or both arches of the patient.
  • the tooth data may be presented in the form of 3D representations, such as meshes or point clouds.
  • These data may be preprocessed, for example, by arranging the constituent mesh elements into lists and computing an optional mesh element feature vector for each mesh element.
  • Such vectors may impart valuable information of the shape and/or structure of the tooth to the setups prediction neural network. Additional inputs may enable the setups prediction neural network to better understand the distribution of the inputted data (e.g., tooth meshes), which provides the technical improvement of enabling customization to the specific medical/dental needs of the patient when the setups prediction model is deployed.
  • one or more oral care metrics may be computed.
  • Oral care metrics may be used for measuring one or more physical aspects of a setup (e.g., physical relationships within a tooth or between teeth).
  • an orthodontic metric may be computed for a ground truth setup which is then used in the training of a machine learning model (e.g., a setups prediction model).
  • the metric value may be received at the input of the setups prediction model, as a way of training the model to encode a distribution of such a metric over the several examples of the training dataset.
  • an “overbiteleff ’ metric may be computed for a setup which is received by the setups prediction model (e.g., at least one of mal and approved setup).
  • the network may then receive this metric value as an input, to assist in training the network to link that inputted metric value to the physical aspects of the received setup (e.g., to learn a distribution over the possible values of that metric across the examples of the training dataset).
  • the metric may be computed for the mal setup, and that metric value be supplied as an input the network during training, alongside the malocclusion transforms and/or tooth meshes.
  • the metric may also (or alternatively) be computed for the approved setup, and that metric be supplied as an input to the network during training, alongside the approved setup transforms and/or tooth meshes (e.g., for application during loss calculation time).
  • Such a loss calculation may quantify the difference between a prediction and a ground truth example (e.g., between a predicted setup and a ground truth setup).
  • the network may, through the course of loss calculation and subsequent backpropagation, learn to encode a distribution of that metric.
  • a technical improvement provided by the setups prediction techniques described herein is the customization of orthodontic treatment to the patient.
  • Oral care parameters may enable a clinician to customize specific desired aspects of the dimensions, proportions and other physical aspects of a predicted setup.
  • one or more oral care parameters may be defined and provided to the trained setups prediction model as part of the execution-phase input to specify one or more aspects of an intended setup upon an execution run.
  • a procedure parameter may be defined which corresponds to an oral care metric (e.g., such as the overbiteleft metric described above), which may be received at the input to a deployed setups prediction neural network and be taken as an instruction to the setups prediction neural network to generate a setup with the specified quantity of the metric (e.g., overbiteleft).
  • the setups prediction model may be especially suited to generating a setup with a prescribed value of a procedure parameter in the circumstance where that prescribed value falls within the distribution of the corresponding metric value that appeared in the training dataset.
  • Other procedure parameters may also be defined corresponding to other orthodontic metrics and be taken as instructions to the setups prediction model for the quantity of the relevant metric that is to be imparted to the predicted setup. This interplay between oral care metrics and oral care parameters may also apply to the training and deployment of other predictive models in oral care as well.
  • aspects of this disclosure are directed to forming training data that have a distribution which describes the kind of setup that the setups prediction neural network is configmed to produce. For example, to produce a final setup with an overbite of approximately 2.0 mm, one approach is to use ground truth training data with an overbite of approximately 2.0 mm. This approach may lead to a clean training signal and may produce useful results, and an alternative method may enable the network to learn to account for differences in overbite among the various ground truth training samples in the training dataset. An overbite metric may be computed for the malocclusion arches of a training sample (a patient case).
  • This overbite value may be received as an input to the setups prediction neural network at training time, along with the maloccluded tooth data, and serve as a signal to the neural network regarding the magnitude of overbite present in that mal arch.
  • the network thereby learns that different cases have different overbite magnitudes and can encode a distribution of possible overbite magnitudes, which can then be imparted to the predicted setup.
  • the trained neural network may receive the maloccluded tooth data as input and may also receive an input to indicate a magnitude of the overbite (e.g., or some other oral care metric) that is desired in the predicted setup (e.g., in the form of a procedure parameter which has been defined for the purpose).
  • This approach may enable the setups prediction neural network to account for differences in the distribution of the training dataset without excluding patient cases from the training dataset (e.g. , as may be done in the case of filtering the training dataset), with the added benefit of enabling the deployed setups prediction neural network to customize the predicted setup, according to the specification of the clinician who uses the setups prediction model.
  • Other orthodontic metrics e.g., those disclosed herein
  • Corresponding procedure parameters e.g., those disclosed herein or those defined to correspond to specific metrics
  • Other techniques disclosed herein, besides setups prediction may also be trained with this use of oral care metrics and procedure parameters being received as inputs to a predictive model.
  • a setups prediction neural network of this disclosure may be trained, at least in part, by the calculation of one or more loss values (e.g., reconstruction loss or other loss values described herein).
  • loss values may quantify the difference between a predicted setup and a corresponding ground truth setup, in some instances, these setups may be registered with each other (e.g., using iterative closest point (1CP) or singular value decomposition (SVD)) before the loss is computed, to reduce noise and improve the accuracy of the resulting trained setups prediction neural network.
  • Such a registration may alternatively or additionally be performed between the maloccluded setup and the corresponding ground truth setup, with the advantage of reducing noise in the loss measurement and improving the accuracy of the trained network.
  • the setups prediction neural network may compute a transform for each tooth, to move that tooth into a pose which is suitable for the end of orthodontic treatment (e.g., the final setup).
  • the pose of the tooth may include a change in position in 3D space and may also include a change in orientation (e.g., with respect to one or more coordinate axes - e.g., local coordinate axes with origin at the crown centroid).
  • the transform may effect the change in orientation by pivoting the tooth mesh relative to a pivot point or tooth origin. This pivot point may be chosen to lie within the crown centroid.
  • Alternatives include at the apex of the root tip, origin of malocclusion transform or at a point along an archform.
  • the predictive models of the present disclosure may, in some implementations, may produce more accurate results by the incorporation of one or more of the following inputs: archform information V, interproximal reduction (IPR) information U, tooth dimension information P, tooth gap information Q, latent capsule representations of oral care meshes T, latent vector representations of oral care meshes A, procedure parameters K (which may describe a clinician’s intended treatment of the patient), doctor preferences L (which may describe the typical procedure parameters chosen by a doctor), flags regarding tooth status M (such as for fixed or pinned teeth), tooth position information N, tooth orientation information O, tooth name/dental notation R, oral care metrics S (comprising at least one of oral care metrics and restoration design metrics).
  • IPR interproximal reduction
  • a first module e.g., an autoencoder neural network
  • a 3D oral care representation e.g., trained to reconstruct a tooth mesh - comprising crown, root and/or attached articles
  • a 3D encoder may be trained to encode an oral care mesh into a latent form
  • a 3D decoder may be trained to reconstruct that latent form into a facsimile of the received oral care mesh, where techniques disclosed herein may be used to measure the resulting reconstruction error.
  • the first module may create a representation.
  • a second module may use that representation for prediction. There may be one or more instances of the first module, and there may be one or more instances of the second module.
  • Described herein are techniques which may make use of an autoencoder which has been trained for oral care mesh reconstruction, which provides the advantage of encoding a potentially complex oral care mesh into a latent form (e.g., such as a latent vector or latent capsule) which may have reduced dimensionality and may be ingested by an instance of the second module (e.g., a predictive model for mesh cleanup, setups prediction, tooth restoration design generation, classification of 3D representations, validation of 3D representations, or setups comparison) for prediction purposes. While the dimensionality of the latent form may be reduced relative to the received oral care mesh, information about the reconstruction characteristics of the received oral care mesh may be retained.
  • a latent form e.g., such as a latent vector or latent capsule
  • the second module e.g., a predictive model for mesh cleanup, setups prediction, tooth restoration design generation, classification of 3D representations, validation of 3D representations, or setups comparison
  • This latent representation of the original oral care mesh may be received as input to the predictive model of the second module, providing the advantage of improving accuracy and data precision in comparison to other techniques.
  • the latent representation may, in some implementations, be modified according to the techniques of this disclosure to enable the predictive model of the second module to customize output data.
  • An advantage of computing reconstruction error on a reconstructed oral care mesh is to verify that the reconstructed oral care mesh is a facsimile of the received oral care mesh (e.g., where one or more dimensions or other aspects of the reconstructed oral care mesh are measured to be within a threshold reconstruction error of the received oral care mesh).
  • the first module may also be trained to produce other kinds of representations, such as those generated by neural networks performing convolution and/or pooling operations (e.g., a network with a size 5 convolution kernel which also performs average pooling, or a network such as a U-Net).
  • neural networks performing convolution and/or pooling operations
  • a network with a size 5 convolution kernel which also performs average pooling e.g., a network with a size 5 convolution kernel which also performs average pooling, or a network such as a U-Net).
  • Either or both of the first and/or second modules may receive a variety of input data, as described herein, including tooth meshes for one or both arches of the patient.
  • the tooth data may be presented in the form of 3D representations, such as meshes or point clouds. These data may be preprocessed, for example, by arranging the constituent mesh elements into lists and computing an optional mesh element feature vector for each mesh element.
  • Such feature vectors may provide valuable information about the shape and/or structure of an oral care mesh to either or both of the first and/or second modules.
  • the first module which generates the representations, may receive the vertices of a 3D mesh (or of a 3D point cloud) and compute a mesh element feature vector for each vertex.
  • Such a feature vector may contain the XYZ coordinates of each vertex, in addition to other optional mesh element features described herein.
  • Additional inputs may be received at the ingress point(s) of either or both of the first and/or second modules, such as one or more oral care metrics.
  • Oral care metrics may be used for measuring one or more physical aspects of an oral care mesh (e.g., physical relationships within a tooth or between teeth).
  • an oral care metric may be computed for either or both of a malocclusion oral care mesh example and aground oral care mesh example which is then used in the training of either or both of the first and second modules.
  • the metric value may be received as input of either or both of the first and second modules, as a way of training the underlying model of that particular module to encode a distribution of such a metric over the several examples of the training dataset.
  • the network may then receive this metric value as an input, to assist in training the network to link that inputted metric value to the physical aspects of the ground truth oral care mesh which is used in loss calculation.
  • Such a loss calculation may quantify the difference between a prediction and a ground truth example (e.g., between a predicted oral care mesh and a ground truth oral care mesh).
  • the techniques of this disclosure may, through the course of loss calculation and subsequent backpropagation, train the network to encode a distribution of a given metric.
  • one or more oral care parameters may be defined to specify one or more aspects of an intended oral care mesh, which is to be generated using either or both of the first and/or second modules which has been trained for that purpose.
  • an oral care parameter may be defined which corresponds to an oral care metric, which may be received as input to either or both of a deployed first module and/or a deployed second module and be taken as an instruction to that module to generate an oral care mesh with the specified customization. This interplay between oral care metrics and oral care parameters may also apply to the training and deployment of other predictive models in oral care as well.
  • the setups prediction neural network may be trained conditionally on interproximal reduction (IPR) information.
  • IPR may be applied to the teeth, to enable greater packing of teeth a in final setup.
  • the setups model may be trained to account to IPR quantities (e.g., millimeters of offset in from either or both of the mesial and distal sides of a tooth) and/or IPR cut planes (which may be used in conjunction with mesh Boolean operations to remove material on either or both of the mesial and distal sides of a tooth).
  • IPR cut planes may be used to modify one or more tooth meshes for one or more patient cases which are used to train the setups prediction model.
  • IPR may be applied to a trial patient case, to modify the shapes of the teeth before the case is received as input to the setups prediction model. In some instances, IPR may be applied to one or more tooth meshes of a patient case before the computation of orthodontic metrics.
  • an anterior posterior (AP) shift may involve a sagittal shift of the mandible (lower arch), moving the mandible either forward or backwards.
  • the application of the AP Shift may improve the class relationship of the teeth.
  • Class may describe the patient’s malocclusion. Possible classes include: class 1, class 2 or class 3.
  • Elastics may aid in the shift of the mandible. Such elastics may attach to hardware on the teeth, such as buttons.
  • the setups prediction model of this disclosure may directly receive an AP shift transform as an input, which may improve the data precision of the resulting model.
  • an AP shift transform may first be applied to the patient case data before the patient case data are received as input to the setups prediction model of this disclosure.
  • Systems of this disclosure may, in some instances, be deployed at a clinical context (such as a dental or orthodontic office) for use by clinicians (e.g., doctors, dentists, orthodontists, nurses, hygienists, oral care technicians).
  • clinicians e.g., doctors, dentists, orthodontists, nurses, hygienists, oral care technicians.
  • Such systems which are deployed at a clinical context may enable clinicians to process oral care data (such as dental scans) in the clinic environment, or in some instances, in a "chairside" context (where the patient is present in the clinical environment).
  • a non-limiting list of examples of techniques may include: segmentation, mesh cleanup, coordinate system prediction, CTA trimline generation, restoration design generation, appliance component generation or placement or assembly, generation of other oral care meshes, the validation of oral care meshes, setups prediction, removal of hardware from tooth meshes, hardware placement on teeth, imputation of missing values, clustering on oral care data, oral care mesh classification, setups comparison, metrics calculation, or metrics visualization.
  • the execution of these techniques may, in some instances, enable patient data to be processed, analyzed and used in appliance creation by the clinician before the patient leaves the clinical environment (which may facilitate treatment planning because feedback may be received from the patient during the treatment planning process).
  • Systems of this disclosure may automate operations in digital orthodontics (e.g., setups prediction, hardware placement, setups comparison), in digital dentistry (e.g., restoration design generation) or in combinations thereof. Some techniques may apply to either or both of digital orthodontics and digital dentistry. A non-limiting list of examples is as follows: segmentation, mesh cleanup, coordinate system prediction, oral care mesh validation, imputation of oral care parameters, oral care mesh generation or modification (e.g., using autoencoders, transformers, continuous normalizing flows or denoising diffusion models), metrics visualization, appliance component placement or appliance component generation or the like. In some instances, systems of this disclosure may enable a clinician or technician to process oral care data (such as scanned dental arches).
  • the systems of this disclosure may enable orthodontic treatment planning, which may involve setups prediction as at least one operation.
  • Systems of this disclosure may also enable restoration design generation, where one or more restored tooth designs are generated and processed in the course of creating oral care appliances.
  • Systems of this disclosure may enable either or both of orthodontic or dental treatment planning, or may enable automation steps in the generation of either or both of orthodontic or dental appliances. Some appliances may enable both of dental and orthodontic treatment, while other appliances may enable one or the other.
  • a cohort patient case may include a set of tooth crown meshes, a set of tooth root meshes, or a data file containing attributes of the case (e.g., a JSON file).
  • a typical example of a cohort patient case may contain up to 32 crown meshes (e.g., which may each contain tens of thousands of vertices or tens of thousands of faces), up to 32 root meshes (e.g., which may each contain tens of thousands of vertices or tens of thousands of faces), multiple gingiva mesh (e.g., which may each contain tens of thousands of vertices or tens of thousands of faces) or one or more JSON files which may each contain tens of thousands of values (e.g., objects, arrays, strings, real values, Boolean values or Null values).
  • values e.g., objects, arrays, strings, real values, Boolean values or Null values
  • aspects of the present disclosure can provide a technical solution to the technical problem of predicting, using latent representations of 3D representations of a patient’s dentition which have been generated using a reconstruction autoencoder, orthodontic setups for use in oral care appliance generation (e.g., intermediate stages or final setups for the generation of aligner trays).
  • orthodontic setups for use in oral care appliance generation e.g., intermediate stages or final setups for the generation of aligner trays.
  • computing systems specifically adapted to perform setups transform prediction for oral care appliance generation are improved.
  • aspects of the present disclosure improve the performance of a computing system having a 3D representation of the patient’s dentition by reducing the consumption of computing resources.
  • aspects of the present invention reduce computing resource consumption by decimating 3D representations of the patient’s dentition (e.g., reducing the counts of mesh elements used to describe aspects of the patient’s dentition) so that computing resources are not unnecessarily wasted by processing excess quantities of mesh elements.
  • decimating the meshes does not reduce the overall predictive accuracy of the computing system (and indeed may actually improve predictions because the input provided to the ML model after decimation is a more accurate (or better) representation of the patient’s dentition). For example, noise or other artifacts which are unimportant (and which may reduce the accuracy of the predictive models) are removed. That is, aspects of the present invention provide for more efficient allocation of computing resources and in a way that improves the accuracy of the underlying system.
  • aspects of the present disclosure may need to be executed in a time-constrained manner, such as when an oral care appliance must be generated for a patient immediately after intraoral scanning (e.g., while the patient waits in the clinician’s office).
  • aspects of the present disclosure are necessarily rooted in the underlying computer technology of setups transform prediction for oral care appliance generation and cannot be performed by a human, even with the aid of pen and paper.
  • implementations of the present disclosure must be capable of: 1) storing thousands or millions of mesh elements of the patient’ s dentition in a manner that can be processed by a computer processor; 2) performing calculation on thousands or millions of mesh elements, e.g., to quantify aspects of the shape and or/structure of an individual tooth in the 3D representation of the patient’s dentition; and 3) predicting, based on a machine learning model, orthodontic setups transforms for use in oral care appliance generation (e.g., orthodontic setups transforms which are generated, at least in part, through the use of a reconstruction autoencoder to generate accurate representations of the patient’s teeth), and do so during the course of a short office visit.
  • orthodontic setups transforms for use in oral care appliance generation e.g., orthodontic setups transforms which are generated, at least in part, through the use of a reconstruction autoencoder to generate accurate representations of the patient’s teeth
  • This disclosure pertains to digital oral care, which encompasses the fields of digital dentistry and digital orthodontics.
  • This disclosure generally describes methods of processing three-dimensional (3D) representations of oral care data.
  • 3D representation is a 3D geometry.
  • a 3D representation may include, be, or be part of one or more of a 3D polygon mesh, a 3D point cloud (e.g., such as derived from a 3D mesh), a 3D voxelized representation (e.g., a collection of voxels - for sparse processing), or 3D representations which are described by mathematical equations.
  • 3D representation may describe elements of the 3D geometry and/or 3D structure of an object.
  • a first arch S 1 includes a set of tooth meshes arranged (e.g., using transforms) in their positions in the mouth, where the teeth are in the mal positions and orientations.
  • a second arch S2 includes the same set of tooth meshes from SI arranged (e.g., using transforms) in their positions in the mouth, where the teeth are in the ground truth setup positions and orientations.
  • a third arch S3 includes the same meshes as SI and S2, which are arranged (e.g., using transforms) in their positions in the mouth, where the teeth are in the predicted final setup poses (e.g., as predicted by one or more of the techniques of this disclosure).
  • S4 is a counterpart to S3, where the teeth are in the poses corresponding to one of the several intermediate stages of orthodontic treatment with clear tray aligners.
  • GDL geometric deep learning
  • RL reinforcement learning
  • VAE variational autoencoder
  • MLP multilayer perceptron
  • PT pose transfer
  • FDG force directed graphs
  • MLP Setups, VAE Setups and Capsule Setups each fall within the scope of Autoencoder Setups. Some implementations of MLP Setups may fall within the Scope of Transformer Setups.
  • FIG 2 shows a non-limiting selection of models which may be trained for setups prediction.
  • Representation Setups refers to any of MLP Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups and any other setups prediction machine learning model which uses an autoencoder to create the representation for at least one tooth.
  • setups prediction techniques of this disclosure is applicable to the fabrication of clear tray aligners and/or indirect bonding trays.
  • the setups predictions techniques may also be applicable to other products that involve final teeth poses, also.
  • a pose may comprise a position (or location) and a rotation (or orientation).
  • a 3D mesh is a data structure which may describe the geometry or shape of an object related to oral care, including but not limited to a tooth, a hardware element, or a patient’s gum tissue.
  • a 3D mesh may include one or more mesh elements such as one or more of vertices, edges, faces and combinations thereof.
  • mesh element may include voxels, such as in the context of sparse mesh processing operations.
  • Various spatial and structural features may be computed for these mesh elements and be provided to the predictive models of this disclosure, with the predictive models of this disclosure providing the technical advantage of improving data precision in the form of the models of this disclosure outputting more accurate predictions.
  • a patient’s dentition may include one or more 3D representations of the patient’s teeth (e.g., and/or associated transforms), gums and/or other oral anatomy.
  • An orthodontic metric may, in some implementations, quantify the relative positions and/or orientations of at least one 3D representation of a tooth relative to at least one other 3D representation of a tooth.
  • a restoration design metric may, in some implementations, quantify the at least one aspect of the structure and/or shape of a 3D representation of a tooth.
  • An orthodontic landmark (OL) may, in some implementations, locate one or more points or other structural regions of interest on a 3D representation of a tooth.
  • An OL may, in some implementations, be used in the generation of an orthodontic or dental appliance, such as a clear tray aligner or a dental restoration appliance.
  • a mesh element may, in some implementations, comprise at least one constituent element of a 3D representation of oral care data.
  • mesh elements may include at least: vertices, edges, faces and voxels.
  • a mesh element feature may, in some implementations, quantify some aspect of a 3D representation in proximity to or in relation with one or more mesh elements, as described elsewhere in this disclosure.
  • Orthodontic procedure parameters may, in some implementations, specify at least one value which defines at least one aspect of planned orthodontic treatment for the patient (e.g., specifying desired target attributes of a final setup in final setups prediction).
  • Orthodontic Doctor preferences may, in some implementations, specify at least one typical value for an OPP, which may, in some instances, be derived from past cases which have been treated by one or more oral care practitioners.
  • Restoration Design Parameters may, in some implementations, specify at least one value which defines at least one aspect of planned dental restoration treatment for the patient (e.g., specifying desired target attributes of a tooth which is to undergo treatment with a dental restoration appliance).
  • Doctor Restoration Design Preferences may, in some implementations, specify at least one typical value for an RDP, which may, in some instances, be derived from past cases which have been treated by one or more oral care practitioners.
  • 3D oral care representations may include, but are not limited to: 1) a set of mesh element labels which may be applied to the 3D mesh elements of teeth/gums/hardware/appliance meshes (or point clouds) in the course of mesh segmentation or mesh cleanup; 2) 3D representation(s) for one or more teeth/gums/hardware/appliances for which shapes have been modified (e.g., trimmed, distorted, or filled- in) in the course of mesh segmentation or mesh cleanup; 3) one or more coordinate systems (e.g., describing one, two, three or more coordinate axes) for a single tooth or a group of teeth (such as a full arch - as with the LDE coordinate system); 4) 3D representation(s) for one or more teeth for which shapes have been modified or otherwise made suitable for use in
  • the Setups Comparison tool may be used to compare the output of the GDL Setups model against ground truth data, compare the output of the RL Setups model against ground truth data, compare the output of the VAE Setups model against ground truth data and compare the output of the MLP Setups model against ground truth data.
  • the Metrics Visualization tool can enable a global view of the final setups and intermediate stages produced by one or more of the setups prediction models, with the advantage of enabling the selection of the best setups prediction model.
  • the Metrics Visualization tool furthermore, enables the computation of metrics which have a global scope over a set of intermediate stages. These global metrics may, in some implementations, be consumed as inputs to the neural networks for predicting setups (e.g., GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups, Diffusion Setups, PT Setups, Similarity Setups, among others). The global metrics may also be provided by FDG Setups.
  • the local metrics from this disclosure may, in some implementations, be consumed by the neural networks herein for predicting setups, with the advantage of improving predictive results.
  • the metrics described in this disclosure may, in some implementations, be visualized using the Metric Visualization tool.
  • the VAE and MAE models for mesh element labelling and mesh in-filling can be advantageously combined with the setups prediction neural networks, for the purpose of mesh cleanup ahead of or during the prediction process.
  • the VAE for mesh element labelling may be used to flag mesh elements for further processing, such as metrics calculation, removal or modification.
  • flagged mesh elements may be provided as inputs to a setups prediction neural network, to inform that neural network about important mesh features, attributes or geometries, with the advantage of improving the performance of the resulting setups prediction model.
  • mesh in-filling may cause the geometry of a tooth to become more nearly complete, enabling the better functioning of a setups prediction model (i.e., improved correctness of prediction on account of better-formed geometry).
  • a neural network to classify a setup i.e., the Setups Classifier
  • the setups classifier tells that setups prediction neural network when the predicted setup is acceptable for use and can be provided to a method for aligner tray generation.
  • a Setups Classifier may aid in the generation of final setups and also in the generation of intermediate stages.
  • a Setups Classifier neural network may be combined with the Metrics Visualization tool.
  • a Setups Classification neural network may be combined with the Setups Comparison tool (e.g., the Setup Comparison tool may output an indication of how a setup produced in part by the Setups Classifier compares to a setup produced by another setups prediction method).
  • the VAE for mesh element labelling may identify one or more mesh elements for use in a metrics calculation.
  • the resulting metrics outputs may be visualized by the Metrics Visualization tool.
  • the Setups Classifier neural network may aid in the setups prediction technique described in U.S. Patent Application No. US20210259808A1 (which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) or the setups prediction technique described in PCT Application with Publication No. WO2021245480A1 (which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) or in PCT Application No. PCT/IB2022/057373 (which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • the Setups Classifier would help one or more of those techniques to know when the predicted final setup is most nearly correct.
  • the Setups Classifier neural network may output an indication of how far away from final setup a given setup is (i.e., a progress indicator).
  • the latent space embedding vector(s) from the reconstruction VAE can be concatenated with the inputs to the setups prediction neural network described in WO2021245480A1.
  • the latent space vectors can also be incorporated as inputs to the other setups prediction models: GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups and Diffusion Setups, among others.
  • the advantage is to impart the reconstruction characteristics (e.g., latent vector dimensions of a tooth mesh) to that neural network, hence improving the generated setups prediction.
  • the various setups prediction neural networks of this disclosure may work together to produce the setups required for orthodontic treatment.
  • the GDL Setups model may produce a final setup, and the RL Setups model may use that final setup as input to produce a series of intermediate stages setups.
  • the VAE Setups model (or the MLP Setups model) may create a final setup which may be used by an RL Setups model to produce a series of intermediate stages setups.
  • a setup prediction may be produced by one setups prediction neural network, and then taken as input to another setups prediction neural network for further improvements and adjustments to be made. In some implementations, such improvements may be performed in iterative fashion.
  • a setups validation model such as the model disclosed in US Provisional Application No. US63/366495, may be involved in this iterative setups prediction loop.
  • a setup may be generated (e.g., using a model trained for setups prediction, such as GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups, Diffusion Setups, PT Setups, Similarity Setups and FDG Setups, among others), then the setup undergoes validation. If the setup passes validation, the setup may be outputted for use. If the setup fails validation, the setup may be sent back to one or more of the setups prediction models for corrections, improvements and/or adjustments.
  • the setups validation model may output an indication of what is wrong with the setup, enabling the setups generation model to make an improved version upon the next iteration. The process iterates until done.
  • two or more of the following techniques of the present disclosure may be combined in the course of orthodontic and/or dental treatment: GDL Setups, Setups Classification, Reinforcement Learning (RL) Setups, Setups Comparison, Autoencoder Setups (VAE Setups or Capsule Setups), VAE Mesh Element Labeling, Masked Autoencoder (MAE) Mesh Infilling, Multi-Layer Perceptron (MLP) Setups, Metrics Visualization, Imputation of Missing Oral Care Parameters Values, Tooth Classification Using Latent Vector, FDG Setups, Pose Transfer Setups, Restoration Design Metrics Calculation, Neural Network Techniques for Dental Restoration and/or Orthodontics (e.g., 3D Oral Care Representation Generation or Modification Using Transformers), Landmark-based (LB) Setups, Diffusion Setups, Imputation of Tooth Movement Procedures, Capsule Autoencoder Segmentation
  • Oral care parameters may include one or more values that specify orthodontic procedure parameters, or restoration design parameters (RDP), as described herein.
  • Oral care parameters may define one or more intended aspects of a 3D oral care representation, and may be provided to an ML model to promote that ML model to generate output which may be used in the generation of oral care appliances that are suitable for the treatment of a patient.
  • Other types of values include doctor preferences and restoration design preferences, as described herein.
  • Doctor preferences and restoration design preferences may define the typical treatment choices or practices of a particular clinician. Restoration design preferences are subjective to a particular clinician, and so differ from restoration design parameters.
  • doctor preferences or restoration design preferences may be computed by unsupervised means, such as clustering, which may determine the typical values that a clinician uses in patient treatment.
  • Those typical values may be stored in a datastore, and recalled to be provided to an automated ML model as default values (e.g., default values which may be modified before execution of the model).
  • RDP restoration design parameter
  • one clinician may prefer one value for a restoration design parameter (RDP), while another clinician may prefer a different value for that RDP, when faced with a similar diagnosis or treatment protocol.
  • RDP restoration design parameter
  • Procedure parameters and/or doctor preferences may, in some implementations, be provided to a setups prediction model for orthodontic treatment, for the purpose of improving the customization of the resulting orthodontic appliance.
  • Restoration design parameters and doctor restoration preferences may in some implementations be used to design tooth geometry for use in the creation of a dental restoration appliance, for the purpose of improving the customization of that appliance.
  • ML prediction models of this disclosure in orthodontic treatment, may also take as input a setup (e.g., an arrangement of teeth).
  • an ML prediction model of this disclosure may take as input a final setup (i.e., final arrangement of teeth), such as in the case of a prediction model trained to generate intermediate stages.
  • these preferences are referred to as doctor restoration preferences, but it is intended to be used in a non-limiting sense. Specifically, it should be appreciated that these preferences may be specified by any treating or otherwise appropriate medical professional and are not intended to be limited to doctor preferences per se (i.e., preferences from someone in possession of an M.D. or equivalent degree).
  • An oral care professional or clinician such as a dentist or orthodontist, may specify information about patient treatment in the form of a patient-specific set of procedure parameters.
  • an oral care professional may specify a set of general preferences (aka doctor preferences) for use over a broad range of cases, to use as default values in the set of procedure parameters specification process.
  • Oral care parameters may in some implementations be incorporated into the techniques described in this disclosure, such as one or more of GDL Setups, VAE Setups, RL Setups, Setups Comparison, Setups Classification, VAE Mesh Element Labelling, MAE Mesh In-Filling, Validation Using Autoencoders, Imputation of Missing Procedure Parameters Values, Metrics Visualization, or FDG Setups.
  • One or more of these models may take as input one or more procedure parameters vector K and/or one or more doctor preference vectors L.
  • one or more of these models may introduce to one or more of a neural network’s hidden layers one or more procedure parameters vector K and/or one or more doctor preferences vectors L.
  • one or more of these models may introduce either or both of K and L to a mathematical calculation, such as a force calculation, for the purpose of improving that calculation and the ultimate customization of the resulting appliance to the patient.
  • Some implementations of a neural network for predicting a setup may incorporate information from an oral care professional (aka doctor). This information may influence the arrangement of teeth in the final setup, bringing the positions and orientations of the teeth into conformance with a specification set by the doctor, within tolerances.
  • oral care parameters may be fed directly into the generator network as a separate input alongside the mesh data.
  • oral care parameters may be incorporated into the feature vector which is computed for each mesh element before the mesh elements are provided to the generator for processing.
  • Some implementations of a VAE Setup model may incorporate oral care parameters into the setups predictions.
  • the procedure parameters K and/or the doctor preference information L may be concatenated with the latent space vector C.
  • a doctor’s preferences (e.g., in an orthodontic context) and/or doctor’s restoration preferences may be indicated in a treatment form, or they could be based upon characteristics in treatment plans such as final setup characteristics (e.g., amount of bite correction or midline correction in planned final setups), intermediate staging characteristics (e.g., treatment duration, tooth movement protocols, or overcorrection strategies), or outcomes (e.g., number of revisions/refinements).
  • Orthodontic procedure parameters may specify one or more of the following (with possible values shown in ⁇ ⁇ ).
  • Non-limiting categorical values for some example OPP are described below.
  • a real value may be specified for one or more of these OPP.
  • the Overbite OPP may specify a quantity of overbite (e.g., in millimeters) which is desired in a setup, and may be received as input of a setups prediction model to provide that setups prediction model information about the amount of overbite which is desired in the setup.
  • Some implementations may specify a numerical value for the Oveijet OPP, or other OPP.
  • one or more OPP may be defined which correspond to one or more orthodontic metrics (OM).
  • OM orthodontic metrics
  • a numerical value may be specified for such an OPP, for the purpose of controlling the output of a setups prediction model.
  • Tooth Movement Restrictions for each tooth, indicate if tooth is ⁇ DoNotMove, Missing, ToBeExtracted, Primary /Erupting, Clear ⁇
  • Oveijet ⁇ ShowResultingOverjetAfterAlignment, MaintainfnitialOveijet, ImproveResultingOveijet ⁇ Anterior/Posterior (AP) Relationship
  • Stage to start cuts for elastics [integer] LevelingOfUpperAnteriors: ⁇ Laterals0.5mmShorterThanCentral, LevellncisalEdges, LevelGingivalMargins, Aslndicated ⁇
  • doctor can specify an archform - selected from a set of options or custom-designed]
  • Other orthodontic procedure parameters may be defined, such as those which may be used to place standardized brackets at prescribed occlusal heights on the teeth.
  • one or more orthodontic procedure parameters may be defined to specify at least one of the 2 nd and 3 rd order rotation angles to be applied to a tooth (i.e., angulation and torque, respectively), which may enable a target setup arrangement where crown landmarks lie within a threshold distance of a common occlusal plane, for example.
  • one or more orthodontic procedure parameters may be defined to specify the position in global coordinates where at least one landmark (e.g., a centroid) of a tooth crown (or root) is to be placed in a setup arrangement of teeth.
  • an oral care parameter may be defined which corresponds to an oral care metric.
  • an orthodontic procedure parameter may be defined which corresponds to an orthodontic metric (e.g., to specify at the input of a setups prediction model an amount of a certain metric which is desired to appear in a predicted setup).
  • Doctor preferences may differ from orthodontic procedure parameters in that doctor preferences pertain to an oral care provider and may comprise of the means, modes, medians, minimums, or maximums (or some other statistic) of past settings associated with an oral care provider’s treatment decisions on past orthodontic cases.
  • Procedure parameters may pertain to a specific patient, and describe the needs of a particular patient’s treatment.
  • Doctor preferences may pertain to a doctor and the doctor’ s past treatment practices, whereas procedure parameters may pertain to the treatment of a particular patient.
  • Doctor preferences (or “treatment preferences”) may specify one or more of the following (with some non-limiting possible values shown in ⁇ ⁇ ) . Other possible values are found elsewhere in this disclosure.
  • Doctor preferences may specify one or more of the following (with other possible values found elsewhere in this disclosure). Deep Bite Cases (Amount of Bite Correction) - Final Overbite: [real value in millimeters, e.g., 0.5 mm] Option - Intrude Upper Anteriors: ⁇ yes, no ⁇ Option - Include lower canines in vertical overcorrection: ⁇ yes, no ⁇
  • Protocol A ⁇ protocol A, protocol B, protocol C ⁇
  • archform information V may be provided as an input to any of the GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups and Diffusion Setups prediction neural networks.
  • archform information V may be introduced directly to one or more internal neural network layers in one or more of those setups applications.
  • the additional procedure parameters may include text descriptions of the patient’s medical condition and of the intended treatment.
  • Such text descriptions may be analyzed via natural language processing operations, including tokenization, stop word removal, stemming, n-gram formation, text data vectorization, bag of words analysis, term frequency inverse document frequency (TF-IDF) analysis, sentiment analysis, naive Bayes classification, and/or logistic regression classification.
  • TF-IDF term frequency inverse document frequency
  • the outputs of such analysis techniques may be used as input to one or more of the neural networks of this disclosure with the advantage of customizing and improving the predicted outputs (e.g., the predicted setups or predicted mesh geometries).
  • a dataset used for training one or more of the neural network models of this disclosure may be filtered conditionally on one or more of the orthodontic procedure parameters described in this section.
  • patient cases which exhibit outlier values for one or more of these procedure parameters may be omitted from a dataset (alternatively used to form a dataset) for training one or more of the neural networks of this disclosure.
  • One or more procedure parameters and/or doctor preferences may be provided to a neural network during training. In this manner the neural network may be conditioned on the one or more procedure parameters and/or doctor preferences.
  • Examples of such neural networks include a conditional generative adversarial network (cGAN) and/or a conditional variational autoencoder (cVAE), either of which may be used for the various neural network-based applications of this disclosure.
  • tooth shape-based inputs may be provided to a neural network for setups predictions.
  • non-shape-based inputs can be used, such as a tooth name or designation, as it pertains to dental notation.
  • a vector R of flags may be provided to the neural network, where a ‘ 1 ’ value indicates that the tooth is present and a ‘0’ value indicates that the tooth is absent from the patient case (though other values are possible).
  • the vector R may comprise a 1- hot vector, where each element in the vector corresponds to a tooth type, name or designation.
  • Identifying information about a tooth can be provided to the predictive neural networks of this disclosure, with the advantage of enabling the neural network to become trained to handle different teeth in tooth-specific ways.
  • the setups prediction model may learn to make setups transformations predictions for a specific tooth designation (e.g., upper right central incisor, or lower left cuspid, etc.).
  • the mesh cleanup autoencoders either for labelling mesh element or for in-filling missing mesh data
  • the autoencoder may be trained to provide specialized treatment to a tooth according to that tooth’s designation, in this manner.
  • Tooth designation/name may be defined, for example, according to the Universal Numbering System, Palmer System, or the FDI World Dental Federation notation (ISO 3950).
  • a vector R may be defined as an optional input to the setups prediction neural networks of this disclosure, where there is a 0 in the vector element corresponding to each of the wisdom teeth, and a 1 in the elements corresponding to the following teeth: UR7, UR6, UR5, UR4, UR3, UR2, UR1, ULI, UL2, UL3, UL4, UL5, UL6, UL7, LL7, LL6, LL5, LL4, LL3, LL2, LL1, LR1, LR2, LR3, LR4, LR5, LR6, LR7 [0055]
  • the position of the tooth tip may be provided to a neural network for setups predictions.
  • one or more vectors S of the orthodontic metrics described elsewhere in this disclosure may be provided to a neural network for setups predictions.
  • the advantage is an improved capacity for the network to become trained to understand the state of a maloccluded setup and therefore be able to predict a more accurate final setup or intermediate stage.
  • the neural networks may take as input one or more indications of interproximal reduction (IPR) U, which may indicate the amount of enamel that is to be removed from a tooth during the course orthodontic treatment (either mesially or distally).
  • IPR information e.g., quantity of IPR that is to be performed on one or more teeth, as measured in millimeters, or one or more binary flags to indicate whether or not IPR is to be performed on each tooth identified by flagging
  • the vector(s) and/or capsule(s) resulting from such a concatenation may be provided to one or more of the neural networks of the present disclosure, with the technical improvement or added advantage of enabling that predictive neural network to account for IPR.
  • IPR is especially relevant to setups prediction methods, which may determine the positions and poses of teeth at the end of treatment or during one or more stages during treatment. It is important to account for the amount of enamel that is to be removed ahead of predicted tooth movements.
  • one or more procedure parameters K and/or doctor preferences vectors L may be introduced to a setups prediction model.
  • one or more optional vectors or values of tooth position N e.g., XYZ coordinates, in either tooth local or global coordinates
  • tooth orientation O e.g., pose, such as in transformation matrices or quaternions, Euler angles or other forms described herein
  • dimensions of teeth P e.g., length, width, height, circumference, diameter, diagonal measure, volume - any of which dimensions may be normalized in comparison to another tooth or teeth
  • distance between adjacent teeth Q may be used to describe the intended dimensions of a tooth for dental restoration design generation.
  • tooth dimensions P such as length, width, height, or circumference may be measured inside a plane, such as the plane that intersects the centroid of the tooth, or the plane that intersects a center point that is located midway between the centroid and either the incisal-most extent or the gingival-most extent of the tooth.
  • the tooth dimension of height may be measured as the distance from gums to incisal edge.
  • the tooth dimension of width may be measured as the distance from the mesial extent to the distal extent of the tooth.
  • the circularity or roundness of the tooth cross-section may be measured and included in the vector P. Circularity or roundness may be defined as the ratio of the radii of inscribed and circumscribed circles.
  • the distance Q between adjacent teeth can be implemented in different ways (and computed using different distance definitions, such as Euclidean or geodesic).
  • a distance QI may be measured as an averaged distance between the mesh elements of two adjacent teeth.
  • a distance Q2 may be measured as the distance between the centers or centroids of two adjacent teeth.
  • a distance Q3 may be measured between the mesh elements of closest approach between two adjacent teeth.
  • a distance Q4 may be measured between the cusp tips of two adjacent teeth. Teeth may, in some implementations, be considered adjacent within an arch. Teeth may, in some implementations, also be considered adjacent between opposing arches.
  • any of QI, Q2, Q3 and Q4 may be divided by a term for the purpose of normalizing the resulting value of Q.
  • the normalizing term may involve one or more of: the volume of a tooth, the count of mesh elements in a tooth, the surface area of a tooth, the cross-sectional area of a tooth (e.g., as projected into the XY plane), or some other term related to tooth size.
  • Other information about the patient’s dentition or treatment needs may be concatenated with the other input vectors to one or more of MLP, GAN, generator, encoder structure, decoder structure, transformer, VAE, conditional VAE, regularized VAE, 3D U-Net, capsule autoencoder, diffusion model, and/or any of the neural networks models listed elsewhere in this disclosure.
  • the vector M may contain flags which apply to one or more teeth.
  • M contains at least one flag for each tooth to indicate whether the tooth is pinned.
  • M contains at least one flag for each tooth to indicate whether the tooth is fixed.
  • M contains at least one flag for each tooth to indicate whether the tooth is pontic.
  • Other and additional flags are possible for teeth, as are combinations of fixed, pinned and pontic flags.
  • a flag that is set to a value that indicates that a tooth should be fixed is a signal to the network that the tooth should not move over the course of treatment.
  • the neural network loss function may be designed to be penalized for any movement in the indicated teeth (and in some particular cases, may be heavily penalized).
  • a flag to indicate that a tooth is pontic informs the network that the tooth gap is to be maintained, although that gap is allowed to move.
  • M may contain a flag indicating that a tooth is missing.
  • the presence of one or more fixed teeth in an arch may aid in setups prediction, because the one or more fixed teeth may provide an anchor for the poses of the other teeth in the arch (i.e., may provide a fixed reference for the pose transformations of one or more of the other teeth in the arch).
  • one or more teeth may be intentionally fixed, so as to provide an anchor against which the other teeth may be positioned.
  • a 3D representation (such as a mesh) which corresponds to the gums may be introduced, to provide a reference point against which teeth can be moved.
  • one or more of the optional input vectors K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, U and V described elsewhere in this disclosure may also be provided to the input or into an intermediate layer of one or more of the predictive models of this disclosure.
  • these optional vectors may be provided to the MLP Setups, GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups and/or Diffusion Setups, with the advantage of enabling the respective model to generate setups which better meet the orthodontic treatment needs of the patient.
  • such inputs may be introduced, for example, by being concatenated with one or more latent vectors A which are also provided to one or more of the predictive models of this disclosure.
  • such inputs may be introduced, for example, by being concatenated with one or more latent capsules T which are also provided to one or more of the predictive models of this disclosure.
  • K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, U and V may be introduced to the neural network (e.g., MLP or Transformer) directly in a hidden layer of the network.
  • the neural network e.g., MLP or Transformer
  • K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, U and V may be introduced directly into the internal processing of an encoder structure.
  • a setups prediction model (such as GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups, PT Setups, Similarity Setups and Diffusion Setups) may take as input one or more latent vectors A which correspond to one or more input oral care meshes (e.g., such as tooth meshes).
  • a setups prediction model (such as GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups and Diffusion Setups) may take as input one or more latent capsules T which correspond to one or more input oral care meshes (e.g., such as tooth meshes).
  • a setups prediction method may take as input both of A and T.
  • setups prediction neural networks e.g., GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups, Diffusion Setups, PT Setups, Similarity Setups, or FDG Setup, or other setups prediction network architectures
  • GDL Setups e.g., GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups, Diffusion Setups, PT Setups, Similarity Setups, or FDG Setup, or other setups prediction network architectures
  • Some implementations of the setups prediction neural networks may take additional inputs to aid in setups prediction. Some of these inputs may reflect the geometrical attributes of one or more teeth or of a whole arch.
  • an archform or arch curve may be provided to a setups prediction neural network, with the technical improvement of aiding that setups prediction neural network in finding a suitable set of final setups poses for the teeth in a patient case (with the technical improvements being directed to both resource footprint reduction by way of more efficient location capabilities and/or data precision in the form of locating a more pertinent final setup).
  • the archform or arch curve may be encoded as a spline, a B-spline, NonUniform Rational B-Splines (NURBS), polynomial spline, non-polynomial spline, parabolic curve, hyperbolic curve or other parameterized curve.
  • Such a curve may be computed as an average of multiple exemplars, such as exemplary final setups.
  • Another non-limiting example of an archform is a Beta curve.
  • the arch information may be provided to the encoder E2, as an additional input alongside E and D.
  • the arch information may be provided to the generator as an additional input to the mesh element lists and associated mesh element feature vectors.
  • an archform may be described by one or more 3D representations, such as a 3D mesh, a set of 3D control points and/or as a 3D polyline.
  • a Frenet frame may be overlaid onto an archform.
  • the Frenet frame may locally describe the coordinate system corresponding to each point along the archform.
  • a coordinate system may, in some implementations, be right-handed (or alternatively, in other implementations, left-handed).
  • Such a coordinate system may, in some implementations, be determined, at least in part, by at least one of the tangent to the archform at the point and the archform’s curvature.
  • a point may be described using an LDE coordinate frame relative to an archform, where L, D and E correspond to: 1) Length along the curve of the archform, 2) Distance away from the archform, and 3) Distance in the direction perpendicular to the L and D axes (which may be termed Eminence), respectively.
  • Other geometrical inputs may also aid in the training of a setups prediction neural network.
  • Various loss calculation techniques are generally applicable to the techniques of this disclosure (e.g., GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups, Diffusion Setups, PT Setups, Similarity Setups, Setups Classification, Tooth Classification, VAE Mesh Element Labelling, MAE Mesh In-Filling and the imputation of procedure parameters).
  • Losses include LI loss, L2 loss, mean squared error (MSE) loss, cross entropy loss, among others.
  • Losses may be computed and used in the training of neural networks, such as multi-layer perceptron’s (MLP), U-Net structures, generators and discriminators (e.g., for GANs), autoencoders, variational autoencoders, regularized autoencoders, masked autoencoders, transformer structures, or the like. Some implementations may use either triplet loss or contrastive loss, for example, in the learning of sequences.
  • MLP multi-layer perceptron’s
  • U-Net structures such as generators and discriminators (e.g., for GANs), autoencoders, variational autoencoders, regularized autoencoders, masked autoencoders, transformer structures, or the like.
  • Some implementations may use either triplet loss or contrastive loss, for example, in the learning of sequences.
  • Losses may also be used to train encoder structures and decoder structures.
  • a KL- Divergence loss may be used, at least in part, to train one or more of the neural networks of the present disclosure, such as a mesh reconstruction autoencoder or the generator of GDL Setups, which the advantage of imparting Gaussian behavior to the optimization space.
  • This Gaussian behavior may enable a reconstruction autoencoder to produce a better reconstruction (e.g., when a latent vector representation is modified and that modified latent vector is reconstructed using a decoder, the resulting reconstruction is more likely to be a valid instance of the inputted representation).
  • There are other techniques for computing losses which may be described elsewhere in this disclosure. Such losses may be based on quantifying the difference between two or more 3D representations.
  • MSE loss calculation may involve the calculation of an average squared distance between two sets, vectors or datasets. MSE may be generally minimized. MSE may be applicable to a regression problem, where the prediction generated by the neural network or other machine learning model may be a real number.
  • a neural network may be equipped with one or more linear activation units on the output to generate an MSE prediction.
  • Mean absolute error (MAE) loss and mean absolute percentage error (MAPE) loss can also be used in accordance with the techniques of this disclosure.
  • Cross entropy may, in some implementations, be used to quantify the difference between two or more distributions.
  • Cross entropy loss may, in some implementations, be used to train the neural networks of the present disclosure.
  • Cross entropy loss may, in some implementations, involve comparing a predicted probability to a ground truth probability.
  • Other names of cross entropy loss include “logarithmic loss,” “logistic loss,” and “log loss”.
  • a small cross entropy loss may indicate a better (e.g., more accurate) model.
  • Cross entropy loss may be logarithmic.
  • Cross entropy loss may, in some implementations, be applied to binary classification problems.
  • a neural network may be equipped with a sigmoid activation unit at the output to generate a probability prediction.
  • cross entropy may also be used.
  • a neural network trained to make multi-class predictions may, in some implementations, be equipped with one or more softmax activation functions at the output (e.g., where there is one output node for class that is to be predicted).
  • Other loss calculation techniques which may be applied in the training of the neural networks of this disclosure include one or more of: Huber loss, Hinge loss, Categorical hinge loss, cosine similarity, Poisson loss, Logcosh loss, or mean squared logarithmic error loss (MSLE). Other loss calculation methods are described herein and may be applied to the training of any of the neural networks described in the present disclosure.
  • One or more of the neural networks of the present disclosure may, in some implementations, be trained, at least in part by a loss which is based on at least one of: a Point-wise Mesh Euclidean Distance (PMD) and an Earth Mover’s Distance (EMD).
  • PMD Point-wise Mesh Euclidean Distance
  • EMD Earth Mover’s Distance
  • Some implementations may incorporate a Hausdorff Distance (HD) calculation into the loss calculation.
  • HD Hausdorff Distance
  • Computing the Hausdorff distance between two or more 3D representations may provide one or more technical improvements, in that the HD not only accounts for the distances between two meshes, but also accounts for the way that those meshes are oriented, and the relationship between the mesh shapes in those orientations (or positions or poses).
  • Hausdorff distance may improve the comparison of two or more tooth meshes, such as two or more instances of a tooth mesh which are in different poses (e.g., such as the comparison of predicted setup to ground truth setup which may be performed in the course of computing a loss value for training a setups prediction neural network).
  • Reconstruction loss may compare a predicted output to a ground truth (or reference) output.
  • all_points_target is a 3D representation (e.g., a 3D mesh or point cloud) corresponding to ground tmth data (e.g., a ground truth tooth restoration design, or a ground truth example of some other 3D oral care representation).
  • all_points_predicted is a 3D representation (e.g., a 3D mesh or point cloud) corresponding to generated or predicted data (e.g., a generated tooth restoration design, or a generated example of some other kind of 3D oral care representation).
  • reconstruction loss may additionally (or alternatively) involve L2 loss, mean absolute error (MAE) loss or Huber loss terms.
  • Reconstruction error may compare reconstructed output data (e.g., as generated by a reconstruction autoencoder, such as a tooth design which has been generated for use in generating a dental restoration appliance) to the original input data (e.g., the data which were provided to the input of the reconstruction autoencoder, such as a pre-restoration tooth).
  • all points input is a 3D representation (e.g., a 3D mesh or point cloud) corresponding to input data (e.g., the pre-restoration tooth design which was provided to a reconstruction autoencoder, or another 3D oral care representation which is provided to the input of an ML model).
  • all_points_reconstructed is a 3D representation (e.g., 3D mesh or point cloud) corresponding to reconstructed (or generated) data (e.g., a reconstructed tooth restoration design, or another example of a generated 3D oral care representation).
  • reconstruction loss is concerned with computing a difference between a predicted output and a reference output
  • reconstruction error is concerned with computing a difference between a reconstructed output and an original input from which the reconstructed data are derived.
  • FIG. 20 shows an example implementation of a transformer architecture.
  • NLP natural language processing
  • One example application of NLP is the generation of new text based upon prior words or text.
  • Transformers have in turn provided significant improvements over GRU, LSTM and other such RNN-based NLP techniques due to an important attribute of the transformer model, which has the property of multi-headed attention.
  • the NLP concept of multi-headed attention may describe the relationship between each word in a sentence (or paragraph or document or corpus of documents) and each other word in that sentence (or paragraph or document or corpus of documents). These relationships may be generated by a multiheaded attention module, and may be encoded in vector form.
  • This vector may describe how each word in a sentence (or paragraph or document or corpus of documents) should attend to each other word in that sentence (or paragraph or document or corpus of documents).
  • RNN, LSTM and GRU models process a sequence, such a sentence, one word at a time from the start to the end of the sequence. Furthermore, the model may only account for a given subset (called a window) of the sentence when making a prediction.
  • transformer-based models may, in some instances, account for the entirety of the preceding text by processing the sequence in its entirety in a single step.
  • Transformer, RNN, LSTM, and GRU models can all be adapted for use in predictive models in digital dentistry and digital orthodontics, particularly for the setup prediction task.
  • an exemplary transformer model for use with 3D meshes and 3D transforms in setups prediction may be adapted from the Bidirectional Encoder Representation from Transformers (BERT) and/or Generative Pre-Training (GPT) models.
  • a GPT (or BERT) model may first be trained on other data, such as text or documents data, and then be used in transfer learning. Such a transfer learning process may receive a previously trained GPT or BERT model, and then do further training using data comprising 3D oral care representations.
  • Such transfer learning may be performed to train oral care models such as: segmentation, mesh cleanup, coordinate system prediction, setups prediction, validation of 3D oral care representations, transform prediction for placement of oral care meshes (e.g., teeth, hardware, appliance components, fixture model components), tooth restoration design generation (or generation of other 3D oral care representations - such as appliance components, fixture models or archforms), classification of 3D oral care representations, imputation of missing oral care parameters, clustering of clinicians or clustering of clinician preferences, or the like.
  • oral care models such as: segmentation, mesh cleanup, coordinate system prediction, setups prediction, validation of 3D oral care representations, transform prediction for placement of oral care meshes (e.g., teeth, hardware, appliance components, fixture model components), tooth restoration design generation (or generation of other 3D oral care representations - such as appliance components, fixture models or archforms), classification of 3D oral care representations, imputation of missing oral care parameters, clustering of clinicians or clustering of clinician preferences, or the like.
  • Oral care data may comprise one or more of (or combinations of): 3D representations of tooth (e.g., meshes, point clouds or voxels), sections of tooth meshes (such as subsets of mesh elements), tooth transforms (such as in matrix, vector and/or quaternion form, or combinations thereof), transforms for appliance components, transforms for fixture model components, and mesh coordinate system definitions (such as represented by transforms, for example, transformation matrices) and/or other 3D oral care representations described herein.
  • 3D representations of tooth e.g., meshes, point clouds or voxels
  • sections of tooth meshes such as subsets of mesh elements
  • tooth transforms such as in matrix, vector and/or quaternion form, or combinations thereof
  • transforms for appliance components transforms for fixture model components
  • mesh coordinate system definitions such as represented by transforms, for example, transformation matrices
  • Transformers may be trained for generating transforms to position teeth into setups poses (or to place appliance components for use in appliance generation or to place fixture model components for use in fixture model generation). Some implementations may operate in an offline prediction context, and some implementations operation in an online reinforcement learning (RL) setting.
  • RL online reinforcement learning
  • a transformer may be initially trained in an offline setting and then undergo further fine-tuning training in the online setting.
  • the transformer In the offline prediction setting, the transformer may be trained from a dataset of cohort patient case data.
  • the transformer In the online RL setting, the transformer may be trained from either a physics model, or a CAD model, for example.
  • the transformer may learn from static data, such as transformations (e.g., trajectory transformer).
  • the transform may provide a mapping from malocclusion to setup (e.g., receiving transformation matrices as input and generating transformation matrices as ouput).
  • Some implementations of transformers may be trained to process 3D representations, such as 3D meshes, 3D point clouds or voxels (e.g., using a decision transformer) takes as input geometry (e.g., mesh, point cloud, voxels etc.), outputs transformations.
  • the decision transformer may be coupled with a representation generation module that encodes representation of the patient’s dentition (e.g., teeth), such as a VAE, a U-Net, an encoder, a transformer encoder, a pyramid encoder-decoder or a simple dense or fully connected network, or a combination thereof.
  • a representation generation module e.g., VAE, the U-Net, the encoder, the pyramid encoder-decoder or the dense network for generating the tooth representation
  • VAE the U-Net
  • the representation generation module may be trained on all teeth in both arches, only the teeth within the same arch (either upper or lower), only anterior teeth, only posterior teeth, or some other subset of teeth.
  • such a model may be trained on each individual tooth (e.g., an upper right cuspid), so that the model is trained or otherwise configured togenerate highly accurate representations for an individual tooth.
  • an encoder structure may encode such a representation.
  • a decision transformer may learn in an online context, in an offline context or both.
  • An online decision transformer may be trained (e.g., using RL techniques) to output action, state, and/or reward.
  • transformations may be discretized, to allow for piecewise or stepwise actions.
  • a transformer may be trained to process an embedding of the arch (i.e., to predict transforms for multiple teeth concurrently), to predict a setup.
  • embeddings of individual teeth may be concatenated into a sequence, and then input into the transformer.
  • a VAE may be trained to perform this embedding operation
  • a U-Net may be trained to perform such an embedding
  • a simple dense or fully connected network may be trained, or a combination thereof.
  • the transformer-based techniques of this disclosure may predict an action for an individual tooth, or may predict actions for multiple teeth (e.g., predict transformations for each of multiple teeth).
  • a 3D mesh transformer may include a transformer encoder structure (which may encode oral care data), and may be followed by a transformer decoder structure.
  • the 3D mesh transformer encoder may encode oral care data into a latent representation, which may be combined with attention information (e.g., to concatenate a vector of attention information to the latent representation).
  • the attention information may help the decoder focus on the relevant oral care data during the decoding process (e.g., to focus on tooth order or mesh element connectivity), so that the transformer decoder can generate a useful output for the 3D mesh transformer (e.g., an output which may be used in the generation of an oral care appliance).
  • Either or both of the transformer encoder or transformer decoder may generate a latent representation.
  • the output of the transformer decoder may be reconstructed using a decoder into, for example, one or more tooth transforms for a setup, one or more mesh element labels for segmentation, coordinate systems transforms for use in coordinate system generation, or one or more points of a point cloud or voxels or other mesh elements for another 3D representation).
  • a transformer may include modules such as one or more of: multi-headed attention modules, feed forward modules, normalization modules, linear modules, and softmax modules, and convolution models for latent vector compression, and/or representation.
  • the encoder may be stacked one or more times, thereby further encoding the oral care data, and enabling different representations of the oral care data to be learned (e.g., different latent representations). These representations may be embedded with attention information (which may influence the decoder’s focus to the relevant portions of the latent representation of the oral care data) and may be fed into the decoder in continuous form (e.g., as a concatenation of latent representations - such as latent vectors). In some implementations, the encoded output of the encoder (e.g., latent representations) may be used by downstream processing steps in the generation of oral care appliances.
  • the generated latent representation may be reconstructed into transforms (e.g., for the placement of teeth in setups, or the placement of appliance components or fixture model components), or may be reconstructed into 3D representations (e.g., 3D point clouds, 3D meshes or others disclosed herein).
  • the latent representation which is generated by the transformer e.g., containing continuously encoded attention information
  • Continuously encoded attention information may include attention information which has undergone processing by multiple multi-headed attention modules within the transformer encoder or transformer decoder, to name one example.
  • a loss may be computed for a particular domain using data from that domain. The loss calculation may train the transformer decoder to accurately reconstruct the latent representation into the output data structure pertaining to a particular domain.
  • the decoder when the decoder generates a transform for an orthodontic setup, the decoder may be configured with outputs that describe, for example, the 16 real values which comprise a 4x4 transformation matrix (other data structures for describing transforms are possible). Stated a different way, the latent output generated by the transformer encoder (or transformer decoder) may be used to predict setups tooth transforms for one or more teeth, to place those teeth in setup positions (e.g., either final setups or intermediate stages). Such a transformer encoder (or transformer decoder) may be trained, at least in part using a reconstruction loss (or a representation loss, among others described herein) function, which may compare predicted transforms to ground truth (or reference) transforms.
  • a reconstruction loss or a representation loss, among others described herein
  • the decoder when the decoder generates a transform for a tooth coordinate system, the decoder may be configmed with outputs that describe, for example, the 16 real values which comprise a 4x4 transformation matrix (other data structures for describing transforms are possible). Stated a different way, the latent output generated by the transformer encoder (or transformer decoder) may be used to predict local coordinate systems for one or more teeth. Such a transformer encoder (or transformer decoder) may be trained, at least in part using a representation loss (or a reconstruction loss, among others described herein) function, which may compare predicted coordinate systems to ground truth (or reference) coordinate systems.
  • a representation loss or a reconstruction loss, among others described herein
  • the decoder when the decoder generates a 3D point cloud (or other 3D representation - such as 3D mesh, voxelized representation, or the like), the decoder may be configured with outputs that describe, for example, one or more 3D points (e.g., comprising XYZ coordinates). Stated a different way, the latent output generated by the transformer encoder (or transformer decoder) may be used to predict mesh elements for a generated (or modified) 3D representation.
  • Such a transformer encoder may be trained, at least in part using a reconstruction loss (or an LI, L2 or MSE loss, among others described herein) function, which may compare predicted 3D representations to ground truth (or reference) 3D representations.
  • a reconstruction loss or an LI, L2 or MSE loss, among others described herein
  • the decoder when the decoder generates mesh element labels for 3D representation segmentation or 3D representation cleanup, the decoder may be configured with outputs that describe, for example, labels for one or more mesh elements. Stated a different way, the latent output generated by the transformer encoder (or transformer decoder) may be used to predict mesh element labels for mesh segmentation or mesh cleanup. Such a transformer encoder (or transformer decoder) may be trained, at least in part using a cross entropy loss (or others described herein) function, which may compare predicted mesh element labels to ground truth (or reference) mesh element labels. [0086] Multi-headed attention and transformers may be advantageously applied to the setups- generation problem.
  • Multi-headed attention is a module in a 3D transformer encoder network which computes the attention weights for the provided oral care data and produces an output vector with encoded information on how each example of oral care data should attend to each other oral care data in an arch.
  • An attention weight is a quantification of the relationship between pairs of oral care data.
  • a 3D representation of oral care data (e.g., comprising voxels, a point cloud, or a 3D mesh composed of vertices, faces or edges) may be provided to the transformer.
  • the 3D representation may describe the patient's dentition, a fixture model (or components of a fixture model), an appliance (or components of an appliance), or the like.
  • a transformer decoder (or a transformer encoder) may be equipped with multi-head attention. Multi -headed attention may enable the transformer decoder (or transformer encoder) to attend to different portions of the 3D representation of oral care data.
  • multi-headed attention may enable the transformer to attend to mesh elements within local neighborhoods (or cliques), or to attend to global dependencies between mesh elements (or cliques).
  • multi-headed attention may enable a transformer for setups prediction (e.g., a setups prediction model which is based on a transformer) to generate a transform for a tooth, and to substantially concurrently attend to each of the other teeth in the arch while that transform is generated.
  • the transform for each tooth may be generated in light of the poses of one or more other teeth in the arch, leading to a more accurate transform (e.g., a transform which conforms more closely to the ground truth or reference transform).
  • a transformer model may be trained to generate a tooth restoration design.
  • Multi-headed attention may enable the transformer to attend to multiple portions of the tooth (or to the surfaces of the adjacent teeth) while the tooth undergoes the generative process.
  • the transformer for restoration design generation may generate the mesh elements for the incisal edge of an incisor while, at least substantially concurrently, attending to the mesh elements of the mesial, distal, facial or lingual surfaces of the incisor.
  • the result may be the generation of mesh elements to form an incisal edge for the tooth which merges seamlessly with the adjacent surfaces of the tooth.
  • one or more attention vectors may be generated which describe how aspects of the oral care data interacts with other aspects of the oral care data associated with the arch.
  • the one or more attention vectors may be generated to describe how one or more portions of a tooth T1 interact with one or more portions of a tooth T2, a tooth T3, a tooth T4, and so one.
  • a portion of a mesh may be described as a set of mesh elements, as defined herein.
  • the interacting portions of tooth T1 and tooth T2 may be determined, in part, through the calculation of mesh correspondences, as described herein.
  • any of these models may be advantageously applied to the task of setups transform prediction, such as in the models described herein.
  • a transformer may be particularly advantageous in that a transformer may enable the transforms for multiple teeth, or even an entire arch to be generated at once, rather than individually, as may be the case with some other models, such as an encoder structure.
  • attention-free transformers may be used to make predictions based on oral care data.
  • One implementation of the GDL Setups neural network model may include a representation generation module (e.g., containing a U-Net structure, an autoencoder encoder, a transformer encoder, another type of encoder-decoder structure, or an encoder, etc.) which may provide its output to a module which is trained to generate tooth transformers (e.g., a set of fully connected layers with optional skip connections, or an encoder structure) to generate the prediction of a transform for each individual tooth.
  • Skip connections may, in some implementations, connect the outputs of a particular layer in a neural network to the inputs of another later in the neural network (e.g., a layer which is not immediately adjacent to the originating layer).
  • the transform-generation module may handle the transform prediction one tooth at a time.
  • Other implementations may replace this encoder structure with a transformer (e.g., transformer encoder or transformer decoder), which may handle all the predictions for all teeth substantially concurrently.
  • a transformer may be configured to receive a large number of input values, larger than some other neural network models (e.g., than a typical MLP). This is because an increased number of inputs may be accommodated by the transformer, the predictions corresponding to those inputs may be generated substantially concurrently.
  • the representation generation module may provide its output to the transformer, and the transformer may generate the setups transforms for all of the several teeth at once, with the technical advantage of improved accuracy (because the transforms for each tooth is generated in light of the transform for each of the adjacent or nearby teeth - leading to fewer collisions and better conformance with the goals of treatment).
  • a transformer may be trained to output a transformation, such as a transform encoded by a 4x4 matrix (or some other size), a quaternion, a translation vector, Euler angles or some other form.
  • the transformation may place a tooth into a setups pose, may place a fixture model component into a pose suitable for fixture model generation, or may place an appliance component into a pose suitable for appliance generation (e.g., dental restoration appliance, clear tray aligner, etc.).
  • the transform may define a coordinate system for aspects of the patient’s dentition, such as a tooth mesh (e.g., a local coordinate system for a tooth).
  • the inputs to the transformer may first be encoded using a neural network (e.g., a latent representation or embedding may be generated), such as one or more linear layers, and/or one or more convolutional layers.
  • the transformer may first be trained on an offline dataset, and subsequently be trained using a secondary actor-critic network, which may enable online reinforcement learning.
  • Transformers may, in some implementations, enable large model capacity and/or enable an attention mechanism (e.g., the capability to pay attention and respond to certain inputs).
  • the attention mechanisms e.g., multi-headed attention
  • the attention mechanisms that are found within transformers may enable intra-sequence relationships to be encoded into neural network features.
  • Intra-sequence relationships may be encoded, for example, by associating an order number (e.g., 1, 2, 3, etc.) with each tooth in an arch, or by associating an order number with each mesh element in a 3D representation (e.g., of a tooth).
  • intra-sequence relationships may be encoded, for example, by associating an order number (e.g., 1, 2, 3, etc.) with each element in the latent vector.
  • Transformers may be scaled by increasing the number of attention heads and/or by increasing the number of transformer layers. Stated differently, one or more aspects of a transformer may be independently trained to handle discrete tasks, and later combined to allow the resulting transformer to perform all of the tasks for which the individual components had been trained, without degrading the predictive accuracy of the neural network. Scaling a convolutional network may be more difficult, because the models may be less malleable or may be less interchangeable.
  • Convolution has an ability to be rotation and translation invariant, which leads to improved generalization, because a convolution model may not need to account for the manner in which the input data in rotated or translated.
  • Transformers have an ability to be permutation invariant, since intra- sequence relationships may be encoded into neural network features.
  • transformers may be combined with convolution-based neural networks, such as by vertically stacking convolution layers and attention layers.
  • Stacking transformer blocks with convolutional blocks enables the resulting structure to have the translation invariance of convolution, and also the permutation invariance of a transformer. Such stacking may improve model capacity and/or model generalization.
  • CoAtNet is an example of a network architecture which combines convolutional and attention-based elements and may be applied to the processing of oral care data.
  • a network for the modification or generation of 3D oral care representations may be trained, at least in part, from CoAtNet (or another model that combines convolution and self-attention/transformers) using transfer learning.
  • the techniques of this disclosure may include operations such as 3D convolution, 3D pooling, 3D unconvolution and 3D unpooling.
  • 3D convolution may aid segmentation processing, for example in down sampling a 3D mesh.
  • 3D un-convolution undoes 3D convolution for example, in a U- Net.
  • 3D pooling may aid the segmentation processing, for example in summarized neural network feature maps.
  • 3D un-pooling undoes 3D pooling for example in a U-Net.
  • These operations may be implemented by way of one or more layers in the predictive or generative neural networks described herein. These operations may be applied directly on mesh elements, such as mesh edges or mesh faces. These operations provide for technical improvements over other approaches because the operations are invariant to mesh rotation, scale, and translation changes. In general, these operations depend on edge (or face) connectivity, therefore these operations remain invariant to mesh changes in 3D space as long as edge (or face) connectivity is preserved. That is, the operations may be applied to an oral care mesh and produce the same output regardless of the orientation, position or scale of that oral care mesh, which may lead to data precision improvement.
  • MeshCNN is a general-purpose deep neural network library for 3D triangular meshes, which can be used for tasks such as 3D shape classification or mesh element labelling (e.g., for segmentation or mesh cleanup). MeshCNN implements these operations on mesh edges. Other toolkits and implementations may operate on edges or faces. [0095] In some implementations of the techniques of this disclosure, neural networks may be trained to operate on 2D representations (such as images). In some implementations of the techniques of this disclosure, neural networks may be trained to operate on 3D representations (such as meshes or point clouds). An intraoral scanner may capture 2D images of the patient's dentition from various views.
  • An intraoral scanner may also (or alternatively) capture 3D mesh or 3D point cloud data which describes the patient's dentition.
  • autoencoders or other neural networks described herein may be trained to operate on either or both of 2D representations and 3D representations.
  • a 2D autoencoder (comprising a 2D encoder and a 2D decoder) may be trained on 2D image data to encode an input 2D image into a latent form (such as a latent vector or a latent capsule) using the 2D encoder, and then reconstruct a facsimile of the input 2D image using the 2D decoder.
  • a latent form such as a latent vector or a latent capsule
  • 2D images may be readily captured using one or more of the onboard cameras.
  • 2D images may be captured using an intraoral scanner which is configmed for such a function.
  • 2D autoencoder or other 2D neural network for 2D image analysis
  • 2D convolution may involve the "sliding" of a kernel across a 2D image and the calculation of elementwise multiplications and the summing of those elementwise multiplications into an output pixel.
  • the output pixel that results from each new position of the kernel is saved into an output 2D feature matrix.
  • neighboring elements e.g., pixels
  • a 2D pooling layer may be used to down sample a feature map and summarize the presence of certain features in that feature map.
  • 2D reconstruction error may be computed between the pixels of the input and reconstmcted images.
  • the mapping between pixels may be well understood (e.g., the upper pixel [23, 134] of the input image is directly compared to pixel [23,134] of the reconstructed image, assuming both images have the same dimensions).
  • Modem mobile devices may also have the capability of generating 3D data (e.g., using multiple cameras and stereophotogrammetry, or one camera which is moved around the subject to capture multiple images from different views, or both), which in some implementations, may be arranged into 3D representations such as 3D meshes, 3D point clouds and/or 3D voxelized representations.
  • 3D representations such as 3D meshes, 3D point clouds and/or 3D voxelized representations.
  • the analysis of a 3D representation of the subject may in some instances provide technical improvements over 2D analysis of the same subject.
  • a 3D representation may describe the geometry and/or structure of the subject with less ambiguity than a 2D representation (which may contain shadows and other artifacts which complicate the depiction of depth from the subject and texture of the subject).
  • 3D processing may enable technical improvements because of the inverse optics problem which may, in some instances, affect 2D representations.
  • the inverse optics problem refers to the phenomenon where, in some instances, the size of a subject, the orientation of the subject and the distance between the subject and the imaging device may be conflated in a 2D image of that subject. Any given projection of the subject on the imaging sensor could map to an infinite count of ⁇ size, orientation, distance ⁇ pairings.
  • 3D representations enable the technical improvement in that 3D representations remove the ambiguities introduced by the inverse optics problem.
  • a device that is configmed with the dedicated purpose of 3D scanning such as a 3D intraoral scanner (or a CT scanner or MRI scanner), may generate 3D representations of the subject (e.g., the patient's dentition) which have significantly higher fidelity and precision than is possible with a handheld device.
  • 3D intraoral scanner or a CT scanner or MRI scanner
  • 3D representations of the subject e.g., the patient's dentition
  • the use of a 3D autoencoder is offers technical improvements (such as increased data precision), to extract the best possible signal out of those 3D data (i.e., to get the signal out of the 3D crown meshes used in tooth classification or setups classification).
  • a 3D autoencoder (comprising a 3D encoder and a 3D decoder) may be trained on 3D data representations to encode an input 3D representation into a latent form (such as a latent vector or a latent capsule) using the 3D encoder, and then reconstruct a facsimile of the input 3D representation using the 3D decoder.
  • a latent form such as a latent vector or a latent capsule
  • a 3D convolution may be performed to aggregate local features from nearby mesh elements. Processing may be performed above and beyond the techniques for 2D convolution, to account for the differing count and locations of neighboring mesh elements (relative to a particular mesh element).
  • a particular 3D mesh element may have a variable count of neighbors and those neighbors may not be found in expected locations (as opposed to a pixel in 2D convolution which may have a fixed count of neighboring pixels which may be found in known or expected locations).
  • the order of neighboring mesh elements may be relevant to 3D convolution.
  • a 3D pooling operation may enable the combining of features from a 3D mesh (or other 3D representation) at multiple scales.
  • 3D pooling may iteratively reduce a 3D mesh into mesh elements which are most highly relevant to a given application (e.g., for which a neural network has been trained).
  • 3D pooling may benefit from special processing beyond that entailed in 2D convolution, to account for the differing count and locations of neighboring mesh elements (relative to a particular mesh element).
  • the order of neighboring mesh elements may be less relevant to 3D pooling than to 3D convolution.
  • 3D reconstruction error may be computed using one or more of the techniques described herein, such as computing Euclidean distances between corresponding mesh elements, between the two meshes. Other techniques are possible in accordance with aspects of this disclosure. 3D reconstruction error may generally be computed on 3D mesh elements, rather than the 2D pixels of 2D reconstruction error. 3D reconstruction error may enable technical improvements over 2D reconstruction error because a 3D representation may, in some instances, have less ambiguity than a 2D representation (i.e., have less ambiguity in form, shape and/or structure).
  • a 3D representation may be produced using a 3D scanner, such as an intraoral scanner, a computerized tomography (CT) scanner, ultrasound scanner, a magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) machine or a mobile device which is enabled to perform stereophotogrammetry.
  • a 3D representation may describe the shape and/or structure of a subject.
  • a 3D representation may include one or more 3D mesh, 3D point cloud, and/or a 3D voxelized representation, among others.
  • a 3D mesh includes edges, vertices, or faces. Though interrelated in some instances, these three types of data are distinct.
  • the vertices are the points in 3D space that define the boundaries of the mesh. These points would alternatively be described as a point cloud but for the additional information about how the points are connected to each other, as described by the edges.
  • An edge is described by two points and can also be referred to as a line segment.
  • a face is described by a number of edges and vertices.
  • a face comprises three vertices, where the vertices are interconnected to form three contiguous edges.
  • Some meshes may contain degenerate elements, such as non-manifold mesh elements, which may be removed, to the benefit of later processing.
  • Other mesh pre-processing operations are possible in accordance with aspects of this disclosure.
  • 3D meshes are commonly formed using triangles, but may in other implementations be formed using quadrilaterals, pentagons, or some other n-sided polygon.
  • a 3D mesh may be encodeed to one or more voxelized geometries (i.e., comprising voxels), such as in the case that sparse processing is performed.
  • the techniques of this disclosure which operate on 3D meshes may receive as input one or more tooth meshes (e.g., arranged in one or more dental arches). Each of these meshes may undergo pre-processing before being input to the predictive architecture (e.g., including at least one of an encoder, decoder, pyramid encoder-decoder and U-Net). This pre-processing may include the conversion of the mesh into lists of mesh elements, such as vertices, edges, faces or in the case of sparse processing - voxels. For the chosen mesh element type or types, (e.g., vertices), feature vectors may be generated. In some examples, one feature vector is generated per vertex of the mesh. Each feature vector may contain a combination of spatial and/or structural features, as specified in the following table:
  • Table 1 discloses non-limiting examples of mesh element features.
  • color or other visual cues/identifiers
  • a point differs from a vertex in that a point is part of a 3D point cloud, whereas a vertex is part of a 3D mesh and may have incident faces or edges.
  • a dihedral angle (which may be expressed in either radians or degrees) may be computed as the angle (e.g., a signed angle) between two connected faces (e.g., two faces which are connected along an edge).
  • a sign on a dihedral angle may reveal information about the convexity or concavity of a mesh surface.
  • a positively signed angle may, in some implementations, indicate a convex surface.
  • a negatively signed angle may, in some implementations, indicate a concave surface.
  • directional curvatures may first be calculated to each adjacent vertex around the vertex. These directional curvatures may be sorted in circular order (e.g., 0, 49, 127, 210, 305 degrees) in proximity to the vertex normal vector and may comprise a subsampled version of the complete curvature tensor. Circular order means: sorted in by angle around an axis.
  • the sorted directional curvatures may contribute to a linear system of equations amenable to a closed form solution which may estimate the two principal curvatures and directions, which may characterize the complete curvature tensor.
  • a voxel may also have features which are computed as the aggregates of the other mesh elements (e.g., vertices, edges and faces) which either intersect the voxel or, in some implementations, are predominantly or fully contained within the voxel. Rotating the mesh may not change structural features but may change spatial features.
  • the term “mesh” should be considered in a nonlimiting sense to be inclusive of 3D mesh, 3D point cloud and 3D voxelized representation.
  • mesh element features apart from mesh element features, there are alternative methods of describing the geometry of a mesh, such as 3D keypoints and 3D descriptors. Examples of such 3D keypoints and 3D descriptors are found in “TONIONI A, et al. in ‘Learning to detect good 3D keypoints.’, Int J Comput. Vis. 2018 Vol .126, pages 1-20.”. 3D keypoints and 3D descriptors may, in some implementations, describe extrema (either minima or maxima) of the surface of a 3D representation.
  • one or more mesh element features may be computed, at least in part, via deep feature synthesis (DFS), e.g. as described in: J. M. Kanter and K. Veeramachaneni, "Deep feature synthesis: Towards automating data science endeavors," 2015 IEEE International Conference on Data Science and Advanced Analytics (DSAA), 2015, pp. 1-10, doi: 10.1109/DSAA.2015.7344858.
  • DFS deep
  • mesh element features may convey aspects of a 3D representation’s surface shape and/or structure to the neural network models of this disclosure.
  • Each mesh element feature describes distinct information about the 3D representation that may not be redundantly present in other input data that are provided to the neural network. For example, a vertex curvature may quantify aspects of the concavity or convexity of the surface of a 3D representation which would not otherwise be understood by the network.
  • mesh element features may provide a processed version of the structure and/or shape of the 3D representation; data that would not otherwise be available to the neural network. This processed information is often more accessible, or more amenable for encoding by the neural network.
  • a system implementing the techniques disclosed herein has been utilized to mn a number of experiments on 3D representations of teeth. For example, mesh element features have been provided to a representation generation neural network which is based on a U-Net model, and also to a representation generation model based on a variational autoencoder with continuous normalizing flows.
  • Predictive models which may operate on feature vectors of the aforementioned features include but are not limited to: GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups, Diffusion Setups, PT Setups, Similarity Setups, Tooth Classification, Setups Classification, Setups Comparison, VAE Mesh Element Labeling, MAE Mesh In-filling, Mesh Reconstruction Autoencoder, Validation Using Autoencoders, Mesh Segmentation, Coordinate System Prediction, Mesh Cleanup, Restoration Design Generation, Appliance Component Generation and/or Placement, and Archform Prediction.
  • Such feature vectors may be presented to the input of a predictive model. In some implementations, such feature vectors may be presented to one or more internal layers of a neural network which is part of one or more of those predictive models.
  • tooth movements specify one or more tooth transformations that can be encoded in various ways to specify tooth positions and orientations within the setup and are applied to 3D representations of teeth.
  • the tooth positions can be cartesian coordinates of a tooth's canonical origin location which is defined in some semantic context.
  • Tooth orientations can be represented as rotation matrices, unit quaternions, or other 3D rotation representations such as Euler angles with respect to a frame of reference (either global or local).
  • Dimensions are real valued 3D spatial extents and gaps can be binary presence indicators or real valued gap sizes between teeth especially in instances when certain teeth are missing.
  • tooth rotations may be described by 3x3 matrices (or by matrices of other dimensions). Tooth position and rotation information may, in some implementations, be combined into the same transform matrix, for example, as a 4x4 matrix, which may reflect homogenous coordinates, in some instances, affine spatial transformation matrices may be used to describe tooth transformations, for example, the transformations which describe the maloccluded pose of a tooth, an intermediate pose of a tooth and/or a final setup pose of a tooth. Some implementations may use relative coordinates, where setup transformations are predicted relative to malocclusion coordinate systems (e.g., a malocclusion-to-setup transformation is predicted instead of a setup coordinate system directly).
  • Other implementations may use absolute coordinates, where setup coordinate systems are predicted directly for each tooth.
  • transforms can be computed with respect to the centroid of each tooth mesh (vs the global origin), which is termed “relative local.”
  • relative local coordinates Some of the advantages of using relative local coordinates include eliminating the need for malocclusion coordinate systems (landmarking data) which may not be available for all patient case datasets.
  • absolute coordinates Some of the advantages of using absolute coordinates include simplifying the data preprocessing as mesh data are originally represented as relative to the global origin.
  • tooth position encoding and tooth orientation encoding may, in some implementations, also apply one or more of the neural networks models of the present disclosure, including but not limited to: GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups, Diffusion Setups, PT Setups, Similarity Setups, FDG Setups, Setups Classification, Setups Comparison, VAE Mesh Element Labeling, MAE Mesh Infilling, Mesh Reconstruction VAE, and Validation Using Autoencoders.
  • convolution layers in the various 3D neural networks described herein may use edge data to perform mesh convolution.
  • edge information guarantees that the model is not sensitive to different input orders of 3D elements.
  • the convolution layers may use vertex data to perform mesh convolution.
  • vertex information is advantageous in that there are typically fewer vertices than edges or faces, so vertex-oriented processing may lead to a lower processing overhead and lower computational cost.
  • the convolution layers may use face data to perform mesh convolution.
  • the convolution layers may use voxel data to perform mesh convolution.
  • voxel information is advantageous in that, depending on the granularity chosen, there may be significantly fewer voxels to process compared to the vertices, edges or faces in the mesh. Sparse processing (with voxels) may lead to a lower processing overhead and lower computational cost (especially in terms of computer memory or RAM usage).
  • oral care metrics e.g., orthodontic metrics or restoration design metrics
  • oral care metrics may convey aspects of the shape and/or structure of the patient’s dentition (e.g., the shape and/or structure of an individual tooth, or the special relationships between two or more teeth) to the neural network models of this disclosure.
  • Each oral care metric describes distinct information about the patient’s dentition that may not be redundantly present in other input data that are provided to the neural network.
  • an “Overbite” metric may quantify the overlap between the upper and lower central incisors along the vertical Z-axis, information which may not otherwise, in some implementations, be readily ascertainable by a traditional neural network.
  • the oral care metrics provide refined information about the patient’s dentition that a traditional neural network (e.g., a representation generation neural network) may not be adequately trained or configured to extract.
  • a neural network which is specifically trained to generate oral care metrics may overcome such a shortcoming, because, for example loss may be computed in such a way as to facilitate accurate oral care metrics prediction.
  • Mesh oral care metrics may provide a processed version of the structure and/or shape of the patient’s dentition, data which may not otherwise be available to the neural network.
  • This processed information is often more accessible, or more amenable for encoding by the neural network.
  • a system implementing the techniques disclosed herein has been utilized to mn a number of experiments on 3D representations of teeth.
  • oral care metrics have been provided to a representation generation neural network which is based on a U-Net model. Based on experiments, it was found that systems using oral care metrics (e.g., “Overbite”, “Oveget” and “Canine Class Relationship” metrics) were at least 2.5% more accurate than systems that did not. Furthermore, training converges more quickly when the oral care metrics are used. Stated another way, the machine learning models trained using oral care metrics tended to be more accurate more quickly (at earlier epochs) than systems which did not. For an existing system observed to have a historical accuracy rate of 91%, an improvement in accuracy of 2.5% reduces the actual error rate by almost 30%.
  • W02020026117A1 lists some examples of Orthodontic Metrics (OM). Further examples are disclosed herein.
  • OM Orthodontic Metrics
  • the orthodontic metrics may be used to quantify the physical arrangement of an arch of teeth for the purpose of orthodontic treatment (as opposed to restoration design metrics - which pertain to dentistry and describe the shape and/or form of one or more pre-restoration teeth, for the purpose of supporting dental restoration). These orthodontic metrics can measure how badly maloccluded the arch is, or conversely the metrics can measure how correctly arranged the teeth are.
  • the GDL Setups model may incorporate one or more of these orthodontic metrics, or other similar or related orthodontic metrics.
  • such orthodontic metrics may be incorporated into the feature vector for a mesh element, where these perelement feature vectors are provided to the setups prediction network as inputs.
  • such orthodontic metrics may be directly consumed by a generator, an MLP, a transformer, or other neural network as direct inputs (such as presented in one or more input vectors of real numbers S, such as described elsewhere in this disclosure.
  • Such orthodontic metrics may be provided to an encoder structure or by a U-Net structure (in the case of GDL Setups).
  • Such orthodontic metrics may be consumed by an autoencoder, variational autoencoder, masked autoencoder or regularized autoencoder (in the case of the VAE Setups, VAE Mesh Element Labelling, MAE Mesh In-Filling).
  • Such orthodontic metrics may be consumed by a neural network which generates action predictions as a part of a reinforcement learning RL Setups model.
  • Such orthodontic metrics may be consumed by a classifier which applies a label to a setup arch (e.g., labels such as mal, staging or final setup).
  • a label e.g., labels such as mal, staging or final setup.
  • the various loss calculations of the present disclosure may, in some examples, incorporate one or more orthodontic metrics, with the advantage of improving the correctness of the resulting neural network.
  • An orthodontic metric may be used to directly compare a predicted example to the corresponding ground truth example (such as is done with the metrics in the Setups Comparison description). In other examples, one or more orthodontic metrics may be taken from this section and incorporated into a loss computation.
  • Such an orthodontic metric may be computed on the predicted example, and then the orthodontic metric would also be computed on the ground tmth example. These two orthodontic metrics results would then be consumed by the loss computation, with the advantage of improving the performance of the resulting neural network.
  • one or more orthodontic metrics pertaining to the alignment of two or more adjacent teeth may be computed and incorporated into a loss function, for example, to train, at least in part, a setups prediction neural network.
  • such an orthodontic metric may promote the network in aligning the mesial surface of a tooth with the distal surface of an adjacent tooth.
  • Backpropagation is an example algorithm by which a neural network may be trained using one or more loss values.
  • one or more orthodontic metrics may be used to evaluate the predicted output of a neural network, such as a setups prediction. Such a metric(s) may enable the training algorithm to determine how close the predicted output is to an acceptable output, for example, in a quantified sense. In some implementations, this use of an orthodontic metric may enable a loss value to be computed which does not depend entirely on a comparison to a ground truth. In some implementations, such a use of an orthodontic metric may enable loss calculation and network training to proceed without the need for a comparison against a ground truth example.
  • loss may be computed based on a general principle or specification for the predicted output (such as a setup) rather than tying loss calculation to a specific ground truth example (which may have been defined by a particular doctor, clinician, or technician, whose treatment philosophy may differ from that of other technicians or doctors).
  • a specific ground truth example which may have been defined by a particular doctor, clinician, or technician, whose treatment philosophy may differ from that of other technicians or doctors.
  • such an orthodontic metric may be defined based on a FID (Frechet Inception Distance) score.
  • An orthodontic metric that can be computed using tensors may be especially advantageous when training one of the neural networks of the present disclosure, because tensor operations may promote efficient computations. The more efficient (and faster) the computation, the faster the rate at which training can proceed.
  • an error pattern may be identified in one or more predicted outputs of an ML model (e.g., a transformation matrix for a predicted tooth setup, a labelling of mesh elements for mesh cleanup, an addition of mesh elements to a mesh for the purpose of mesh in-filling, a classification label for a setup, a classification label for a tooth mesh, etc.).
  • One or more orthodontic metrics may be selected to become an input to the next round of ML model training, to address any pattern of errors or deficiencies which may be identified in the one or more predicted outputs.
  • Some OM may be defined relative to an archfrom coordinate frame, the LDE coordinate system.
  • a point may be described using an LDE coordinate frame relative to an archform, where L, D and E correspond to: 1) Length along the curve of the archform, 2) Distance away from the archform, and 3) distance in the direction perpendicular to the L and D axes (which may be termed Eminence), respectively.
  • OM and other techniques of the present disclosure may compute collisions between 3D representations (e.g., of oral care objects, such as teeth). Such collisions may be computed as at least one of: 1) penetration distance between 3D tooth representations, 2) count of overlapping mesh elements between 3D tooth representations, and 3) volume of overlap between 3D tooth representations.
  • an OM may be defined to quantify the collision of two or more 3D representations of oral care structures, such as teeth.
  • Some optimization algorithms, such as setups prediction techniques may seek to minimize collisions between oral care structures (such as teeth). Between-arch orthodontic metrics are as follows.
  • a 3D tooth orientation vector may be calculated using the tooth's mesial-distal axis.
  • a 3D vector which may be tangent vector to the archform at the position of the tooth may also be calculated.
  • the XY components i.e., which may be 2D vectors
  • Cosine similarity may be used to calculate the 2D orientation difference (angle) between the archform tangent and the tooth's mesial-distal axis.
  • the absolute difference may be calculated between each tooth’s X-coordinate and the global coordinate reference frame’s X-axis.
  • This delta may indicate the arch asymmetry for a given tooth pair.
  • the result of such a calculation may be the mean X-axis delta of one or more tooth-pairs from the arch. This calculation may, in some implementations, be performed relative to the Y-axis with y-coordinates (and/or relative to the Z axis with Z-coordinates).
  • Archform D-axis Differences May compute the D dimension difference (i.e., the positional difference in the facial-lingual direction) between two arch states, for one or more teeth. May, in some implementations, return a dictionary of the D-direction tooth movement for each tooth, with tooth UNS number as the key. May use the LDE coordinate system relative to an archform.
  • Archform (Lower) Length Ratio - May compute the ratio between the current lower arch length and the arch length as it was in the original maloccluded lower arch.
  • Archform (Upper) Length Ratio - May compute the ratio between the current upper arch length and the arch length as it was in the original maloccluded upper arch.
  • Archform Parallelism (Full arch) - For at least one local tooth coordinate system origin in the upper arch, the one or more nearest origins (e.g., tooth local coordinate system origins) in the lower arch.
  • the two nearest origins may be used. May compute the straight line distance from the upper arch point to the line formed between the origins of the two teeth in the opposing (lower) arch. May return the standard deviation of the set of “point-to-line” distances mentioned above, where the set may be composed of the point-to-line distances for each tooth in the arch.
  • This metric may share some computational elements with the archform_parallelism_global orthodontic metric, except that this metric may input the mean distance from a tooth origin to the line formed by the neighboring teeth in opposing arches (e.g., a tooth in the upper arch and the corresponding tooth in the lower arch). The mean distance may be computed for one or more such pairs of teeth. In some implementations, this may be computed for all pairs of teeth. Then the mean distance may be subtracted from the distance that is computed for each tooth pair. This OM may yield the deviation of a tooth from a “typical” tooth parallelism in the arch.
  • Buccolingual Inclination For at least one molar or premolar, find the corresponding tooth on the opposite side of the same arch (i.e., for a tooth on the left side of the arch, find the same type of tooth on the right side and vice versa).
  • This OM may compute an n-element list for each tooth (e.g. n may equal 2).
  • Such an n-element vector may be computed for each molar and each premolar in the upper and lower arches.
  • the buccal cusps maybe identified on the molars and premolars on each of the left and right sides of the arch. Draw a line between the buccal cusps of the left tooth and the buccal cusps on the right tooth. Make a plane using this line and the z-axis of the arch. The lingual cusps may be projected onto the plane (i.e., at this point the angle of inclination may be determined). By performing an additional projection, the approximate vertical distance between the lingual cusps and the buccal cusps may be computed. This distance may be used as the buccolingual inclination OM.
  • Canine Overbite The upper and lower canines may be identified.
  • the first premolar for the given side of the mouth may be identified.
  • a distance may be computed between the upper canine and the lower canine, and also between the upper pre-molar and the lower pre-molar.
  • the average (or median, or mode or some other statistic) may be computed for the measured distances.
  • the z- component of this result indicates the degree of overbite.
  • Overbite may be computed between any tooth in one arch and the corresponding tooth in the other arch.
  • Canine Overjet Contact - May calculate the collisions (e.g., collision distances) between pairs of canines on opposing arches.
  • Canine Overjet Contact KDE - May take an orthodontic metric score for the current patient case as input, and may convert that score into to a log-likelihood using a previously trained kernel density estimation (KDE) model or distribution. This operation may yield information about where in the distribution of "typical" values this patient case lies.
  • KDE kernel density estimation
  • Canine Overjet - This OM may share some computational steps with the canine overbite OM.
  • average distances may be computed.
  • the distance calculation may compute the Euclidean distance of the XY components of a tooth in the upper arch and a tooth in the lower arch, to yield oveget (i.e., as opposed to computing the difference in Z-components, as may be performed for canine overbite).
  • Oveget may be computed between any tooth in one arch and the corresponding tooth in the other arch.
  • Canine Class Relationship (also applies to first, second and third molars) -
  • This OM may, in some implementations comprise two functions (e.g., written in Python).
  • get_canine_landmarks() Get landmarks for each tooth which may be used to compute the class relationship, and then, in some implementations, map those landmarks onto the global coordinate space so that measurements may be made between teeth.
  • class_relationship_score_by_side() May compute the average position of at least one landmark on at least one tooth in the lower arch, and may compute the same for the upper arch.
  • This OM may compute how far forward or behind the tooth is positioned on the 1-axis relative to the tooth or teeth of interest in the opposing arch.
  • Crossbite - Fossa in at least one upper molar may be located by finding the halfway point between distal and mesial marginal ridge saddles of the tooth.
  • a lower molar cusp may lie between the marginal ridges of the corresponding upper molar.
  • This OM may compute a vector from the upper molar fossa midpoint to the lower molar cusp. This vector may be projected onto the d-axis of the archform, yielding a lateral measure of distance from the cusp to the fossa. This distance may define the crossbite magnitude.
  • This OM may identify the leftmost and rightmost edges of a tooth, and may identify the same for that tooth’s neighbor.
  • the OM may then draw a vector from the leftmost edge of the tooth to the leftmost edge of the tooth’s neighbor.
  • the OM may then draw a vector from the rightmost edge of the tooth to the rightmost edge of the tooth’s neighbor.
  • the OM may then calculates the linear fit error between the two vectors. Such a calculation may involve making two vectors:
  • Vec tooth right tooths leftside to left tooths leftside
  • Vec neighbor right tooths rightside to left tooths leftside
  • EdgeAlignment score 1 - abs(dot(Vec_tooth, Vec neighbor)) ).
  • a score of 0 may indicate perfect alignment.
  • a score of 1 may mean perpendicular alignment.
  • Incisor Interarch Contact KDE - May identify the deviation of the IncisorlnterarchContact from the mean of a modeled distribution of such statistics across a dataset of one or more other patient cases.
  • Leveling - May compute a measure of leveling between a tooth and its neighbor.
  • This OM may calculate the difference in height between two or more neighboring teeth. For molars, this OM may use the midpoint between the mesial and distal saddle ridges as the height of the molar. For non-molar teeth, this OM may use the length of the crown from gums to tip. In some implementations, the tip may be the origin of the local coordinate space of the tooth. Other implementations may place the origin in other locations. A simple subtraction between the heights of neighboring teeth may yield the leveling delta between the teeth (e.g., by comparing Z components).
  • Midline - May compute the position of the midline for the upper incisors and/or the lower incisors, and then may compute the distance between them.
  • Molar Interarch Contact KDE - May compute a molar interarch contact score (i.e., a collision depth or other type of collision), and then may identify where that score lies in a pre-defined KDE (distribution) built from representative cases.
  • a molar interarch contact score i.e., a collision depth or other type of collision
  • this OM may identify one or more landmarks (e.g., mesial cusp, or central cusp, etc.). Get the tooth transform for that tooth. For each cusp on the current tooth, the cusp may be scored according to how well the cusp contacts the neighboring (corresponding) tooth in the opposite arch. A vector may be found from the cusp of the tooth in question to the vertical intersection point in the corresponding tooth of the opposing arch. The distance and/or direction (i.e., up or down) to the opposing arch may be computed. A list may be returned that contains the resulting signed distances, one for each cusp on the tooth in question.
  • landmarks e.g., mesial cusp, or central cusp, etc.
  • Overbite The upper and lower central incisors may be compared along the z-axis. The difference along the z-axis may be used as the overbite score.
  • Overjet The upper and lower central incisors may be compared along the y-axis. The difference along the y-axis may be used as the oveijet score.
  • Molar Interarch Contact - May calculate the contact score between molars, and may use collision measurement(s) (such as collision depth).
  • Root Movement d The tooth transforms for an initial state and a next state may be recieved.
  • the archform axes at a point L along the archform may be computed. This OM may return a distance moved along the d-axis. This may be accomplished by projecting the root pivot point onto the d-axis.
  • Root Movement 1 The tooth transforms for an initial state and a next state may be received.
  • the archform axes at a point L along the archform may be computed. This OM may return a distance moved along the 1-axis. This may be accomplished by projecting the root pivot point onto the 1-axis.
  • Spacing May compute the spacing between each tooth and its neighbor.
  • the transforms and meshes for the arch may be received.
  • the left and right edges of each tooth mesh may be computed.
  • One or more points of interest may be transformed from local coordinates into the global arch coordinate frame.
  • the spacing may be computed in a plane (e.g., the XY plane) between each tooth and its neighbor to the "left”.
  • Torque - May compute torque (i.e., rotation around and axis, such as the x-axis). For one or more teeth, one or more rotations may be converted from Euler angles into one or more rotation matrices. A component (such as a x-component) of the rotations may be extracted and converted back into Euler angles. This x- component may be interpreted as the torque for a tooth. A list maybe returned which contains the torque for one or more teeth, and may be indexed by the UNS number of the tooth.
  • the neural networks of this disclosure may exploit one or more benefits of the operation of parameter tuning, whereby the inputs and parameters of a neural network are optimized to produce more data-precise results.
  • One parameter which may be tuned is neural network learning rate (e.g., which may have values such as 0.1, 0.01, 0.001, etc.).
  • Data augmentation schemes may also be tuned or optimized, such as schemes where “shiver” is added to the tooth meshes before being input to the neural network (i.e., small random rotations, translations and/or scaling may be applied to vary the dataset and make the neural network robust to variations in data).
  • a subset of the neural network model parameters available for tuning are as follows: o Learning rate (LR) decay rate (e.g., how much the LR decays during a training run) o Learning rate (LR). The floating-point value (e.g., 0.001) that is used by the optimizer.
  • LR schedule e.g., cosine annealing, step, exponential
  • Voxel size for cases with sparse mesh processing operations
  • Dropout % e.g., dropout which may be performed in a linear encoder
  • LR decay step size e.g., decay every 10 or 20 or 30 epochs
  • Model scaling which may increase or decrease the count of layers and/or the count of parameters per layer.
  • Parameter tuning may be advantageously applied to the training of a neural network for the prediction of final setups or intermediate staging to provide data precision-oriented technical improvements. Parameter tuning may also be advantageously applied to the training of a neural network for mesh element labeling or a neural network for mesh in-filling. In some examples, parameter tuning may be advantageously applied to the training of a neural network for tooth reconstruction. In terms of classifier models of this disclosure, parameter tuning may be advantageously applied to a neural network for the classification of one or more setups (i.e., classification of one or more arrangements of teeth). The advantage of parameter tuning is to improve the data precision of the output of a predictive model or a classification model.
  • Parameter tuning may, in some instances, provide the advantage of obtaining the last remaining few percentage points of validation accuracy out of a predictive or classification model.
  • Some techniques of the present disclosure for example the setups comparison technique, and the setups prediction techniques (e.g., such as GDL Setups, MLP Setups, VAE Setups and the like), may benefit from a processing step which may align (or register) arches of teeth (e.g., where a tooth may be represented by a 3D point cloud, or some other type of 3D representation described herein).
  • Such a processing setup may, for example, be used to register a ground truth setup arch from a patient case with the maloccluded arch from that same case, before these mal and ground truth setup arches are used to train a setups prediction neural network model.
  • a step may aid in loss calculation, because the predicted arch (e.g., an arch outputted by a generator) may be in better alignment with the ground truth setup arch, a condition which may facilitate the calculation of reconstruction loss, representation loss, LI loss, L2 loss, MSE loss and/or other kinds of losses described herein.
  • an iterative closest point (ICP) technique may be used for such registration. ICP may minimize the squared errors between corresponding entities, such as 3D representations.
  • linear least squares calculations may be performed.
  • non-linear least squares calculations may be performed.
  • Various registration models may incorporate portions of the following algorithms, in whole or in part: Levenberg-Marquardt ICP, Least Square Rigid transformation, Robust Rigid transformation, random sample consensus (RANSAC) ICP, K-means based RANSAC ICP and Generalized ICP (GICP). Registration may, in some instances, help decrease the subjectivity and/or randomness that may, in some instances, occur in reference ground truth setup designs which have been designed by technicians (i.e., two technicians may produce different but valid final setups outputs for the same case) or by other optimization techniques.
  • Various neural network models of this disclosure may draw benefits from data augmentation. Examples include models of this which are trained on 3D meshes, such as GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups, Diffusion Setups, PT Setups, Similarity Setups, FDG Setups, Setups Classification, Setups Comparison, VAE Mesh Element Labeling, MAE Mesh In-filling, Mesh Reconstruction VAE, and Validation Using Autoencoders.
  • Data augmentation such as by way of the method shown in FIG. 1, may increase the size of the training dataset of dental arches.
  • Data augmentation can provide additional training examples by adding random rotations, translations, and/or rescaling to copies of existing dental arches.
  • data augmentation may be carried out by perturbing or jittering the vertices of the mesh, in a manner similar to that described in (“Equidistant and Uniform Data Augmentation for 3D Objects”, IEEE Access, Digital Object Identifier 10.1109/ACCESS.2021.3138162).
  • the position of a vertex may be perturbed through the addition of Gaussian noise, for example with zero mean, and 0.1 standard deviation. Other mean and standard deviation values are possible in accordance with the techniques of this disclosure.
  • FIG. 1 shows a data augmentation method that systems of this disclosure may apply to 3D oral care representations.
  • a non-limiting example of a 3D oral care representation is a tooth mesh or a set of tooth meshes.
  • Tooth data 100 e.g., 3D meshes
  • the systems of this disclosure may generate copies of the tooth data 100 (102).
  • the systems of this disclosure may apply one or more stochastic rotations to the tooth data 100 (104).
  • the systems of this disclosure may apply stochastic translations to the tooth data 100 (106).
  • the systems of this disclosure may apply stochastic scaling operations to the tooth data 100 (108).
  • the systems of this disclosure may apply stochastic perturbations to one or more mesh elements of the tooth data 100 (110).
  • the systems of this disclosure may output augmented tooth data 112 that are formed by way of the method of FIG. 1.
  • generator networks of this disclosure can be implemented as one or more neural networks
  • the generator may contain an activation function.
  • an activation ftmction When executed, an activation ftmction outputs a determination of whether or not a neuron in a neural network will fire (e.g., send output to the next layer).
  • Some activation functions may include: binary step functions, or linear activation functions.
  • Other activation functions impart non-linear behavior to the network, including: sigmoid/logistic activation functions, Tanh (hyperbolic tangent) functions, rectified linear units (ReLU), leaky ReLU functions, parametric ReLU functions, exponential linear units (ELU), softmax function, swish function, Gaussian error linear unit (GELU), or scaled exponential linear unit (SELU).
  • a linear activation function may be well suited to some regression applications (among other applications), in an output layer.
  • a sigmoid/logistic activation function may be well suited to some binary classification applications (among other applications), in an output layer.
  • a softmax activation function may be well suited to some multiclass classification applications (among other applications), in an output layer.
  • a sigmoid activation function may be well suited to some multilabel classification applications (among other applications), in an output layer.
  • a ReLU activation function may be well suited in some convolutional neural network (CNN) applications (among other applications), in a hidden layer.
  • CNN convolutional neural network
  • a Tanh and/or sigmoid activation function may be well suited in some recurrent neural network (RNN) applications (among other applications), for example, in a hidden layer.
  • RNN recurrent neural network
  • gradient descent which determines a training gradient using first-order derivatives and is commonly used in the training of neural networks
  • Newton's method which may make use of second derivatives in loss calculation to find better training directions than gradient descent, but may require calculations involving Hessian matrices
  • additional methods may be employed to update weights, in addition to or in place of the techniques described above. These additional methods include the Levenberg-Marquardt method and/or simulated annealing.
  • the backpropagation algorithm is used to transfer the results of loss calculation back into the network so that network weights can be adjusted, and learning can progress.
  • Neural networks contribute to the functioning of many of the applications of the present disclosure, including but not limited to: GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups, Diffusion Setups, PT Setups, Similarity Setups, Tooth Classification, Setups Classification, Setups Comparison, VAE Mesh Element Labeling, MAE Mesh In-filling, Mesh Reconstruction Autoencoder, Validation Using Autoencoders, imputation of oral care parameters, 3D mesh segmentation (3D representation segmentation), Coordinate System Prediction, Mesh Cleanup, Restoration Design Generation, Appliance Component Generation and/or Placement, or Archform Prediction.
  • GDL Setups RL Setups
  • VAE Setups Capsule Setups
  • MLP Setups Diffusion Setups
  • PT Setups Similarity Setups, Tooth Classification, Setups Classification, Setups Comparison, VAE Mesh Element Labeling,
  • the neural networks of the present disclosure may embody part or all of a variety of different neural network models. Examples include the U-Net architecture, multi-later perceptron (MLP), transformer, pyramid architecture, recurrent neural network (RNN), autoencoder, variational autoencoder, regularized autoencoder, conditional autoencoder, capsule network, capsule autoencoder, stacked capsule autoencoder, denoising autoencoder, sparse autoencoder, conditional autoencoder, long/short term memory (LSTM), gated recurrent unit (GRU), deep belief network (DBN), deep convolutional network (DCN), deep convolutional inverse graphics network (DCIGN), liquid state machine (LSM), extreme learning machine (ELM), echo state network (ESN), deep residual network (DRN), Kohonen network (KN), neural Turing machine (NTM), or generative adversarial network (GAN).
  • U-Net architecture multi-later perceptron (MLP), transformer, pyramid architecture, recurrent
  • an encoder structure or a decoder structure may be used.
  • Each of these models provides one or more of its own particular advantages.
  • a particular neural networks architecture may be especially well suited to a particular ML technique.
  • autoencoders are particularly suited to the classification of 3D oral care representations, due to the ability to encode the 3D oral care representation into a form which is more easily classifiable.
  • the neural networks of this disclosure can be adapted to operate on 3D point cloud data (alternatively on 3D meshes or 3D voxelized representation).
  • Numerous neural network implementations may be applied to the processing of 3D representations and may be applied to training predictive and/or generative models for oral care applications, including: PointNet, PointNet++, SO-Net, spherical convolutions, Monte Carlo convolutions and dynamic graph networks, PointCNN, ResNet, MeshNet, DGCNN, VoxNet, 3D-ShapeNets, Kd-Net, Point GCN, Grid-GCN, KCNet, PD-Flow, PU-Flow, MeshCNN and DSG-Net.
  • Oral care applications include, but are not limited to: setups prediction (e.g., using VAE, RL, MLP, GDL, Capsule, Diffusion, etc. which have been trained for setups prediction), 3D representation segmentation, 3D representation coordinate system prediction, element labeling for 3D representation clean-up (VAE for Mesh Element labeling), in-filling of missing elements in 3D representation (MAE for Mesh In-Filling), dental restoration design generation, setups classification, appliance component generation and/or placement, archform prediction, imputation of oral care parameters, setups validation, or other validation applications and tooth 3D representation classification.
  • setups prediction e.g., using VAE, RL, MLP, GDL, Capsule, Diffusion, etc. which have been trained for setups prediction
  • 3D representation segmentation e.g., 3D representation coordinate system prediction
  • element labeling for 3D representation clean-up VAE for Mesh Element labeling
  • MAE Mesh In-Filling
  • dental restoration design generation setup
  • Autoencoders that can be used in accordance with aspects of this disclosure include but are not limited to: AtlasNet, FoldingNet and 3D-PointCapsNet. Some autoencoders may be implemented based on PointNet.
  • Representation learning may be applied to setups prediction techniques of this disclosure by training a neural network to learn a representation of the teeth, and then using another neural network to generate transforms for the teeth.
  • Some implementations may use a VAE or a Capsule Autoencoder to generate a representation of the reconstruction characteristics of the one or more meshes related to the oral care domain (including, in some instances, information about the structures of the tooth meshes).
  • that representation (either a latent vector or a latent capsule) may be used as input to a module which generates the one or more transforms for the one or more teeth.
  • These transforms may in some implementations place the teeth into final setups poses.
  • These transforms may in some implementations place the teeth into intermediate staging poses.
  • a transform may be described by a 9x1 transformation vector (e.g., that specifies a translation vector and a quaternion).
  • a transform may be described by a transformation matrix (e.g., a 4x4 affine transformation matrix).
  • systems of this disclosure may implement a principal components analysis (PCA) on an oral care mesh, and use the resulting principal components as at least a portion of the representation of the oral care mesh in subsequent machine learning and/or other predictive or generative processing.
  • PCA principal components analysis
  • An autoencoder may be trained to generate a latent form of a 3D oral care representation.
  • An autoencoder may contain a 3D encoder (which encodes a 3D oral care representation into a latent form), and/or a 3D decoder (which reconstructs that latent from into a facsimile of the inputted 3D oral care representation).
  • 3D encoders and 3D decoders the term 3D should be interpreted in a non-limiting fashion to encompass multi-dimensional modes of operation.
  • systems of this disclosure may train multi-dimensional encoders and/or multi-dimensional decoders.
  • Systems of this disclosure may implement end-to-end training.
  • End-to-end training-based techniques of this disclosure may involve two or more neural networks, where the two or more neural networks are trained together (i.e., the weights are updated concurrently timing the processing of each batch of input oral care data).
  • End-to-end training may, in some implementations, be applied to setups prediction by concurrently training a neural network which leams a representation of the teeth, along with a neural network which generates the tooth transforms.
  • a neural network (e.g., a U-Net) may be trained on a first task (e.g., such as coordinate system prediction).
  • the neural network trained on the first task may be executed to provide one or more of the starting neural network weights for the training of another neural network that is trained to perform a second task (e.g., setups prediction).
  • the first network may learn the low-level neural network features of oral care meshes and be shown to work well at the first task.
  • the second network may exhibit faster training and/or improved performance by using the first network as a starting point in training.
  • Certain layers may be trained to encode neural network features for the oral care meshes that were in the training dataset.
  • These layers may thereafter be fixed (or be subjected to minor changes over the course of training) and be combined with other neural network components, such as additional layers, which are trained for one or more oral care tasks (such as setups prediction).
  • additional layers which are trained for one or more oral care tasks (such as setups prediction).
  • a portion of a neural network for one or more of the techniques of the present disclosure may receive initial training on another task, which may yield important learning in the trained network layers. This encoded learning may then be built upon with further task-specific training of another network.
  • transfer learning may be used for setups prediction, as well as for other oral care applications, such as mesh classification (e.g., tooth or setups classification), mesh element labeling, mesh element in-filling, procedure parameter imputation, mesh segmentation, coordinate system prediction, restoration design generation, mesh validation (for any of the applications disclosed herein).
  • mesh classification e.g., tooth or setups classification
  • mesh element labeling e.g., mesh element in-filling
  • procedure parameter imputation e.g., mesh element in-filling
  • mesh segmentation e.g., procedure parameter imputation
  • coordinate system prediction e.g., coordinate system prediction
  • restoration design generation for any of the applications disclosed herein.
  • a neural network trained to output predictions based on oral care meshes may first be partially trained on one of the following publicly available datasets, before being further trained on oral care data: Google PartNet dataset, ShapeNet dataset, ShapeNetCore dataset, Princeton Shape Benchmark dataset, ModelNet dataset, ObjectNet3D dataset, ThingilOK dataset (which is especially relevant to 3D printed parts validation), ABC: A Big CAD Model Dataset For Geometric Deep Learning, ScanObjectNN, VOCASET, 3D-FUTURE, MCB: Mechanical Components Benchmark, PoseNet dataset, PointCNN dataset, MeshNet dataset, MeshCNN dataset, PointNet++ dataset, PointNet dataset, or PointCNN dataset.
  • a neural network which was previously trained on a first dataset may subsequently receive further training on oral care data and be applied to oral care applications (such as setups prediction).
  • Transfer learning maybe employed to further train any of the following networks: GCN (Graph Convolutional Networks), PointNet, ResNet or any of the other neural networks from the published literature which are listed above.
  • a first neural network may be trained to predict coordinate systems for teeth (such as by using the techniques described in WO2022123402A1 or US Provisional Application No. US63/366492).
  • a second neural network may be trained for setups prediction, according to any of the setups prediction techniques of the present disclosure (or a combination of any two or more of the techniques described herein).
  • Transfer learning may transfer at least a portion of the knowledge or capability of the first neural network to the second neural network. As such, transfer learning may provide the second neural network an accelerated training phase to reach convergence.
  • the training of the second network may, after being augmented with the transferred learning, then be completed using one or more of the techniques of this disclosure.
  • Systems of this disclosure may train ML models with representation learning.
  • representation learning e.g., neural network that predicts a transform for use in setups prediction
  • the generative network e.g., neural network that predicts a transform for use in setups prediction
  • the representation generation model extracts hierarchical neural network features and/or reconstruction characteristics of an inputted representation (e.g., a mesh or point cloud) through loss calculations or network architectures chosen for that purpose).
  • Reconstruction characteristics may comprise values in of a latent representation (e.g., a latent vector) that describe aspects of the shape and/or structure of the 3D representation that was provided to the representation generation module that generated the latent representation.
  • the weights of the encoder module of a reconstruction autoencoder may be trained to encode a 3D representation (e.g., a 3D mesh, or others described herein) into a latent vector representation (e.g., a latent vector).
  • the capability to encode a large set (e.g., hundreds, thousands, or millions) of mesh elements into a latent vector may be learned by the weights of the encoder.
  • Each dimension of that latent vector may contain a real number which describes some aspect of the shape and/or structure of the original 3D representation.
  • the weights of the decoder module of the reconstruction autoencoder may be trained to reconstruct the latent vector into a close facsimile of the original 3D representation.
  • the capability to interpret the dimensions of the latent vector, and to decode the values within those dimensions may be learned by the decoder.
  • the encoder and decoder neural network modules are trained to perform the mapping of a 3D representation into a latent vector, which may then be mapped back (or otherwise reconstructed) into a 3D representation that is substantially similar to an original 3D representation for which the latent vector was generated.
  • examples of loss calculation may include KL-divergence loss, reconstruction loss or other losses disclosed herein.
  • Representation learning may reduce the size of the dataset required for training a model, because the representation model learns the representation, enabling the generative network to focus on learning the generative task.
  • the result may be improved model generalization because meaningful neural network features of the input data (e.g., local and/or global features) are made available to the generative network.
  • a first network may learn the representation, and a second network may make the predictive decision.
  • each of the networks may generate more accurate results for their respective tasks than with a single network which is trained to both learn a representation and make a decision.
  • transfer learning may first train a representation generation model. That representation generation model (in whole or in part) may then be used to pre-train a subsequent model, such as a generative model (e.g., that generates transform predictions).
  • a representation generation model may benefit from taking mesh element features as input, to improve the capability of a second ML module to encode the structure and/or shape of the inputted 3D oral care representations in the training dataset.
  • One or more of the neural networks models of this disclosure may have attention gates integrated within. Attention gate integration provides the enhancement of enabling the associated neural network architecture to focus resources on one or more input values.
  • an attention gate may be integrated with a U-Net architecture, with the advantage of enabling the U-Net to focus on certain inputs, such as input flags which correspond to teeth which are meant to be fixed (e.g,. prevented from moving) during orthodontic treatment (or which require other special handling).
  • An attention gate may also be integrated with an encoder or with an autoencoder (such as VAE or capsule autoencoder) to improve predictive accuracy, in accordance with aspects of this disclosure.
  • attention gates can be used to configure a machine learning model to give higher weight to aspects of the data which are more likely to be relevant to correctly generated outputs.
  • attention gates or mechanisms
  • the quality and makeup of the training dataset for a neural network can impact the performance of the neural network in its execution phase.
  • Dataset filtering and outlier removal can be advantageously applied to the training of the neural networks for the various techniques of the present disclosure (e.g., for the prediction of final setups or intermediate staging, for mesh element labeling or a neural network for mesh in-filling, for tooth reconstruction, for 3D mesh classification, etc.), because dataset filtering and outlier removal may remove noise from the dataset.
  • dataset filtering and outlier removal may remove noise from the dataset.
  • the mechanism for realizing an improvement is different than using attention gates, that ultimate outcome is that this approach allows for the machine learning model to focus on relevant aspects of the dataset, and may lead to improvements in accuracy similar to improvements in accuracy realized vis-a-vis attention gates.
  • a patient case may contain at least one of a set of segmented tooth meshes for that patient, a mal transform for each tooth, and/or a ground tmth setup transform for each tooth.
  • a patient case may contain at least one of a set of segmented tooth meshes for that patient, a mal transform for each tooth, and/or a set of ground truth intermediate stage transforms for each tooth.
  • a training dataset may exclude patient cases which contact passive stages (i.e., stages where the teeth of an arch do not move).
  • the dataset may exclude cases where passive stages exist at the end of treatment.
  • a dataset may exclude cases where overcrowding is present at the end of treatment (i.e., where the oral care provider, such as an orthodontist or dentist) has chosen a final setup where the tooth meshes overlap to some degree.
  • the dataset may exclude cases of a certain level (or levels) of difficulty (e.g., easy, medium and hard).
  • the dataset may include cases with zero pinned teeth (or may include cases where at least one tooth is pinned).
  • a pinned tooth may be designated by a technician as they design the treatment to stop the various tools from moving that particular tooth.
  • a dataset may exclude cases without any fixed teeth (conversely, where at least one tooth is fixed).
  • a fixed tooth may be defined as a tooth that shall not move in the course of treatment.
  • a dataset may exclude cases without any pontic teeth (conversely, cases in which at least one tooth is pontic).
  • a pontic tooth may be described as a “ghost” tooth that is represented in the digital model of the arch but is either not actually present in the patient’ s dentition or where there may be a small or partial tooth that may benefit from future work (such as the addition of composite material through a dental restoration appliance).
  • the advantage of including a pontic tooth in a patient case is to leave space in the arch as a part of a plan for the movements of other teeth, in the course of orthodontic treatment.
  • a pontic tooth may save space in the patient’s dentition for future dental or orthodontic work, such as the installation of an implant or crown, or the application of a dental restoration appliance, such as to add composite material to an existing tooth that is too small or has an undesired shape.
  • the dataset may exclude cases where the patient does not meet an age requirement (e.g., younger than 12). In some implementations, the dataset may exclude cases with interproximal reduction (IPR) beyond a certain threshold amount (e.g., more than 1.0 mm).
  • the dataset to train a neural network to predict setups for clear tray aligners (CTA) may exclude patient cases which are not related to CTA treatment.
  • the dataset to train a neural network to predict setups for an indirect bonding tray product may exclude cases which are not related to indirect bonding tray treatment.
  • the dataset may exclude cases where only certain teeth are treated. In such implementations, a dataset may comprise of only cases where at least one of the following are treated: anterior teeth, posterior teeth, bicuspids, molars, incisors, and/or cuspids.
  • the mesh comparison module may compare two or more meshes, for example for the computation of a loss function or for the computation of a reconstruction error. Some implementations may involve a comparison of the volume and/or area of the two meshes. Some implementations may involve the computation of a minimum distance between corresponding vertices/faces/edges/voxels of two meshes. For a point in one mesh (vertex point, mid-point on edge, or triangle center, for example) compute the minimum distance between that point and the corresponding point in the other mesh. In the case that the other mesh has a different number of elements or there is otherwise no clear mapping between corresponding points for the two meshes, different approaches can be considered.
  • the open-source software packages CloudCompare and MeshLab each have mesh comparison tools which may play a role in the mesh comparison module for the present disclosure.
  • a Hausdorff Distance may be computed to quantify the difference in shape between two meshes.
  • the open-source software tool Metro developed by the Visual Computing Lab, can also play a role in quantifying the difference between two meshes.
  • the following paper describes the approach taken by Metro, which may be adapted by the neural networks applications of the present disclosure for use in mesh comparison and difference quantification: "Metro: measuring error on simplified surfaces" by P. Cignoni, C. Rocchini and R. Scopigno, Computer Graphics Forum, Blackwell Publishers, vol. 17(2), June 1998, pp 167-174.
  • Some techniques of this disclosure may incorporate the operation of, for one or more points on the first mesh, projecting a ray normal to the mesh surface and calculating the distance before that ray is incident upon the second mesh.
  • the lengths of the resulting line segments may be used to quantify the distance between the meshes.
  • the distance may be assigned a color based on the magnitude of that distance and that color may be applied to the first mesh, by way of visualization.
  • the setups prediction techniques described herein may generate a transform to place a tooth in a setup pose.
  • a predicted transform may entail both the position and the orientation of the tooth, which is a significant improvement over existing techniques which use one neural network to generate a position prediction and another neural network to generate a pose prediction.
  • the predicted position and the predicted orientation affect each other. Generating the predicted position and the predicted orientation substantially concurrently offers improvements in predictive accuracy relative to generating predicted position and predicted orientation separately (e.g., predicting one without the benefit of the other).
  • the MLP Setups, VAE Setups, and Capsule Setups models of the present disclosure improve upon existing techniques with the addition of (among other things) a latent space input: either the latent space vector A of an oral care mesh or the latent capsule T of an oral care mesh.
  • a latent space input either the latent space vector A of an oral care mesh or the latent capsule T of an oral care mesh.
  • Prior setups prediction techniques did not train a reconstruction autoencoder to generate representations of teeth, and therefore could not verify the correctness of their outputs.
  • the advantage of using a reconstruction autoencoder to generate tooth representations is that the latent representation (e.g., A or T) may be reconstructed by the reconstruction autoencoder.
  • Reconstruction error (as described herein) may be computed, to demonstrate the correctness of the latent encoding (e.g., to demonstration that the latent representation correctly describes the shape and/or structure of the tooth). Results with a high reconstruction error may be excluded from downstream (e.g., further or additional) processing, which leads to a more accurate system as a whole. Either or both of A and T may be reconstructed (via a decoder) into a facsimile of an inputted oral care 3D representation (e.g., an inputted tooth mesh). One or more latent space vectors A (or latent capsules T) may be provided to the MLP Setups model.
  • One or more latent space vectors A may also be provided to the VAE Setups model.
  • One or more latent capsules T may also be provided to the Capsule Autoencoder Setups model.
  • This latent space vector A (or latent capsule T) may be reconstmcted into a close facsimile of the input tooth mesh through the operation of a decoder that has been trained for that task.
  • the latent space vector A (or latent capsule T) is powerful because, although A (or T) is relatively extremely compact, A (or T) describes sufficient characteristics of the inputted oral care mesh (e.g., tooth mesh) to enable such a reconstruction of that oral care mesh (e.g., tooth mesh).
  • the latent space vector A (or latent capsule T) can be used as an additional input to predictive or generative models of this disclosure.
  • the latent space vector A (or latent capsule T) can be used as an additional input to at least one of an MLP, an encoder, a transformer, a regularized autoencoder, or a VAE of this disclosure.
  • the latent space vector A (or latent capsule T) can be used as an input to the GDL Setups model described in the present disclosure. Furthermore, the latent space vector A (or latent capsule T) can be used as an input to the RL Setups model described in the present disclosure.
  • the advantage of training a setups prediction neural network to take a latent space vector A (or latent capsule T) as an input is to provide information about the reconstruction characteristics of the tooth mesh to the network.
  • Reconstruction characteristics may contain information about local and/or global attributes of the mesh.
  • Reconstruction characteristics may include information about mesh structure. Information about shape may, in some instances, be included. An awareness of these reconstruction characteristics may better enable the trained setups prediction model to predict a final setup or intermediate staging, thereby providing the technical improvement of improved data precision.
  • a further advantage of using the latent space vector A is the vector’s size.
  • a neural network may encode an understanding of the input mesh and pose data more resource-efficiently if those data are presented in a compact form (such as a vector of 128 real values), as opposed to inputting the full mesh (which may contain thousands of mesh elements).
  • the latent representation of a mesh may provide a more favorable signal-to-noise ratio than the original form of that mesh or those meshes, thereby improving the capability of a subsequent ML model (such as a neural network or SVM) to form predictions, draw inferences, and/or otherwise generate outputs (such as transforms or meshes) based on the input mesh(es).
  • FIG. 2 shows how some of various setups prediction models can take as input either 1) tooth meshes, 2) latent space vectors (or latent capsules) which represent tooth meshes in reduced- dimensionality form, or tooth transforms.
  • FIG. 2 is an overview of some of the setups prediction techniques of this disclosure.
  • Some autoencoder-based implementations of this disclosure use capsule autoencoders to automate processing steps in the creation of oral care appliances (e.g., for orthodontic treatment or dental restoration).
  • capsule autoencoders which have been trained on oral care data is to leverage latent space techniques which reduce the dimensionality of oral care mesh data and thereby refine those data, making the signal in the data stronger and more readily usable by downstream processing modules, whether those downstream modules may be other autoencoder(s), decoder(s), other neural networks, or other types of ML models (such as the supervised and unsupervised models described elsewhere in this disclosure).
  • Capsule autoencoders were originally applied in the 2D domain to perform object recognition in 2D images, where capsules were trained to create a model of the object that was to be recognized. Such an approach enabled an object to be recognized in the 2D image, even if the object was imaged from a new view that was not present in the training dataset.
  • Later research extended capsule autoencoders to the domain of 3D point clouds, such as in “3D Point Capsule Networks” in the proceedings of CVPR 2019, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • the present disclosure extends the outcomes of this research to apply capsule autoencoders to the domain of digital oral care, dealing with 3D point clouds, 3D meshes and 3D voxelized representation.
  • a 3D autoencoder may encode one or more 3D geometries (point clouds or meshes) into latent capsules which encode the reconstruction characteristics of the input 3D representation. These latent capsules exist in two or more dimensions and describe features of the input mesh (or point cloud) and the likelihoods of those features.
  • a set of latent capsules stands in contrast to the latent vector which may be produced by a variational autoencoder (VaE), which may be encoded as a ID vector.
  • VaE variational autoencoder
  • Particular examples of applications include segmentation of 3D oral care geometries, setups prediction (both final setups and intermediate stages), mesh cleanup of 3D oral care geometries (e.g., both for the labeling of mesh elements and the filling-in of missing mesh elements), tooth classification (e.g., according to standard dental notation schemes), setups classification (e.g., as mal, staging and final setup) and automated dental restoration design generation.
  • the one or more latent capsules describing an input 3D representation can be provided to a capsule decoder, to reconstruct a facsimile of the input 3D representation.
  • This facsimile can be compared to the input 3D representation through the calculation of a reconstruction error, thereby demonstrating the information-rich nature of the latent capsule (i.e., that the latent capsule describes sufficient reconstruction characteristics of the input mesh, such that the mesh can be reconstructed from that latent capsule).
  • a low reconstruction error indicates that the reconstruction was a success.
  • Some of the applications disclosed herein use this information-rich latent capsule for further processing (e.g., such as setups prediction, mesh segmentation, coordinate system prediction, mesh element labelling for mesh cleanup, in-filling of missing mesh elements or of holes in meshes, classification of setups, classification of oral care meshes, validation of setups and other validation appliances too).
  • Some of the applications disclosed herein make one or more changes to the latent capsule, such as to effectuate changes in the reconstructed mesh, which may then outputted for further use (e.g., to create a dental restoration appliance).
  • FIG. 3 shows a capsule autoencoder methods for mesh reconstruction, which are primarily applied to oral care meshes in the non-limiting examples described herein, but which may also be applied to other healthcare meshes, or to personal safety meshes, such as meshes pertaining to the design, shape, function, and/or use of personal protective equipment, such as disposable respirators.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates a training method for a capsule autoencoder for reconstructing oral care meshes (or point clouds).
  • the deployment method omits the two modules on the bottom.
  • the training method encompasses the whole diagram.
  • the latent capsule T may be a reduced dimensionality form of the inputted oral care mesh and may be used as an input to other processing.
  • an input point cloud or mesh (such as containing oral care data) may be rearranged into one or more vectors of mesh elements.
  • a vector may be Nx3 (in the case representing the XYZ coordinates of points or vertices).
  • Such a vector may be Nx3 (in the case of representing mesh faces, each of which may be defined by 3 indices, each of which indexes into a list of vertices/points).
  • Such a vector may be Nx2 (in the case of representing mesh edges, each of which may be defined by 2 indices, each of which can be indexed into a list of vertices/points).
  • Such a vector may be Nx3 (in the case of representing voxels, each of which has an XYZ location, such as a centroid, where the Length x Width x Height of each voxel is known).
  • a neural network such as an MLP
  • MLP may be used to extract features from the Nx3 mesh element input list, yielding an Nxl28 list of feature vectors, one feature vector per mesh element.
  • a vector of one or more computed mesh element features may be computed for one or more of the N inputted mesh elements.
  • these mesh element features may be used in place of the MLP-generated features.
  • each mesh element may be given a feature which is a hybrid of MLP-generated features and the computed mesh element features, in which case the layer dimension may be augmented to be Nx(128+aug_len), where aug len is the length of the augmentation vector, consisting of the computed mesh element features.
  • this layer will simply be referred to as Nxl28 hereafter.
  • the length ‘aug len’ may vary from implementation to implementation, depending on which mesh elements are analyzed and which mesh element features are chosen for use.
  • information from more than one type of mesh element may be introduced with the Nxl28 vector (e.g., point/vertex information may be combined with face information, point/vertex information may be combined with edge information, or point/vertex information may be combined with voxel information).
  • point/vertex information may be combined with face information
  • point/vertex information may be combined with edge information
  • point/vertex information may be combined with voxel information.
  • the analysis of different kinds of oral care meshes may call for one mesh element type or another, or for a particular set of mesh features, according to various applications.
  • the Nxl28 layer may be passed to a set of subsequent convolutions layers, each of which has been trained to have its own parameter values.
  • the purpose of each of these independent convolution layers may encode the individual mesh element capsules.
  • the output of each of the convolution layers may be maxpooled to a size of 1024 elements.
  • the count of these convolution layers may be a power of two (e.g., 8, 16, 32, 64).
  • These 32 maxpooling output vectors may be concatenated, forming a layer that may be 1024x32, called the Primary Mesh Element Capsules (PMEC).
  • a dynamic routing module encodes these PMECs into one or more latent capsules, each of which may have square dimensions (e.g., 16x16, 32x32, 64x64, or 128x128). Non-square dimensions are also possible.
  • a dynamic routing module may enable the output of a latent capsule to be routed to a suitable neural network layer in a subsequent processing module of the capsule autoencoder.
  • the dynamic routing module uses unsupervised techniques (e.g., clustering and/or other unsupervised techniques) to arrange the output of the set of max-pooled feature maps into one or more stacked latent capsules.
  • These latent capsules summarize feature information from the input 3D representation (e.g., one or more tooth meshes or point clouds) and also the likelihood information associated with each capsule.
  • These stacked capsules contain sufficient information about the input 3D representation to reconstruct that 3D representation via the Capsule-Decoder module.
  • a grid of mesh elements may be generated by Grid Patches module. Points will be used for the mesh element, in this example.
  • this grid may comprise of randomly arranged points. In other implementations, this grid may reflect a regular and/or rectilinear arrangement of points. The points in each of these grid patches are the "raw material" from which the reconstructed 3D representation may be formed.
  • the latent capsule (e.g., with dimension 128x128) may be replicated [3 times, and each of those p latent capsules may be appended with each of the grid patch of randomly generated mesh elements (e.g., points/vertices) in turn, before being input to one or more MLPs.
  • MLP may comprise of fully connected layers with the following dimensions: ⁇ 64 - 64 - 32 - 16 - 3 ⁇ .
  • the goal of such an operation is to tailor the mesh elements to a specific local area of the 3D representation which may be to be reconstructed.
  • the decoder iterates, generating additional random grid patches and outputting more random portions of the reconstructed 3D representation (i.e., as point cloud patches). These point cloud patches are accumulated until a reconstruction loss drops below a target threshold.
  • the reconstruction loss may be computed using one or more of reconstruction loss (as defined herein) and KL-Divergence loss.
  • An autoencoder such as a variational autoencoder (VAE) may be trained to encode 3D mesh data in a latent space vector A, which may exist in an information-rich low-dimensional latent space.
  • VAE variational autoencoder
  • This latent space vector A may be particularly suitable for later processing by digital oral care applications (e.g., such as mesh cleanup, mesh segmentation, mesh validation, mesh classification, setups classification, setups prediction and restoration design generation, among others), because A enables high-dimensional tooth mesh data to be efficiently manipulated.
  • digital oral care applications e.g., such as mesh cleanup, mesh segmentation, mesh validation, mesh classification, setups classification, setups prediction and restoration design generation, among others
  • Such a VAE may be trained to reconstruct the latent space vector A back into a facsimile of the input mesh (or transform or other data structure describing a 3D oral care representation).
  • the latent space vector A may be strategically modified, so as to result in changes to the reconstructed mesh (or other data structure).
  • the reconstructed mesh may be a tooth mesh with an altered and/or improved shape, such as would be suitable for use in the design of a dental restoration appliance, such as a 3M FILTEK Matrix or a veneer.
  • the term mesh should be considered in a non-limiting sense to be inclusive of 3D mesh, 3D point cloud and 3D voxelized representation.
  • the tooth reconstruction VAE may advantageously make use of loss functions, nonlinearities (aka neural network activation functions) and/or solvers which are not mentioned by existing techniques. Examples of loss functions may include: mean absolute error (MAE), mean squared error (MSE), Ll- loss, L2-loss, KL-divergence, entropy, and reconstruction loss.
  • MSE mean squared error
  • Such loss functions enable each generated prediction to be compared against the corresponding ground truth value in a quantified manner, leading to one or more loss values which can be used to train, at least in part, one or more of the neural networks.
  • solvers may include: dopri5, bdf, rk4, midpoint, adams, explicit adams, and fixed adams.
  • the solvers may enable the neural networks to solve systems of equations and corresponding unknown variables.
  • Examples of nonlinearities may include: tanh, rein, softplus, elu, swish, square, and identity.
  • the activation functions may be used to introduce nonlinear behavior to the neural networks in a manner that enables the neural networks to better represent the training data.
  • Losses may be computed through the process of training the neural networks via backpropagation. Neural network layers such as the following may be used: ignore, concat, concat_v2, squash, concatsquash, scale and concatscale.
  • the tooth reconstruction VAE model may be trained on patient cases of teeth in malocclusion, or alternatively in local coordinates.
  • FIG. 4 shows a method of training such a VAE.
  • FIG. 5 shows the trained mesh reconstruction VAE in deployment.
  • a 3D oral care representation F may be provided to the encoder El (along with optional tooth type information R), which may generate latent vector A.
  • Latent vector A may be reconstructed into reconstructed 3D oral care representation G.
  • Loss may be computed between the reconstructed 3D oral care representation G and input 3D oral care representation (e.g., the mesh F).
  • the training may use reconstruction loss, KL- divergence loss, or other losses described herein.
  • the input 3D oral care representation e.g., the mesh F
  • the input 3D oral care representation can, in some implementations, serve as the ground truth data in a loss calculation. Backpropagation may be used to train El and DI with such loss.
  • FIG. 5 shows the mesh reconstruction VAE reconstructing a tooth mesh in deployment.
  • R is an optional input, particularly in the case of tooth mesh classification, when such information R is not yet available (due to the tooth mesh classification neural network being trained to generate tooth type information R as an output, according to particular implementations).
  • R may, in some implementations, be used to improve other techniques such as mesh element labeling techniques, mesh reconstruction techniques, and/or oral care mesh classification techniques (e.g., such as tooth classification or setups classification), among others.
  • FIGs 6 and 7 show reconstructed tooth meshes.
  • FIG. 8 shows a depiction of the reconstruction error from the reconstructed tooth shown in FIG. 7, called a reconstruction error plot.
  • FIG. 6 shows an example of an input tooth mesh on the left and the corresponding outputted reconstructed tooth mesh on the right.
  • FIG. 7 shows another example of an input tooth mesh on the left and the corresponding outputted reconstructed tooth mesh on the right.
  • FIG. 8 depicts reconstruction error in the results described above with respect to FIGS. 6 and 7, in a form referred to as a “reconstruction error plot” with units in millimeters (mm). Notice that the reconstruction error is less than 50 microns at the cusp tips, and much less than 50 microns over most of the tooth surface. Compared to a typical tooth with a size of 1.0 cm, an error rate of 50 microns (or less) means that the tooth surface was reconstructed with an error rate of less than 0.5%.
  • FIG. 9 is a bar chart in which each bar represents an individual tooth and represents the mean absolute distance of all vertices involved in the reconstruction of that tooth in a data that was used to evaluate the performance of a mesh reconstruction model.
  • the tooth mesh reconstruction autoencoder of which a variational autoencoder (VAE) is an example, may be trained to encode a tooth as a reduced-dimensionality form, called a latent space vector.
  • the reconstruction VAE may be trained on example tooth meshes.
  • the tooth mesh may be received by the VAE, deconstructed into a latent space vector using a 3D encoder and then reconstructed into a facsimile of the input mesh using a 3D decoder.
  • Existing techniques for setups prediction lack such a deconstruction/reconstruction method.
  • the encoder El may become trained to encode a tooth mesh (or mesh of a dental appliance, gums, or other body part or anatomy) into a reduced-dimension form that can be used in the training and deployment of any of suite of powerful setups prediction methods (e.g., GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups and Diffusion Setups, among others).
  • This reduced-dimensionality form of the tooth may enable the setups prediction neural network to more efficiently encode the reconstruction characteristics of the tooth, and better learn to place the tooth into a pose suitable for either final setups or intermediate stages, thereby providing technical improvements in terms of both data precision and resource footprint.
  • the reduced dimensionality representations of the teeth may be provided to the second ML module, which may generate predicted setups transforms.
  • Using a low dimensionality representation can provide a number of advantages. For example, training machine learning models on data samples (e.g., from the training dataset) which have variable sizes (e.g., one sample has a different size from the other) can be highly error-prone, with the resulting machine learning models generating less accurate predictive outputs, for at least the reason that conventional machine learning models are configured with a specific structure that is configured based on an expected format of the input data. And when the input data do not conform to the expected format the machine learning model may unintentionally or inadvertently introduce errors into the prediction.
  • This reconstruction error may be computed using Euclidean distances between corresponding mesh elements between the two meshes. There are other methods of computing this error too which may be derived from material described elsewhere in this disclosure.
  • FIGS 8 and 9 show example reconstruction errors, in accordance with the techniques described herein.
  • the mesh or meshes which are provided to the mesh reconstruction VAE may first be converted to vertex lists (or point clouds) before being provided to the encoder El. This manner of handling the input to El may be conducive to either a single mesh input (such as in a tooth mesh classification task) or a set of multiple teeth (such as in the setups classification task). The input meshes do not need to be connected.
  • the encoder El may be trained to encode a tooth mesh into a latent space vector A (or “tooth representation vector”).
  • encoder El may arrange an input tooth mesh into a mesh element vector F, and encode it into a latent space vector A.
  • This latent space vector A may be a reduced dimensionality representation of F that describes the important geometrical attributes of F.
  • Latent space vector A may be provided to the decoder DI to be restored to full resolution or near full resolution, along with the desired geometrical changes.
  • the restored full resolution mesh or near-full resolution mesh may be described by G, which may then be arranged into the output mesh.
  • the tooth name, the tooth designation and/or tooth type R may be concatenated with the latent vector A, as a means of conditioning the VAE on such information, to improve the ability of the VAE to respond to specific tooth types or designations.
  • reconstruction error may be computed as element-to -element distances between two meshes, for example using Euclidean distances.
  • Other distance measures are possible in accordance with various implementations of the techniques of this disclosure, such as Cosine distance, Manhattan distance, Minkowski distance, Chebyshev distance, Jaccard distance (e.g. intersection over union of meshes), Haversine distance (e.g., distance across a surface), and Sorensen- Dice distance.
  • the performance of a mesh reconstruction VAE may, in some implementations, be verified via reconstruction error plots and/or other key performance indicators.
  • the latent space vectors for one or more input tooth meshes may be plotted (e.g., in 2D) using UMAP or t-SNE dimensionality reduction techniques and compared, to select the best available separability between classes of tooth (molar, premolar, incisor, etc.), indicating that the model has an awareness of the strong geometric variation between classes, and a strong similarity within a class. This would be illustrated by clear, nonoverlapping clusters in the resulting UMAP / t-SNE plots.
  • the latent vector corresponding to a mesh may be used as a part of a classifier to classify that mesh. For example, classification may be performed to identify a tooth type, or to detect errors in the mesh (or an arrangement of meshes), such as in a validation operation.
  • the latent vector and/or computed mesh element features may be provided to a supervised machine learning model to classify the mesh. A non-exhaustive list of possible supervised ML models is found elsewhere in this disclosure.
  • a reconstruction VAE may be trained to reconstruct any arbitrary tooth type. In other implementations, a reconstruction VAE may be trained to reconstruct a specific tooth type (e.g., a 1 st molar, or a central incisor).
  • a specific tooth type e.g., a 1 st molar, or a central incisor.
  • FIG. 10 describes the training of a mesh reconstruction VAE which, in some implementations, may be used to encode a tooth mesh (or other 3D oral care representation) into a latent representation (e.g., a latent vector) A.
  • This VAE may also be trained to encode other kinds of 3D representations (e.g., meshes that describe gums, fixture model components, oral care hardware such as brackets and/or attachments, dental restoration appliance components, other portions of anatomy, or the like) into a latent vector A.
  • the latent representation(s) may be provided to a second ML module.
  • the second ML module (e.g., a set of fully connected layers, or an encoder) may be trained to generate a 3D oral care presentation, such as a transform which may place a 3D representation into a pose which is suitable for appliance generation (e.g., to place a tooth into a pose which is suitable for setups generation).
  • a 3D oral care presentation such as a transform which may place a 3D representation into a pose which is suitable for appliance generation (e.g., to place a tooth into a pose which is suitable for setups generation).
  • FIG. 10 shows a method that systems of this disclosure may implement to train a reconstruction autoencoder for reconstructing a 3D representation of the patient’s dentition.
  • the particular example of FIG. 10 illustrates training of a variational autoencoder (VAE) for reconstructing a tooth mesh 1000.
  • VAE variational autoencoder
  • FIG. 10 may be associated with details on training a tooth crown reconstruction VAE of this disclosure.
  • the systems of this disclosure may generate a watertight mesh by merging the tooth’s crown mesh with the corresponding root mesh such that the vertices on the open edge of the crown mesh match up with the vertices on the open edge of the root mesh (1002).
  • the systems of this disclosure may perform a registration step (1004) to align a tooth mesh with a template tooth mesh (e.g., using the iterative closest point technique or by applying the inverse mal transform for that tooth), with the technical enhancement of improving the accuracy and data precision of the mesh correspondence computation at 1006.
  • the systems of this disclosure may compute correspondences between a tooth mesh and the corresponding template tooth mesh, with the technical improvement of conditioning the tooth mesh to be ready to be provided to the reconstruction autoencoder.
  • the dataset of prepared tooth meshes are split into train, validation and holdout test sets (1010), which are then used to train a reconstruction autoencoder (1012), described herein as a tooth VAE, tooth reconstruction VAE or more generally as a reconstruction autoencoder.
  • the tooth VAE may comprise a 3D encoder which encodes a tooth mesh into a latent form (e.g., a latent vector A), and a subsequent 3D decoder reconstructs that tooth into a facsimile of the inputted tooth mesh.
  • the tooth VAE of this disclosure may be trained using a combination of reconstruction loss and KL-Divergence loss, and optionally other of the loss functions described herein.
  • the output of this method is a trained tooth VAE 1014.
  • FIG. 11 shows non-limiting code implementing an example 3D encoder and an example 3D decoder for a mesh reconstruction VAE. These implementations may include: convolution operations, batch norm operations, linear neural network layers, Gaussian operations, and continuous normalizing flows (CNF), among others.
  • CNF continuous normalizing flows
  • One of the steps which may take place in the VAE training data pre-processing is the calculation of mesh correspondences.
  • Correspondences may be computed between the mesh elements of the input mesh and the mesh elements of a reference or template mesh with known structure.
  • the goal of mesh correspondence calculation may be to find matching points between the surfaces of an input mesh and of a template (reference) mesh.
  • Mesh correspondence may generate point to point correspondences between input and template meshes by mapping each vertex from the input mesh to at least one vertex in the template mesh.
  • a range of entries in the vector may correspond to the mesial lingual cusp tip; another range of elements may correspond to the distal lingual cusp tip; another range of elements may correspond to the mesial surface of that tooth; another range of elements may correspond to the lingual surface of that tooth, and so on.
  • the autoencoder may be trained on just a subset of teeth (e.g., only molars or only upper left first molars). In other implementations, the autoencoder may be trained on a larger subset or all of the teeth in the mouth.
  • an input vector may be provided to the autoencoder (e.g., a vector of flags) which may define or otherwise influence the autoencoder as to which type of tooth mesh may have been received by the autoencoder as input.
  • a data precision improvement of this approach is to mesh correspondences in mesh reconstruction to reduce sampling error, improve alignment, and improve mesh generation quality. Further details on the use of mesh correspondences with the autoencoder models of this disclosure is found elsewhere in this disclosure.
  • an iterative closest point (ICP) algorithm may be run between the input tooth mesh and a template tooth mesh, during the computation of mesh correspondences.
  • the correspondences may be computed to establish vertex-to-vertex relationships (between the input tooth mesh and the reconstructed tooth mesh), for use in computing reconstruction error.
  • training data may be generalized to one or more arches of teeth (e.g., among other 3D oral care representations) or may be more specific to particular teeth within an arch (e.g., among other 3D oral care representations). In situations in which more specific training data is leveraged, the specific training data can be presented as a tooth template. For instance, a tooth template may be specific to one or more tooth types (e.g., lower right central incisor).
  • a tooth template may be generated which is an average of many examples of a certain type of tooth (such as an average of lower first molars). In some implementations, a tooth template may be generated which is an average of many examples of more than one tooth type (such as an average of first and second bicuspids from both upper and lower arches).
  • the pre-processing procedure may involve one or more of the following steps: generation of watertight meshes (e.g. making sure that the boundary of the root mesh seals cleanly against the boundary of the crown mesh), registration to align the tooth mesh with a template mesh (e.g., using either ICP or the inverse mal transform), and the computation of mesh correspondences (i.e., to generate mesh element-to-mesh element correspondences between the input tooth mesh and a template tooth mesh).
  • generation of watertight meshes e.g. making sure that the boundary of the root mesh seals cleanly against the boundary of the crown mesh
  • registration to align the tooth mesh with a template mesh e.g., using either ICP or the inverse mal transform
  • the computation of mesh correspondences i.e., to generate mesh element-to-mesh element correspondences between the input tooth mesh and a template tooth mesh.
  • FIG. 12 shows Tooth reconstructions generated after training epoch 849 of a tooth reconstruction autoencoder.
  • the left side (labelled as “Training Data (ICP)" shows a tooth mesh (in the form of a 3D point cloud) after the completion of the pre-processing steps, where preprocessing used ICP to do the registration.
  • the right side shows two things: the output of the tooth reconstruction VAE (in the left column) and the corresponding ground truth tooth 3D representation. In this instance as well, the 3D representation of each tooth is represented by a point cloud. This output was generated at epoch 849 of the reconstruction VAE training.
  • a reconstruction autoencoder trained based on the above material is also relevant to validation operations, such as segmentation validation, coordinate system validation, mesh cleanup validation, restoration design validation, fixture model validation, clear tray aligner (CT A) trimline validation, setups validation, oral care appliance component validation (either or both of placement and generation), and hardware (bracket, attachment, etc.) placement validation, to name some examples.
  • validation operations such as segmentation validation, coordinate system validation, mesh cleanup validation, restoration design validation, fixture model validation, clear tray aligner (CT A) trimline validation, setups validation, oral care appliance component validation (either or both of placement and generation), and hardware (bracket, attachment, etc.) placement validation, to name some examples.
  • Autoencoders of this disclosure may process other types of oral care data, such as text data, categorical data, spatiotemporal data, real-time data and/or vectors of real numbers, such as may be found among the procedure parameters.
  • Data may be qualitative or quantitative.
  • Data may be nominal or ordinal.
  • Data may be discrete or continuous.
  • Data may be structured, unstructured or semi-structured.
  • the autoencoders of this disclosure may also encode such data into latent space vectors (or latent capsules) for later reconstruction. Those latent vectors/latent capsules may be used for prediction and/or classification.
  • the reconstructions may be used for model verification, and for validation applications, for example, through the calculation of reconstruction error and/or the labeling of data elements.
  • a latent vector A which may be generated by the encoder El in a fully trained mesh reconstruction autoencoder may be a reduced-dimensionality representation of the input mesh (e.g., a tooth mesh).
  • the latent vector A may be a vector of 128 real numbers (or some other size, such as 256 or 512).
  • the decoder DI of the fully trained mesh reconstruction autoencoder may be capable to take the latent vector A as input and reconstruct a close facsimile of the input tooth mesh, with low reconstruction error.
  • modifications may be made to the latent vector A, so as to effect changes in the shape of the reconstructed mesh that is generated from the decoder D2.
  • Such modifications may be made after first mapping-out the latent space, to gain insight into the effects of making particular change.
  • loss functions which may be used in the training of El and DI, which may involve terms related to reconstruction loss and/or KL-Divergence between distributions (e.g., in some instances to minimize the distance between the latent space distribution and a multidimensional Gaussian distribution).
  • One purpose of the reconstruction loss term is to compare the predicted reconstructed tooth 3D representation to the corresponding ground truth reconstructed tooth 3D representation.
  • KL-divergence term is to make the latent space more Gaussian, and therefore improve the quality of reconstmcted meshes (i.e., especially in the case where the latent space vector may be modified, to change the shape of the outputted mesh, for example to segment a 3D mesh, or to perform tooth design generation for use in generating a dental reconstruction appliance).
  • modifications may be made to the latent vector A so as to change the characteristics of the reconstructed mesh (such as with the generation of a dental restoration tooth design mesh). If the loss L is computed using only reconstruction loss, and changes are made to the latent vector A, then in some use case scenarios, the reconstructed mesh may reflect the expected form of output (e.g., be a recognizable tooth). In other use case scenarios however, the output of the reconstructed mesh may not conform to the expected form of output (e.g., not be a recognizable tooth).
  • FIG. 13 illustrates a latent space where loss incorporates reconstruction loss but does not incorporate KL-Divergence loss. In FIG.
  • point Pl corresponds to the original form of a latent space vector A.
  • Point P2 corresponds to a different location in the latent space, which may be sampled as a result of making modifications to the latent vector A, but where the mesh which is reconstructed from P2 may not give good output (e.g., does not look like a recognizable or otherwise suitable tooth).
  • Point P3 corresponds to still a different location in the latent space, which may be sampled as a result of making a different set of modifications to the latent vector A, but where the mesh which is reconstructed from P3 may give good output (e.g., has the appearance of a tooth design which is suitable for use in generating a dental restoration appliance).
  • loss involves only reconstruction loss
  • the subset of the latent space which can be sampled to produce a latent space vector P3 which yielding a valid reconstructed mesh may be irregular or hard to predict.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates an example latent space in which the loss includes both reconstruction loss and KL-divergence loss. If the loss is improved by incorporating a KL-divergence term, the quality of the latent space may improve significantly.
  • the latent space may become more Gaussian under this new scenario (as shown in FIG. 14), a latent supervector A corresponds to point P4 near the center of a multidimensional Gaussian curve. Changes may be made to the latent supervector A, yielding point P5 nearby P4, where the resulting reconstructed mesh is highly likely to reflect desired attributes (e.g., is highly likely to be a valid tooth).
  • the latent vector maybe replaced with a latent capsule, which may undergo modification and subsequently be reconstructed.
  • This autoencoder framework may, in some implementations, be adapted to the segmentation of tooth meshes. Additionally, this autoencoder framework may, in some implementations, be adapted to the task of tooth coordinate system prediction.
  • a mesh reconstruction autoencoder for coordinate system prediction may compress the tooth data into latent vector form, and then provide the latent vector to a second ML module (e.g., an MLP) which has been trained for coordinate system prediction (e.g., for coordinate system prediction on a mesh, with the goal of defining a local coordinate system for that mesh, such as a tooth mesh).
  • a second ML module e.g., an MLP
  • coordinate system prediction e.g., for coordinate system prediction on a mesh, with the goal of defining a local coordinate system for that mesh, such as a tooth mesh.
  • the latent space can be mapped-out, so that changes to the latent space vector A may lead to reasonably well reconstructed meshes.
  • the latent space may be systematically mapped by generating latent vectors with carefully chosen variations in value (e.g., by experimenting with different combinations of 128 values in an example latent vector). In some instances, a grid search of values may be performed, with the advantage of efficiently exploring the latent space.
  • the shape of a mesh may be modified by nudging the values in one or more elements of the latent vector values towards the portion of the mapped out latent space which has been found to correspond to the desired tooth characteristics.
  • KL-divergence in the loss calculation increases the likelihood that the modified latent vector gets reconstructed into a valid example of the inputted 3D oral care representation (e.g., 3D mesh of a tooth).
  • the mesh may correspond to at least some portion of a tooth. Changes may be made to a latent vector A, such that the resulting reconstructed tooth mesh may have characteristics which meet the specification set by the restoration design parameters.
  • a neural network for tooth restoration design generation is described in US Provisional Application No. US63/366514, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • a tooth setup may be designed at least in part, by modifying a latent vector that corresponds to one or more teeth (e.g., each described as 3D point clouds, voxels or meshes) of an arch or arches which are to be placed in a setup configuration.
  • This mesh may be encoded into a latent vector A which then undergoes modification to adjust the poses of the resulting tooth poses.
  • the modified latent vector A’ may then be reconstructed into the mesh or meshes which describe the setup.
  • Such a technique may be used to design a final setup configuration or an intermediate stage configuration, or the like.
  • the modifications to a latent vector may, in some implementations, be carried out via an ML model, such as one of the neural network models or other ML models disclosed elsewhere in this disclosure.
  • a neural network may be trained to operate within the latent space of such vectors A of setups meshes.
  • the mapping of the latent space of A may have been previously generated by making controlled adjustments to trial latent vectors and observing the resulting changes to a setups configuration (i.e., after the modified A has been reconstructed back into a full mesh or meshes of the dental arch).
  • the mapping of the latent space may, in some instances, follow methodical search patterns, such as in a grid search.
  • a tooth reconstruction VAE may take a single input of tooth name/type/designation R, which may command the VAE to output a tooth mesh of the designated type. This can be accomplished by generating a latent vector A' for use in reconstructing a suitable tooth mesh. In some implementations, this latent vector A' may be sampled or generated "on the fly", out of a prior mapping of the latent vector space. Such a mapping may have been performed to understand which portions of the latent vector space correspond to different shapes, structures and/or geometries of tooth.
  • certain elements may have been determined to correspond to a certain type/name/designation of tooth and/or a tooth with a certain shape or other intended characteristics.
  • This model for tooth mesh generation may also apply to the generation of oral care hardware, appliances and appliance components (such as to be used for orthodontic treatment).
  • This model may also be trained for the generation of other types of anatomy.
  • This model may also be trained for the generation of other types on non-oral care meshes as well.
  • setups prediction models of this disclosure may include one or more reconstruction autoencoder neural networks.
  • a reconstruction autoencoder such as a variational autoencoder, which makes use of loss functions, nonlinearities (aka neural network activation functions) and solvers which are not used in existing techniques for the generation of setups for digital oral care appliances.
  • Methods of this disclosure may generate setups for use in generating orthodontic aligner trays, such as 3M CLARITY Aligners.
  • the methods may train a first ML module to generate latent representations of the teeth (e.g., reduced dimensionality latent representations which describe the reconstruction characteristics of the original meshes), which may be provided to a second ML module (e.g., an MLP, or an encoder-decoder network, such as an autoencoder, a transformer, etc.), which may generate tooth transforms which may place the teeth into setups poses.
  • a second ML module e.g., an MLP, or an encoder-decoder network, such as an autoencoder, a transformer, etc.
  • An example of the second ML module is the decoder D2.
  • Examples of loss functions which may be used to train the methods of this disclosure include: mean absolute error (MAE), mean squared error (MSE), Ll-loss, L2-loss, KL-divergence, entropy, and reconstruction loss.
  • MSE mean absolute error
  • Ll-loss L2-loss
  • KL-divergence KL-divergence
  • entropy reconstruction loss
  • Such loss functions enable each generated setups prediction to be compared against a corresponding ground truth setups prediction in a quantified manner, leading to one or more loss values which may be used to train, at least in part, one or more of the neural networks of this disclosure.
  • Examples of solvers may include: dopri5, bdf, rk4, midpoint, adams, explicit adams, and fixed adams. The solvers enable the neural networks to solve systems of equations and corresponding unknown variables.
  • nonlinearities may include: tanh, rein, softplus, elu, swish, square, identity, etc.
  • the activation functions may be used to introduce nonlinear behavior to the neural networks in a manner that enables the neural networks to better represent the training data.
  • Losses may be computed as a part of the process of training the neural networks via backpropagation.
  • Neural network layers such as the following may be used: ignore, concat, concat_v2, squash, concatsquash, scale and concatscale.
  • the loss functions, nonlinearities, solvers and activation functions from this section may also apply to the architecture and training of the other neural network examples of the present disclosure.
  • a reconstruction autoencoder such as a VAE, may be trained to encode a 3D representation of a tooth (e.g., a tooth mesh) into a latent representation (e.g., with a reduced dimensionality), and then reconstruct that latent representation into a close facsimile of the original 3D representation of the tooth.
  • a reconstruction error may be computed to compare the original tooth mesh to the reconstructed tooth mesh, showing that the reconstructed tooth mesh is an accurate reconstruction of the original tooth mesh, and therefore show that the latent representation is also an accurate description of the shape and/or structure of the original tooth mesh.
  • a first ML module may contain one or more reconstruction autoencoders (e.g., the training of which is shown in FIG.
  • tooth reconstruction autoencoder in FIG. 15 may be used in deployment to generate latent representations of the patient’s teeth A.
  • the reconstruction autoencoder may be used in the first ML module.
  • the latent representations A of the teeth may be concatenated (e.g., forming vector E and a copy of E called B), and then be provided to a second ML module (e.g., as shown in the conditional VAE of FIG. 16) which may generate the setups transforms.
  • a second ML module e.g., as shown in the conditional VAE of FIG. 16
  • the second ML module may, in some implementations, first undergo training as a tooth reconstruction autoencoder, and then undergo further training to generate tooth transforms (e.g., via transfer learning).
  • the tooth transforms D e.g., mal transforms, or intermediate transforms from a prior intermediate stage
  • D comprises mal transforms, which may be combined with the arch latent representation E, forming a first combination vector.
  • the first combination vector may be concatenated with vectors of oral care arguments (e.g., procedure parameters K, doctor preferences information L, oral care metrics, or other inputs described herein). Tooth name/type/designations R may optionally be concatenated with the combination vector. In some implementations, zero or more of the following inputs may be concatenated with the combination vector: flags M (such as indicating fixed or pinned teeth), tooth position info N, tooth orientation info O, tooth name/designation information R, one or more orthodontic metrics S, tooth dimension info P, distance between adjacent teeth Q, and IPR information U.
  • flags M such as indicating fixed or pinned teeth
  • oral care arguments enables the VAE Setups model to customize outputs (e.g., predicted transforms) to account for the doctor’s preferences, and procedure parameters which have been designated for that patient.
  • the oral care arguments may also enable customization based upon orthodontic metrics (e.g., overbite, or alignment, among others described herein) which may be provided to the second ML module (e.g., decoder D2), so that second ML module generates setups transforms which place the patient’s teeth into poses which closely match the provided orthodontic metrics values.
  • orthodontic metrics e.g., overbite, or alignment, among others described herein
  • the advantage of this use of orthodontic metrics as an input to a setups prediction model is to improve the customization of the predicted setup and ultimately improve the ability of the resulting orthodontic appliance (e.g., thermoformed aligner tray) to treat the patient.
  • the first combination vector may undergo latent encoding by encoder E2, to generate latent representation C.
  • Latent vector C may be concatenated with latent arch vector B, and provided to decoder D2, in the course of training encoder E2 and/or decoder D2 (e.g., which may be trained end-to- end).
  • the VAE Setups prediction model may generate setups transform predictions for the patient’s teeth, while accounting for not only the shapes and/or structures of the patient’s teeth, but also the initial poses of the patient’s teeth. This is particularly advantageous when the method is trained to generate intermediate stages, because the poses of the teeth in each subsequent intermediate stage are dependent on the poses of the teeth in the prior stage.
  • the latent representation C may optionally be concatenated with the arch latent vector B, forming a second combination vector.
  • Oral care arguments e.g., procedure parameters vector K, the doctor preferences vector L, or oral care metrics - as described herein
  • the second combination vector may be provided to decoder D2.
  • D2 may generate a set of transforms H, which may transform the one or more teeth in the patient case into setups poses.
  • the transforms may describe the final setup poses of the patient’s teeth and can be used to transform the teeth from the input arch into the final setups poses.
  • the transforms may describe the intermediate poses corresponding to intermediate stages of orthodontic treatment.
  • the encoder E2 and/or the decoder D2 may be trained (e.g., in an end-to-end fashion) by one or more loss values (e.g., by backpropagation). For example, a loss may be computed that quantifies the difference between the one or more predicted tooth transforms H and corresponding one or more ground truth tooth transforms GTT (e.g., for final setups or intermediate staging). Reconstruction loss, LI loss, L2 loss or others described herein may be used. As a result of the training, the decoder D2 may encode the distribution of setups transforms in the training dataset.
  • the training dataset may include cohort patient cases of teeth in malocclusion (e.g., tooth meshes F with corresponding malocclusion transforms D), and where a ground truth setup transform is available for each tooth (e.g., for use in loss calculation).
  • Decoder D 1 and decoder D2 may train their own distinct sets of neural network weights. The advantage of training D2 in this manner is that the training of D2 may benefit from exposure to the mal tooth transform. The training of D2 also benefits from knowing the reconstruction characteristics of the teeth for which D2 is tasked with generating setups transforms.
  • the decoder D2 may be conditioned on the reconstruction characteristics contained in B, and in this way, B enables the decoder D2 to focus on transforms which are more suited to the teeth described by the arch latent vector B.
  • the arch latent vectors E and B clarify the reconstruction characteristics of the teeth and present those characteristics in reduced dimensionality form to decoder D2.
  • Decoder D2 also benefits from the malocclusion latent representation C which is generated by encoder E2, which combines the arch latent vector with the corresponding mal tooth transforms in a controlled manner.
  • Prior techniques attempted to predict setups transforms based only upon the malocclusion transforms D, and did not train the transform-generation neural network with the benefit of the arch representation latent vectors E and B, resulting in an implementation which is inferior to the techniques of the present disclosure in terms of the ability to correctly generate a setup which accounts for the shape and/or structure of the several tooth meshes which comprise an arch. Stated another way, prior techniques were unable to minimize collisions between teeth because the prior techniques did not consider the shapes and/or structures of the teeth, as encoded in the arch latent vectors E and B.
  • the malocclusion transform D for a tooth may first be applied to that tooth before the tooth is encoded by the encoder El, yielding a latent space vector A’ for each tooth. Concatenated latent space vectors D’ and B’ are then provided as inputs to encoder E2 and decoder D2, respectively, yielding predicted setups transforms H’.
  • Loss function calculations may influence the training of a setups prediction model.
  • a loss function may quantify the difference between a predicted example and the corresponding ground truth example (e.g., the different between a predicted transform and the corresponding ground truth transform).
  • Loss functions which may be involved in the training of the reconstruction VAE in FIG. 15 are described herein.
  • Losses which may be used in the training of a VAE may include (but are not limited to): reconstruction loss, L2 loss, or KL Divergence loss. L2 loss may minimize the error between the setup transforms and the ground truth transforms, heavily penalizing larger errors.
  • KL Divergence may penalize the setups prediction model if the latent vector C is not Gaussian.
  • a technical improvement of using these loss functions as described herein, particularly the combination of KL-divergence with reconstruction loss, is the data precision-oriented improvement of providing a smoother, more-reliable reconstruction output (i.e., a more reliably reconstructed output mesh).
  • the transforms H or H may describe the final setups poses of the teeth.
  • the transforms H or H may describe the poses for an intermediate stage of the teeth (e.g., intermediate stages of orthodontic treatment).
  • Examples of VAE Setups deployment implementations are shown in FIG. 21. The deployment methods may use the tooth reconstruction autoencoder in FIG. 15 to generate latent representations A of the patient's teeth, which may be concatenated into one or more arch latent vectors B (or a copy of B called E).
  • Deployment Method 1 may provide to the second ML module one or more latent representations of the individual teeth, along with an awareness of the malocclusion poses (e.g., as described by the tooth transforms D).
  • Deployment Method 1 may provide arch latent vector E and tooth transforms D (e.g., either mal or intermediate stage transforms) to encoder E2, resulting in latent vector C.
  • This latent vector C may (optionally) be concatenated with arch latent vector B, and/or other inputs (e.g., K, L, M, N, O, R, S, P, Q, U, V, among others), resulting in a second concatenation vector.
  • the second concatenation vector may be provided to decoder D2, which may generate one or more predicted transforms H (e.g., when the patient has 32 teeth, 32 transforms may be predicted).
  • Deployment Method 2 may provide to the second ML module one or more latent representations of the individual teeth without an awareness of the malocclusion poses.
  • Deployment Method 2 may initialize latent vector C with values from a Gaussian distribution (or all zeros).
  • Latent vector C may be concatenated with arch latent vector B, resulting in a second concatenation vector.
  • the second concatenation vector may (optionally) be concatenated with other inputs (e.g., K, L, M, N, O, R, S, P, Q, U, V, among others).
  • the second concatenation vector may be provided to decoder D2, which may generate one or more predicted transforms H (e.g., when the patient has 32 teeth, 32 transforms may be predicted).
  • Systems of this disclosure may train autoencoders for orthodontic setups prediction. Those autoencoders may, in some implementations, undergo further training (e.g., transfer learning) to perform setups classification (or tooth classification), as per the Setups Classifier neural network description of US Provisional Application 63/432627, the entirety of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • a setup can be classified by encoding the setups into latent vector form and then classifying the latent vector.
  • both of tooth meshes and tooth transforms may be provided to the encoder of a first ML module, which may generate a latent vector which may undergo subsequent classification, enabling the subsequent classification module to take tooth transforms into account when classifying either teeth or setups.
  • the embedding vectors for one or more transformed teeth can be provided to a classification neural network.
  • a machine learning model such as a neural network or a SVM may be trained to classify the embedding vectors
  • the open source MeshCNN toolkit may be trained on oral care meshes, to render a predicted class label for those meshes (e.g., teeth, or setups - such as mal, staging, final setup, etc.). Improvements may be made to the mesh classification functionality of MeshCNN by computing mesh element feature vectors (e.g., as described herein) for the meshes which are provided to MeshCNN, to improve latent representations.
  • the teeth of the patient case may be provided to an encoder structure, such as the encoder El.
  • the resulting latent space vectors A may be concatenated into representation vectors E and B.
  • the set of transforms D along with the arch representation vector E may be provided to the encoder E2, yielding output latent space vector C.
  • C may be provided to a classification neural network, such as a classification neural network or an SVM.
  • the MeshCNN toolkit may be used to classify the meshes within an orthodontic arch, to classify the orthodontic setup.
  • C may be provided to an encoder structure, to render a predicted class label for that setup.
  • one or more oral care appliance components may be provided to the second ML module (e.g., as shown in FIG. 16), and the second ML module may be trained to generate transforms to place the one or more appliance components relative to one or more teeth of the patient.
  • the latent representations of the appliance components may be concatenated with the arch latent vectors E and/or B in FIG. 16.
  • losses e.g., LI, L2, or reconstruction loss, among others described herein
  • the predicted transforms e.g., transforms predicted for the appliance components
  • ground truth transforms that are provided with the training data.
  • Such losses may be used to train, at least in part, the second ML module.
  • pre-defined (or library) appliance components which may be placed using techniques of this disclosure include: vents, rear snap clamps, door hinges, door snaps, an incisal registration feature, center clips, custom labels, a manufacturing case frame, a diastema matrix handle, among others.
  • one or more fixture model components may be provided to the second ML module (e.g., as shown in FIG. 16), and the second ML module may be trained to generate transforms to place the one or more fixture model components relative to one or more teeth of the patient.
  • the latent representations of the one or more fixture components may be concatenated with the arch latent vectors E and/or B in FIG. 16.
  • losses e.g., LI, L2, or reconstruction loss, among others described herein
  • the predicted transforms e.g., transforms predicted for the fixture model components
  • ground truth transforms that are provided with the training data
  • Such losses may be used to train, at least in part, the second ML module.
  • 490 may include 3D representations (e.g., 3D point clouds, 3D meshes, or voxelized representations) of one or more of the following non-limiting items: 1) interproximal webbing - which may fill-in space or smooth-out the gaps between teeth to ensure aligner removability. 2) blockout - which may be added to the fixture model to remove overhangs that might interfere with plastic tray thermoforming or to ensure aligner removability. 3) bite blocks - occlusal features on the molars or premolars intended to prop the bite open. 4) bite ramps - lingual features on incisors and cuspids intended to prop the bite open.
  • 3D representations e.g., 3D point clouds, 3D meshes, or voxelized representations
  • interproximal reinforcement - a structure on the exterior of an oral care appliance (e.g., an aligner tray), which may extend from a first gingival edge of the appliance body on a labial side of the appliance body along an interproximal region between the first tooth and the second tooth to a second gingival edge of the appliance body on a lingual side of the appliance body.
  • the effect of the interproximal reinforcement on the appliance body at the interproximal region may be stiffer than a labial face and a lingual face of the first shell. This may allow the aligner to grasp the teeth on either side of the reinforcement more firmly.
  • gingival ridge - a structure which may extend along the gingival edge of a tooth in the mesial-distal direction for the purpose of enhancing engagement between the aligner and a given tooth.
  • torque points - structures which may enhance force delivered to a given tooth at specified locations.
  • power ridges - structures which may enhance force delivered to a given tooth at a specified location.
  • dimples - structures which may enhance force delivered to a given tooth at specified locations.
  • digital pontic tooth - structure which may hold space open or reserve space in an arch for a tooth which is partially erupted, or the like.
  • a physical pontic is a tooth pocket that does not cover a tooth when the aligner is installed on the teeth.
  • the tooth pocket may be filled with tooth-colored wax, silicone, or composite to provide a more aesthetic appearance.
  • power bars - blockout added in an edentulous space to provide strength and support to the tray.
  • a power bar may fill-in voids.
  • Abutments or healing caps may be blocked-out with a power bar.
  • the trimline may define the path along which a clear aligner may be cut or separated from a physical fixture model, after 3D printing.
  • undercut fill - material which is added to the fixture model to avoid the formation of cavities between the fixture model’s height of contour and another boundary (e.g., the gingiva or the plane that the plane that undergirds the physical fixture model after 3D printing).
  • the one or more latent capsules T may be generated by one or more oral care mesh reconstruction capsule autoencoders (such as in FIG. 3).
  • the one or more latent capsules T may be converted to one or more ID vectors and concatenated with the input vectors (and possibly other latent vectors) of a VAE, for the purpose of setups prediction, similarly to VAE Setups, but where T replaces A.
  • vectors E’ and B’ are generated by concatenating the latent capsule T for each tooth in the arch, and subsequently concatenated with the input vector(s) and with the latent vector(s) of the VAE.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates an example training method for Representation Setups.
  • the “Interface Time” module of FIG. 17 describes a deployment method for this implementation.
  • a first ML module which comprises a 3D capsule encoder may be used to encode tooth mesh data (for one or more teeth) into a latent capsule form.
  • the latent capsule contains encoded reconstruction characteristics of the inputted oral care mesh (or point cloud), and the likelihoods of those reconstruction characteristics.
  • These latent capsules T can be converted to a ID vector and concatenated with other inputs, and then be provided to an encoder, MLP or transformer (e.g., transformer encoder or transformer decoder) to generate setups predictions (similarly to the function of MLP Setups, except where T replaces A as an input).
  • FIG. 19 illustrates this implementation.
  • the setups prediction technique of FIG. 19 encodes the tooth representations using a capsule autoencoder.
  • An MLP Setups model may train an autoencoder (e.g., such as a VAE or capsule autoencoder) as a pre-processor to another machine learning model (e.g., to generate a representation), such as an MLP (or a transformer or an encoder), which has been trained to generate the setups transform predictions.
  • a first ML module may comprise a reconstruction autoencoder.
  • the first ML module may generate latent representations of the teeth, and provide those representations to a second ML module (e.g., an encoder, an MLP or a transformer), which may generate setups transforms.
  • a tooth mesh latent vector (generated by an autoencoder) may be received by multilayer perceptron (or encoder or transformer) to generate a setups prediction.
  • a neural network which predicts a setup using the positions and orientations of the teeth as inputs may be augmented with the tooth mesh latent vector A.
  • This latent vector A is generated by encoder El and may be concatenated with the inputs to a neural network which predicts the final setups transforms of a set of teeth, based upon the input of the mal positions and orientations of the teeth.
  • a technical improvement relates to the performance of such a neural network by imparting to that network an understanding of the reconstruction characteristics of the tooth meshes.
  • the techniques of the present disclosure may provide a latent space vector A to an MLP (or other neural network, such as a generative adversarial neural network or another of the neural networks described elsewhere in this disclosure), to predict a tooth setups transform.
  • Our latent space vector may be generated by a tooth reconstruction autoencoder (e.g., a VAE), where the tooth mesh is encoded as a latent representation (e.g., an N-dimensional vector of real numbers) by an encoder structure.
  • the latent representation may be reconstructed using a decoder into a close facsimile of the original tooth mesh (to within a tolerance of reconstruction error).
  • Incorporating reference to a vector which is capable of undergoing such reconstruction is an enhancement provided by the techniques of this disclosure in comparison to prior setups prediction techniques.
  • the setups prediction model can reduce the dimensionality of the input tooth, and in so doing extract the reconstruction characteristics of the tooth.
  • This reduction in dimensionality has advantages in that training of the second ML module (e.g., which may generate setups transforms) may be more efficient and effective (i.e., the second ML module may have an easier time encoding a simpler data structure).
  • the reconstruction module e.g., a decoder
  • the reconstruction module is able to reconstruct the input mesh from the latent space vector to within a tolerance of reconstruction error.
  • the reconstruction characteristics of the tooth mesh which are described by the latent space vector may be provided to a neural network model (e.g., such as an MLP, transformer or GAN - which contains at least one generator network and at least one discriminator network) to render a prediction of a transform that places a tooth into a desired pose.
  • a neural network model e.g., such as an MLP, transformer or GAN - which contains at least one generator network and at least one discriminator network
  • this pose corresponds to an intermediate state of orthodontic treatment.
  • this pose corresponds to a final setup pose in orthodontic treatment.
  • One of the advantages of the latent space vector-based techniques of the present disclosure is that the reconstruction characteristics contained in the latent vector are learned (i.e., machine-generated), rather than being preselected.
  • the encoder El is trained to determine which aspects of the shape and/or structure of the tooth mesh are important, with the advantage that models which are trained on the resulting latent vectors yield better results.
  • the latent space vector A as generated by the tooth mesh reconstruction VAE, is a significant improvement over existing techniques, because A can be reconstructed into a close facsimile of the original input tooth mesh, as measured by reconstruction error.
  • This reconstruction process demonstrates that A contains the reconstruction characteristics of the input tooth mesh, indicating that A is suitable for use in further predictive models, such as to predict tooth transforms for final setups and/or intermediate stages.
  • a latent space vector A for a particular tooth may be concatenated with one or more procedure parameters vectors K and/or one or more doctor preferences vectors L, before being provided to the MLP for setup transform prediction.
  • Training on such a concatenation of vectors may impart information to the MLP that is specific to the needs of a particular patient or may impart information which is particular to the treatment practices of a particular oral care provider (aka doctor).
  • a data precision-based technical improvement is enhanced final setup and/or intermediate stage generation, because the resulting predicted setup is better tailored to the orthodontic treatment needs of the patient.
  • FIG. 18 shows multiple implementations of MLP Setups.
  • FIG. 18 illustrates three examples of MLP Setups.
  • the common input consumed by each is the latent space vector B .
  • the other inputs are optional.
  • Other setups prediction models of this disclosure may take B as input and/or consume these optional inputs, as well.
  • archform information V may be provided as an optional input.
  • Either an MLP, an encoder structure or a transformer can be used to generate transformation matrices (alternatively translation vectors and quaternions or some other form of transformation).
  • the MLP/Encoder/Transformer may take as input concatenated latent space vectors of one or more teeth (see vector B), with zero, one or more of the set of optional additional vectors (such as K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, U and V) described elsewhere in this disclosure.
  • the latent space vector B (for the several teeth), may be introduced in whole or in part to one or more of the intermediate layers of the transformer or the MLP.
  • B may be introduced to the internal workings of the encoder.
  • One or more of the optional input vector K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, U and V may also be introduced to the internal working or hidden layer or layers of one or more predictive model components, such as the MLP, transformer (e.g., transformer encoder or transformer decoder) or encoder structure.
  • MLP e.g., transformer encoder or transformer decoder
  • the primary input is at least one of the tooth position info N and the tooth orientation info O.
  • the primary input may also have one or more of optional inputs U, P, Q, K, L, R, and S.
  • an automated setups prediction model may be trained to generate a setup with a customized curve-of-spee (e.g., a curve-of-spee which conforms to the intended outcome of the treatment of the patient).
  • a customized curve-of-spee e.g., a curve-of-spee which conforms to the intended outcome of the treatment of the patient.
  • Such a model may be trained on cohort patient case data.
  • One or more oral care metrics may be computed on each case to quantify or measure aspects of that case's curve-of- spee.
  • one or more of such metrics may be provided to the setups prediction model, for example, to influence the model regarding the geometry and/or structure of each case's curve-of- spee.
  • That same input pathway to the trained neural network may be configured with one or more values as instructions to the model about an intended curve- of-spee. Such values may automatically generate a setup with a curve-of-spee which meets the aesthetic and/or medical treatment needs of the particular patient case.
  • a curve-of-spee metric may measure the curvature of the occlusal or incisal surfaces of the teeth on either the left or right sides of the arch, with respect to the occlusal plane.
  • the occlusal plane may, in some instances, be computed as a surface which averages the incisal or occlusal surfaces of the teeth (for one or both arches).
  • a curvature metric may be computed along a normal vector, such as a vector which is normal to the occlusal plane.
  • a curvature metric may be computed along the normal vector of another plane.
  • an XY plane may be defined to correspond to the occlusal plane.
  • An orthogonal plane may be defined as the plane that is orthogonal to the occlusal plane, which also passes through a curve- of-spee line segment, where the curve-of-spee line segment is defined by a first endpoint which is a landmarking point on a first tooth (e.g., canine) and the a second endpoint which is a landmarking point on the most-posterior tooth of the same side of the arch.
  • a landmarking point can in some implementations be located along the incisal edge of a tooth or on the cusp of a tooth.
  • the landmarking points for the intermediate teeth may form a curved path, such as may be described by a polyline.
  • the following is a non-limiting list of curve-of-spee oral care metrics.
  • the line segment is defined by joining the highest cusp of the most-posterior tooth (in the lower arch) and the cusp of the first tooth on that side (in the lower arch). Given the subset of teeth between the first tooth and the most-posterior tooth, the point is defined by the highest cusp of the lowest tooth of this subset.
  • a curve-of-spee metric may be computed using the following 4 steps, i) Line: Form a line between the highest cusp on the most posterior tooth and the cusp of the first tooth, ii) Curve Point A: Given the set of teeth between the most posterior tooth and the first tooth, find the highest point of the lowest tooth, iii) Curve Point B: Project Curve Point A onto the Line to find a point (Curve Point B) along the line that is closest to Curve Point A. iv) Curve-Of-Spee: Find the height difference between Curve Point B and Curve Point A.
  • Curve of Spee by measuring the distance between the farthest of the intermediate points to the curve-of- spee line segment. This yields a measure for the curvature of the arch in 3D space.
  • Curve-of-spee metrics 5 and 6 may help the network to reduce some more degrees of freedom in defining how the patient’s arch is curved in the posterior of the mouth.
  • Oral care arguments may include oral care parameters as disclosed herein, or other real-valued, text-based or categorical inputs which specify intended aspects of the one or more 3D oral care representations which are to be generated.
  • oral care arguments may include oral care metrics, which may describe intended aspects of the one or more 3D oral care representations which are to be generated. Oral care arguments are specifically adapted to the implementations described herein.
  • the oral care arguments may specify the intended the designs (e.g., including shape and/or structure) of 3D oral care representations which may be generated (or modified) according to techniques described herein.
  • implementations using the specific oral care arguments disclosed herein generate more accurate 3D oral care representations than implementations that do not use the specific oral care arguments.
  • a text encoder may encode a set of natural language instructions from the clinician (e.g., generate a text embedding).
  • a text string may comprise tokens.
  • An encoder for generating text embeddings may, in some implementations, apply either mean-pooling or max-pooling between the token vectors.
  • a transformer e.g., BERT or Siamese BERT
  • a transformer may be trained to extract embeddings of text for use in digital oral care (e.g., by training the transformer on examples of clinical text, such as those given below).
  • a model for generating text embeddings may be trained using transfer learning (e.g., initially trained on another corpus of text, and then receive further training on text related to digital oral care).
  • Some text embeddings may encode text at the word level.
  • Some text embeddings may encode text at the token level.
  • a transformer for generating a text embedding may, in some implementations, be trained, at least in part, with a loss calculation which compares predicted outputs to ground truth outputs (e.g., softmax loss, multiple negatives ranking loss, MSE margin loss, cross-entropy loss or the like).
  • a loss calculation which compares predicted outputs to ground truth outputs (e.g., softmax loss, multiple negatives ranking loss, MSE margin loss, cross-entropy loss or the like).
  • the non-text arguments such as real values or categorical values, may be converted to text, and subsequently embedded using the techniques described herein.
  • Techniques of this disclosure may, in some implementations, use PointNet, PointNet++, or derivative neural networks (e.g., networks trained via transfer learning using either PointNet or PointNet++ as a basis for training) to extract local or global neural network features from a 3D point cloud or other 3D representation (e.g., a 3D point cloud describing aspects of the patient’s dentition - such as teeth or gums).
  • Techniques of this disclosure may, in some implementations, use U-Nets to extract local or global neural network features from a 3D point cloud or other 3D representation.
  • 3D oral care representations are described herein as such because 3 -dimensional representations are currently state of the art. Nevertheless, 3D oral care representations are intended to be used in a non-limiting fashion to encompass any representations of 3 -dimensions or higher orders of dimensionality (e.g., 4D, 5D, etc.), and it should be appreciated that machine learning models can be trained using the techniques disclosed herein to operate on representations of higher orders of dimensionality.
  • input data may comprise 3D mesh data, 3D point cloud data, 3D surface data, 3D polyline data, 3D voxel data, or data pertaining to a spline (e.g., control points).
  • An encoderdecoder structure may comprise one or more encoders, or one or more decoders.
  • the encoder may take as input mesh element feature vectors for one or more of the inputted mesh elements. By processing mesh element feature vectors, the encoder is trained in a manner to generate more accurate representations of the input data.
  • the mesh element feature vectors may provide the encoder with more information about the shape and/or structure of the mesh, and therefore the additional information provided allows the encoder to make better-informed decisions and/or generate more-accurate latent representations of the mesh.
  • encoder-decoder structures include U-Nets, autoencoders or transformers (among others).
  • a representation generation module may comprise one or more encoder-decoder structures (or portions of encoders-decoder structures - such as individual encoders or individual decoders).
  • a representation generation module may generate an information-rich (optionally reduced-dimensionality) representation of the input data, which may be more easily consumed by other generative or discriminative machine learning models.
  • a U-Net may comprise an encoder, followed by a decoder.
  • the architecture of a U-Net may resemble a U shape.
  • the encoder may extract one or more global neural network features from the input 3D representation, zero or more intermediate-level neural network features, or one or more local neural network features (at the most local level as contrasted with the most global level).
  • the output from each level of the encoder may be passed along to the input of corresponding levels of a decoder (e.g., by way of skip connections).
  • the decoder may operate on multiple levels of global-to-local neural network features. For instance, the decoder may output a representation of the input data which may contain global, intermediate or local information about the input data.
  • the U-Net may, in some implementations, generate an information-rich (optionally reduced-dimensionality) representation of the input data, which may be more easily consumed by other generative or discriminative machine learning models.
  • An autoencoder may be configured to encode the input data into a latent form.
  • An autoencoder may train an encoder to reformat the input data into a reduced-dimensionality latent form in between the encoder and the decoder, and then train a decoder to reconstruct the input data from that latent form of the data.
  • a reconstruction error may be computed to quantify the extent to which the reconstructed form of the data differs from the input data.
  • the latent form may, in some implementations, be used as an information-rich reduced-dimensionality representation of the input data which may be more easily consumed by other generative or discriminative machine learning models.
  • an autoencoder may be trained to input a 3D representation, encode that 3D representation into a latent form (e.g., a latent embedding), and then reconstruct a close facsimile of that input 3D representation as the output.
  • a latent form e.g., a latent embedding
  • a transformer may be trained to use self-attention to generate, at least in part, representations of its input.
  • a transformer may encode long-range dependencies (e.g., encode relationships between a large number of inputs).
  • a transformer may comprise an encoder or a decoder. Such an encoder may, in some implementations, operate in a bi-directional fashion or may operate a self-attention mechanism.
  • Such a decoder may, in some implementations, may operate a masked self-attention mechanism, may operate a cross-attention mechanism, or may operate in an auto-regressive manner.
  • the self-attention operations of the transformers described herein may, in some implementations, relate different positions or aspects of an individual 3D oral care representation in order to compute a reduced-dimensionality representation of that 3D oral care representation.
  • the cross-attention operations of the transformers described herein may, in some implementations, mix or combine aspects of two (or more) different 3D oral care representations.
  • the auto-regressive operations of the transformers described herein may, in some implementations, consume previously generated aspects of 3D oral care representations (e.g., previously generated points, point clouds, transforms, etc.) as additional input when generating a new or modified 3D oral care representation.
  • the transformer may, in some implementations, generate a latent form of the input data, which may be used as an information-rich reduced-dimensionality representation of the input data, which may be more easily consumed by other generative or discriminative machine learning models.
  • an encoder-decoder structure may first be trained as an autoencoder. In deployment, one or more modifications may be made to the latent form of the input data. This modified latent form may then proceed to be reconstructed by the decoder, yielding a reconstructed form of the input data which differs from the input data in one or more intended aspects. Oral care arguments, such as oral care parameters or oral care metrics may be supplied to the encoder, the decoder, or may be used in the modification of the latent form, to influence the encoder-decoder structure in generating a reconstructed form that has desired characteristics (e.g., characteristics which may differ from that of the input data).
  • Federated learning may enable multiple remote clinicians to iteratively improve a machine learning model (e.g., validation of 3D oral care representations, mesh segmentation, mesh cleanup, other techniques which involve labeling mesh elements, coordinate system prediction, non-organic object placement on teeth, appliance component generation, tooth restoration design generation, techniques for placing 3D oral care representations, setups prediction, generation or modification of 3D oral care representations using autoencoders, generation or modification of 3D oral care representations using transformers, generation or modification of 3D oral care representations using diffusion models, 3D oral care representation classification, imputation of missing values), while protecting data privacy (e.g., the clinical data may not need to be sent “over the wire” to a third party).
  • a machine learning model e.g., validation of 3D oral care representations, mesh segmentation, mesh cleanup, other techniques which involve labeling mesh elements, coordinate system prediction, non-organic object placement on teeth, appliance component generation, tooth restoration design generation, techniques for placing 3D oral care representations, setups prediction, generation or modification of
  • a clinician may receive a copy of a machine learning model, use a local machine learning program to further train that ML model using locally available data from the local clinic, and then send the updated ML model back to the central hub or third party.
  • the central hub or third party may integrate the updated ML models from multiple clinicians into a single updated ML model which benefits from the learnings of recently collected patient data at the various clinical sites. In this way, a new ML model may be trained which benefits from additional and updated patient data (possibly from multiple clinical sites), while those patient data are never actually sent to the 3rd party.
  • Training on a local in-clinic device may, in some instances, be performed when the device is idle or otherwise be performed during off-hours (e.g., when patients are not being treated in the clinic).
  • Devices in the clinical environment for the collection of data and/or the training of ML models for techniques described herein may include intra-oral scanners, CT scanners, X- ray machines, laptop computers, servers, desktop computers or handheld devices (such as smart phones with image collection capability).
  • contrastive learning may be used to train, at least in part, the ML models described herein. Contrastive learning may, in some instances, augment samples in a training dataset to accentuate the differences in samples from difference classes and/or increase the similarity of samples of the same class.
  • a local coordinate system for a 3D oral care representation such as a tooth
  • a 3D oral care representation such as a tooth
  • transforms e.g., an affine transformation matrix, translation vector or quaternion
  • Systems of this disclosure may be trained for coordinate system prediction using past cohort patient case data.
  • the past patient data may include at least: one or more tooth meshes or one or more ground truth tooth coordinate systems.
  • Machine learning models such as: U-Nets, encoders, autoencoders, pyramid encoder-decoders, transformers, or convolution and/or pooling layers, may be trained for coordinate system prediction.
  • Representation learning may determine a representation of a tooth (e.g., encoding a mesh or point cloud into a latent representation, for example, using a U-Net, encoder, transformer, convolution and/or pooling layers or the like), and then predict a transform for that representation (e.g., using a trained multilayer perceptron, transformer, encoder, transformer, or the like) that defines a local coordinate system for that representation (e.g., comprising one or more coordinate axes).
  • a representation of a tooth e.g., encoding a mesh or point cloud into a latent representation, for example, using a U-Net, encoder, transformer, convolution and/or pooling layers or the like
  • a transform for that representation e.g., using a trained multilayer perceptron, transformer, encoder, transformer, or the like
  • a local coordinate system for that representation e.g., comprising one or more coordinate axes.
  • the mesh convolutional techniques described herein can leverage invariance to rotations, translations, and/or scaling of that tooth mesh to generate predications that techniques that are not invariant to the rotations, translations, and/or scaling of that tooth mesh cannot generate.
  • Pose transfer techniques may be trained for coordinate system prediction, in the form of predicting a transform for a tooth.
  • Reinforcement learning techniques may be trained for coordinate system prediction, in the form of predicting a transform for a tooth.
  • Machine learning models such as: U-Nets, encoders, autoencoders, pyramid encoderdecoders, transformers, or convolution and/or pooling layers, may be trained as a part of a method for hardware (or appliance component) placement.
  • Representation learning may train a first module to determine an embedded representation of a 3D oral care representation (e.g., encoding a mesh or point cloud into a latent form using an autoencoder, or using a U-Net, encoder, transformer, block of convolution and/or pooling layers or the like). That representation may comprise a reduced dimensionality form and/or information-rich version of the inputted 3D oral care representation.
  • a representation may be aided by the calculation of a mesh element feature vector for one or more mesh elements (e.g., each mesh element).
  • a representation may be computed for a hardware element (or appliance component).
  • Such representations are suitable to be provided to a second module, which may perform a generative task, such as transform prediction (e.g., a transform to place a 3D oral care representation relative to another 3D oral care representation, such as to place a hardware element or appliance component relative to one or more teeth) or 3D point cloud generation.
  • transform prediction e.g., a transform to place a 3D oral care representation relative to another 3D oral care representation, such as to place a hardware element or appliance component relative to one or more teeth
  • 3D point cloud generation e.g., a transform to place a 3D oral care representation relative to another 3D oral care representation, such as to place a hardware element or appliance component relative to one or more teeth
  • Such a transform may comprise an affine transformation matrix, translation vector or quatern
  • Machine learning models which may be trained to predict a transform to place a hardware element (or appliance component) relative to elements of patient dentition include: MLP, transformer, encoder, or the like.
  • Systems of this disclosure may be trained for 3D oral care appliance placement using past cohort patient case data.
  • the past patient data may include at least: one or more ground truth transforms and one or more 3D oral care representations (such as tooth meshes, or other elements of patient dentition).
  • the mesh convolution and/or mesh pooling techniques described herein leverage invariance to rotations, translations, and/or scaling of that tooth mesh to generate predications that techniques that are not invariant to the rotations, translations, and/or scaling of that tooth mesh cannot generate.
  • Pose transfer techniques may be trained for hardware or appliance component placement.
  • Reinforcement learning techniques may be trained for hardware or appliance component placement.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Vision & Pattern Recognition (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Computer Graphics (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Software Systems (AREA)
  • Dental Tools And Instruments Or Auxiliary Dental Instruments (AREA)

Abstract

Systems and techniques for generating transforms from three-dimensional (3D) representations of oral care data are disclosed. The method involves receiving a first 3D representation of oral care data and providing it as input to a trained autoencoder network. The processing circuitry executes the trained autoencoder network to encode the first 3D representation into one or more latent space representations with a lower dimensionality. These latent space representations are then reconstructed into a second 3D representation that closely resembles the original input. The processing circuitry further provides the latent space representations to a trained machine learning (ML) model, distinct from the autoencoder network. By executing the trained ML model, a transform is generated. These systems and techniques enable the generation of accurate and efficient transforms from 3D representations of oral care data, facilitating improved analysis, diagnosis, and treatment planning in oral care applications.

Description

AUTOENCODERS FOR FINAL SETUPS AND INTERMEDIATE STAGING IN CLEAR TRAY
ALIGNERS
Related Documents
[0001] The entire disclosure of PCT Application No. PCT/IB2022/057373 is incorporated herein by reference. The entire disclosures of each of PCT Applications with Publication Nos. WO2022123402A1 and W02020026117A1 are incorporated herein by reference. The entire disclosure of each of the following Provisional U.S. Patent Applications is incorporated herein by reference: 63/432,627; 63/366,492; 63/366,495; 63/352,850; 63/366,490; 63/366,494; 63/370,160; 63/366,507; 63/352,877; 63/366,514; 63/366,498; 63/366,514; and 63/264,914.
Technical Field
[0002] This disclosure relates to configurations and training of neural networks to improve the accuracy of automatically generated clear tray aligner (CT A) devices used in orthodontic treatments. Some prior approaches attempted to use machine learning techniques to generate the CTA devices, but with mixed results. As a result, there is a need for better machine learning models and training approaches to improve the systems that automate the production of CTAs.
Summary
[0003] The present disclosure describes systems and techniques for training and using one or more machine learning models, such as neural networks to produce intermediate stages and final setups for CTAs, in a manner which is customized to the treatment needs of the patient. The techniques described herein use Representation Learning to train setups-predicting neural networks (also referred to as “setups prediction models”). Representation learning may first learn a representation of a data sample, and then generate an output based on that representation. A first machine learning module, such as an autoencoder or another machine learning model (e.g., a transformer, a 3D U-Net, a pyramid encoder decoder, or an encoder), may be trained to generate one or more representations of the received 3D oral care representations (e.g., maloccluded tooth meshes and/or maloccluded tooth transforms). Techniques of this disclosure may train one or more encoder-decoder structures to generate transforms to place 3D oral care representations into poses which are suitable for oral care appliance generation (e.g., to place the patient's teeth into setups poses for use in aligner treatment). An encoder-decoder structure may comprise at least one encoder or at least one decoder. Non-limiting examples of an encoder-decoder structure include autoencoders such as variational autoencoders, regularized autoencoders, masked autoencoders, or capsule autoencoders. In the case of setups prediction, the representations may be generated for the tooth meshes (and possibly gums) of the patient. A second machine learning module may receive the representations from the first machine learning module and be trained to generate one or more transformations for one or more 3D oral care representations (e.g., to generate setups transforms for the patient’s teeth to place those teeth in setups poses). A reconstruction autoencoder (e.g., such as the tooth reconstruction autoencoder described in FIG. 4) is especially well suited to generating a representation for a 3D oral care representation, because such an autoencoder may reduce the data size of the representation of a tooth while maintaining much of the information about the shape and/or structure of the representation of the tooth. This reduced dimensionality form of the tooth may occupy a latent space and may be more easily processed by the second machine learning module, due to the reduced complexity of the tooth’s representation. A reconstruction autoencoder (e.g., a variational autoencoder optionally utilizing continuous normalizing flows) has the further advantage in that the received 3D oral care representation, such as a tooth, may be reconstructed after having been first encodeed into the latent form (e.g., using a decoder). The reconstructed version of the tooth may then be compared to the original tooth by the computation of a reconstruction error. A low reconstruction error may indicate that the autoencoder was successfully trained to encode aspects of the tooth mesh’s shape and/or structure in the latent form (e.g., a latent vector may be generated by a variational autoencoder, or a latent capsule may be generated by a capsule autoencoder), and that the latent representation of the tooth is suitable for processing by the second machine learning module. Possible autoencoders include, but are not limited to: variational autoencoder, regularized autoencoder, masked autoencoder, or capsule autoencoder. A final setup (also referred to as final setups) is a target configuration of 3D tooth representations (such as 3D tooth meshes) such as the teeth appear at the end of treatment. An intermediate setup (also referred to as an intermediate stage or intermediate staging) describes a configuration of teeth during one of the several stages of treatment, after the teeth leave their maloccluded poses (e.g., positions and/or orientations) and before the teeth reach their final setup poses. In some implementations, a final setup may be used to generate, at least in part, one or more intermediate stages. Each stage may be used in the generation of a clear tray aligner. Such aligners may incrementally move the patient's teeth from the initial or maloccluded poses to the final poses represented by the final setup.
[0004] Continuous normalizing flows (CNF) may comprise a series of invertible mappings which may transform a probability distribution. In some implementations, CNF may be implemented by a succession of blocks in the decoder of an autoencoder. Such blocks may constrict a complex probability distribution, thereby enabling the autoencoder’s decoder to learn to map a simple distribution to a more complicated distribution and back, which leads to a data precision-related technical improvement that enables the distribution of tooth shapes after reconstruction (in deployment) to be more representative of the distribution of tooth shapes in the training dataset. The invertibility of a CNF provides for a technical advantage of improved mathematical efficiencies during training, thereby providing resource usage-related technical improvements.
[0005] In a first aspect, a first computer-implemented method for generating setups for orthodontic alignment treatment is described including the steps of receiving, by one or more computer processors, a first digital representation of a patient’s teeth, using, by the one or more computer processors and to determine a prediction for one or more tooth movements for a final setup, a generator that is a machine learning model, such as comprising one or more neural networks (e.g., a 3D encoder, 3D decoder, a 3D U- Net, an MLP, a transformer, an autoencoder, a pyramid encoder-decoder, a neural network with an attention layer and other neural networks disclosed herein) that has been initially trained to predict one or more tooth movements for a final setup, further training, by the one or more computer processors, the setups prediction model based on the using, and where the training of the setups prediction model is modified by performing operations including predicting, by the generator, one or more tooth movements for a final setup based on the first digital representation of the patient’s teeth, computing a loss function which quantifies the difference between predicted tooth movements and reference tooth movements, and modifying the setups prediction model using that loss.
[0006] The first aspect can optionally include additional features. For instance, the method can produce, by the one or more processors, an output state for the final setup. The method can determine, by the one or more computer processors, a difference between the one or more predicted tooth movements and the one or more reference tooth movements. The determined difference between the one or more predicted tooth movements and the one or more reference tooth movements can be used to modify the training of the generator. Modifying the training of the generator can include adjusting one or more weights of the generator’s neural network. The method can generate, by the one or more computer processors, one or more lists specifying mesh elements of the first digital representation of the patient’s teeth. At least one of the one or more lists can specify one or more edges in the first digital representation of the patient’s teeth. At least one of the one or more lists can specify one or more polygonal faces in the digital representation of the patient’ s teeth. At least one of the one or more lists can specify one or more vertices in the first digital representation of the patient’s teeth (e.g., such as derived from a 3D mesh). At least one of the one or more lists can specify one or more points in the first digital representation of the patient’s teeth (e.g., such as derived from a 3D point cloud). A 3D point cloud may, in some instances, comprise the plurality of vertices extracted from a 3D mesh. At least one of the one or more lists can specify one or more voxels in the first digital representation of the patient’s teeth (e.g., such as derived from a sparse representation). The method can compute, by the one or more computer processors, one or more mesh element features. In the case of edges, the one or more mesh element features can include edge endpoints, edge curvatures, edge normal vectors, edges movement vectors, edge normalized lengths, vertices, faces of associated three-dimensional representations, voxels, and combinations thereof. Other mesh element features for edges are disclosed herein. Mesh element features for each of vertices, points, faces and voxels are also disclosed herein. The method can generate, by the one or more computer processors, a digital representation predicting the position and orientation of the patient’s teeth based on the one or more predicted tooth movements. A prediction for the movement of a tooth may comprise a transform (e.g., such as one or more of an affine transformation matrix, a translation vector, a quaternion, and one or more Euler angles). The setups prediction model may predict each of tooth position and tooth orientation information. In some non-limiting examples, the network may predict the orientation and position information substantially concurrently. The setups prediction model may predict a setup transform for each tooth in the arch, to place each tooth in the final setup pose. The method can generate, by the one or more computer processors, a digital representation of the patient’s teeth based on the one or more reference tooth movements. In some non-limiting implementations, the generator of a setups prediction model may be trained, at least in part, with the assistance of a discriminator. The discriminator may determine whether a representation of the one or more tooth movements predicted by the generator is distinguishable from a representation of one or more reference tooth movements can include the steps of receiving the representation of the one or more tooth movements predicted by the generator, the representation of the one or more reference tooth movements, and the first digital representation of the patient’s teeth, comparing the representation of the one or more tooth movements predicted by the generator, the representation of the one or more reference tooth movements, wherein the comparison is based at least in part on the first digital representation of the patient’s teeth, and determining, by the one or more computer processors, a probability that the representation of the one or more tooth movements predicted by the generator is the same as the representation of one or more reference tooth movements.
[0007] In a second aspect, a second computer-implemented method for generating setups for orthodontic alignment treatment pertains to intermediate staging prediction. Intermediate staging of teeth from a malocclusion stage to a final stage requires determining accurate individual teeth movements in a way that teeth are not colliding with each other, the teeth move toward their final state, and the teeth follow optimal and preferably short trajectories. Because each tooth has six degrees-of-freedom and an average arch has about fourteen teeth, finding the optimal teeth trajectory from initial to final stage is a large and complex problem.
[0008] The second computer-implemented method is customized to the treatment needs of the patient (e.g., as specified by a clinician, which may include technician or healthcare professional) and is described including the steps of receiving, by one or more computer processors, a first digital representation of a patient’s teeth, and a representation of a final setup, using, by the one or more computer processors and to determine a prediction for one or more tooth movements for one or more intermediate stages, a generator that is a machine learning model, such as a neural network, included in a setups prediction machine learning model, such as comprising one or more neural networks (e.g., a 3D encoder, 3D decoder, a 3D U-Net, a multilayer perceptron (MLP), a transformer, an autoencoder, a pyramid encoder-decoder, and other neural networks disclosed herein), and that has been initially trained to predict one or more tooth movements for one or more intermediate stages, further training, by the one or more computer processors, the setups prediction model based on the using, wherein the training of the setups prediction model is modified by performing operations including predicting, by the generator, one or more tooth movements for at least one intermediate stage based on the first digital representation of the patient’s teeth, computing a loss function which quantifies the difference between predicted tooth movements and reference tooth movements and modifying the setups prediction model using that loss. The second aspect can also include one or more of the optional features described above in reference to the first aspect.
[0009] A first three-dimensional (3D) representation of oral care data (e.g., a tooth), may be provided to an autoencoder network which has been trained as a reconstruction autoencoder (e.g., using reconstruction loss calculation, or a KL-divergence calculation, among others described herein), which may encode the first 3D representation into one or more latent space representation (e.g., using the decoder portion of the autoencoder). The decoder portion of the autoencoder may be used to reconstruct the one or more latent space representations into a second 3D representation of oral care data which is a close facsimile of the first 3D representation (e.g., a close facsimile of the tooth). The accuracy of the reconstruction may be verified by computing reconstruction error, as described herein. When the tooth is accurately reconstructed, the latent representation is shown to be an accurate description of the first 3D representation (e.g., accurate description of the tooth). The one or more latent space representations may be provided to a trained ML model (e.g., the autoencoder in FIG. 16), which may generate a transform for the first 3D representation. When the first 3D representation is a tooth, and the trained ML model is a setups prediction neural network, then the transform may place the tooth relative to one or more other teeth (e.g., in an orthodontic setup). The trained ML model may generate transforms to place teeth into final setup poses, or into intermediate staging poses. In some implementations, latent representations of the patient’s teeth may be provided to a setups prediction neural network. Malocclusion transforms may also be provided to the setups prediction neural network (e.g., transforms which define the malocclusion poses of the teeth). In some implementations, one or more appliance components (e.g., latent representations of such appliance components) may also be provided to the trained ML model, which may generate transforms to place the one or more appliance components relative to one or more teeth of the patient’s dentition. In some implementations, one or more fixture model components (e.g., latent representations of such fixture model components) may be provided to the trained ML model, which may generate transforms to place the one or more fixture model components relative to one or more teeth of the patient’s dentition. A 3D representation may be a 3D mesh, a 3D point cloud, or a voxelized representation. In some implementations, the autoencoder network may be a variational autoencoder (VAE) network (e.g., with optional continuous normalizing flows). Optional additional input data may be provided to the autoencoder network, including one or more of: (i) one or more 3D geometries describing one or more teeth, (ii) one or more vectors P containing at least one value pertaining to at least one method of computing a dimension of at least one tooth, (iii) one or more vectors Q containing at least one value pertaining to at least one method of computing a distance between adjacent teeth, (iv) one or more vectors B containing latent vector information about one or more teeth, (v) one or more vectors N containing at least one value pertaining to the position of at least one tooth, (vi) one or more vectors O containing at least one value pertaining to the orientation of at least one tooth, (vii) one or more vectors R at least one of tooth name, designation, tooth type and tooth classification. The transforms generated by the methods may, in some implementations, be used in the generation of oral care appliances (e.g., aligner trays for aligning teeth, or indirect bonding trays for delivering brackets). The first 3D representation may contain one or more mesh elements. Mesh element feature vectors may be computed for the mesh elements of the first representation, and subsequently be provided to the trained autoencoder, to improve the accuracy of the generated latent representation. In some instances, the methods of this disclosure may be deployed at a clinical context. Brief Description of Drawings
[0010] FIG. 1 shows a method of augmenting training data for use in training machine learning (ML) models of this disclosure.
[0005] FIG. 2 shows a summary of some of the setups prediction methods described herein.
[0006] FIG. 3 shows a method of training a capsule autoencoder.
[0007] FIG. 4 shows a method of training a tooth reconstruction autoencoder.
[0008] FIG. 5 shows a method of using a deployed tooth reconstruction autoencoder.
[0009] FIG. 6 shows a reconstructed tooth mesh, which has been reconstructed using a reconstruction autoencoder, according to techniques of this disclosure.
[0010] FIG. 7 shows a reconstructed tooth mesh, which has been reconstructed using a reconstruction autoencoder, according to techniques of this disclosure.
[0011] FIG. 8 shows a visualization of reconstruction error for a tooth.
[0012] FIG. 9 shows reconstruction error values for several tooth reconstructions.
[0013] FIG. 10 shows method of training a reconstruction autoencoder.
[0014] FIG. 11 shows non-limiting example code for a reconstruction autoencoder.
[0015] FIG. 12 shows examples of 3D representations which have been reconstructed, according to techniques of this disclosure.
[0016] FIG. 13 shows a latent space where loss incorporates reconstruction loss but does not incorporate KL-Divergence loss.
[0017] FIG. 14 shows a latent space in which the loss includes both reconstruction loss and KL- divergence loss.
[0018] FIG. 15 shows a method for training a tooth reconstruction autoencoder.
[0019] FIG. 16 shows a method for using a trained autoencoder to generation transforms for teeth, appliance component, fixture model components, or other 3D representations of oral care data. The latent representations of the teeth are generated using a variational autoencoder.
[0020] FIG. 17 shows a method for using a trained autoencoder to generation transforms for teeth, appliance component, fixture model components, or other 3D representations of oral care data. The latent representations of the teeth are generated using a capsule autoencoder.
[0021] FIG. 18 shows setups prediction methods, along with inputs which may be provided to the setups prediction models of this disclosure, including latent representations of the teeth which are generated using a variational autoencoder.
[0022] FIG. 19 shows setups prediction methods, along with inputs which may be provided to the setups prediction models of this disclosure, including latent representations of the teeth which are generated using a capsule autoencoder.
[0023] FIG. 20 shows transformer which may be configured to generate orthodontic setups transforms.
[0024] FIG. 21 shows an example of a VAE Setups deployment implementation. Detailed Description
[0011] Described herein are techniques for the automatic prediction of setups, which may provide the advantage of improving accuracy in comparison to existing techniques, enable new clinicians to be trained in the generation of effective setups, enable customized setups to be produced (e.g., which align with the specifications of clinicians), and provide the technical improvement of enhanced data precision in the formulation of these setups.
[0012] A setups prediction model of this disclosure may receive a variety of input data, which, as described herein, may include tooth meshes representing one or both arches of the patient. The tooth data may be presented in the form of 3D representations, such as meshes or point clouds. These data may be preprocessed, for example, by arranging the constituent mesh elements into lists and computing an optional mesh element feature vector for each mesh element. Such vectors may impart valuable information of the shape and/or structure of the tooth to the setups prediction neural network. Additional inputs may enable the setups prediction neural network to better understand the distribution of the inputted data (e.g., tooth meshes), which provides the technical improvement of enabling customization to the specific medical/dental needs of the patient when the setups prediction model is deployed. For example, one or more oral care metrics may be computed. Oral care metrics may be used for measuring one or more physical aspects of a setup (e.g., physical relationships within a tooth or between teeth). In some instances, an orthodontic metric may be computed for a ground truth setup which is then used in the training of a machine learning model (e.g., a setups prediction model). The metric value may be received at the input of the setups prediction model, as a way of training the model to encode a distribution of such a metric over the several examples of the training dataset. For example, an “overbiteleff ’ metric may be computed for a setup which is received by the setups prediction model (e.g., at least one of mal and approved setup). During training, the network may then receive this metric value as an input, to assist in training the network to link that inputted metric value to the physical aspects of the received setup (e.g., to learn a distribution over the possible values of that metric across the examples of the training dataset). The metric may be computed for the mal setup, and that metric value be supplied as an input the network during training, alongside the malocclusion transforms and/or tooth meshes. The metric may also (or alternatively) be computed for the approved setup, and that metric be supplied as an input to the network during training, alongside the approved setup transforms and/or tooth meshes (e.g., for application during loss calculation time). Such a loss calculation may quantify the difference between a prediction and a ground truth example (e.g., between a predicted setup and a ground truth setup). By providing the network a metric value at training time, the network may, through the course of loss calculation and subsequent backpropagation, learn to encode a distribution of that metric. A technical improvement provided by the setups prediction techniques described herein is the customization of orthodontic treatment to the patient. Oral care parameters may enable a clinician to customize specific desired aspects of the dimensions, proportions and other physical aspects of a predicted setup. For example, in deployment, one or more oral care parameters (procedure parameters or restoration design parameters) may be defined and provided to the trained setups prediction model as part of the execution-phase input to specify one or more aspects of an intended setup upon an execution run. In some implementations, a procedure parameter may be defined which corresponds to an oral care metric (e.g., such as the overbiteleft metric described above), which may be received at the input to a deployed setups prediction neural network and be taken as an instruction to the setups prediction neural network to generate a setup with the specified quantity of the metric (e.g., overbiteleft). The setups prediction model may be especially suited to generating a setup with a prescribed value of a procedure parameter in the circumstance where that prescribed value falls within the distribution of the corresponding metric value that appeared in the training dataset. Other procedure parameters may also be defined corresponding to other orthodontic metrics and be taken as instructions to the setups prediction model for the quantity of the relevant metric that is to be imparted to the predicted setup. This interplay between oral care metrics and oral care parameters may also apply to the training and deployment of other predictive models in oral care as well.
[0013] To train the setups prediction neural network effectively, aspects of this disclosure are directed to forming training data that have a distribution which describes the kind of setup that the setups prediction neural network is configmed to produce. For example, to produce a final setup with an overbite of approximately 2.0 mm, one approach is to use ground truth training data with an overbite of approximately 2.0 mm. This approach may lead to a clean training signal and may produce useful results, and an alternative method may enable the network to learn to account for differences in overbite among the various ground truth training samples in the training dataset. An overbite metric may be computed for the malocclusion arches of a training sample (a patient case). This overbite value may be received as an input to the setups prediction neural network at training time, along with the maloccluded tooth data, and serve as a signal to the neural network regarding the magnitude of overbite present in that mal arch. The network thereby learns that different cases have different overbite magnitudes and can encode a distribution of possible overbite magnitudes, which can then be imparted to the predicted setup. Upon deployment, the trained neural network may receive the maloccluded tooth data as input and may also receive an input to indicate a magnitude of the overbite (e.g., or some other oral care metric) that is desired in the predicted setup (e.g., in the form of a procedure parameter which has been defined for the purpose). This approach may enable the setups prediction neural network to account for differences in the distribution of the training dataset without excluding patient cases from the training dataset (e.g. , as may be done in the case of filtering the training dataset), with the added benefit of enabling the deployed setups prediction neural network to customize the predicted setup, according to the specification of the clinician who uses the setups prediction model. Other orthodontic metrics (e.g., those disclosed herein) may also be computed in keeping with this technique. Corresponding procedure parameters (e.g., those disclosed herein or those defined to correspond to specific metrics) may be supplied to the trained network to effect the customization of the outputted setups prediction. Other techniques disclosed herein, besides setups prediction, may also be trained with this use of oral care metrics and procedure parameters being received as inputs to a predictive model.
[0014] A setups prediction neural network of this disclosure may be trained, at least in part, by the calculation of one or more loss values (e.g., reconstruction loss or other loss values described herein). Such loss values may quantify the difference between a predicted setup and a corresponding ground truth setup, in some instances, these setups may be registered with each other (e.g., using iterative closest point (1CP) or singular value decomposition (SVD)) before the loss is computed, to reduce noise and improve the accuracy of the resulting trained setups prediction neural network. Such a registration may alternatively or additionally be performed between the maloccluded setup and the corresponding ground truth setup, with the advantage of reducing noise in the loss measurement and improving the accuracy of the trained network. [0015] The setups prediction neural network may compute a transform for each tooth, to move that tooth into a pose which is suitable for the end of orthodontic treatment (e.g., the final setup). The pose of the tooth may include a change in position in 3D space and may also include a change in orientation (e.g., with respect to one or more coordinate axes - e.g., local coordinate axes with origin at the crown centroid). The transform may effect the change in orientation by pivoting the tooth mesh relative to a pivot point or tooth origin. This pivot point may be chosen to lie within the crown centroid. Alternatives include at the apex of the root tip, origin of malocclusion transform or at a point along an archform.
[0016] The predictive models of the present disclosure may, in some implementations, may produce more accurate results by the incorporation of one or more of the following inputs: archform information V, interproximal reduction (IPR) information U, tooth dimension information P, tooth gap information Q, latent capsule representations of oral care meshes T, latent vector representations of oral care meshes A, procedure parameters K (which may describe a clinician’s intended treatment of the patient), doctor preferences L (which may describe the typical procedure parameters chosen by a doctor), flags regarding tooth status M (such as for fixed or pinned teeth), tooth position information N, tooth orientation information O, tooth name/dental notation R, oral care metrics S (comprising at least one of oral care metrics and restoration design metrics).
[0017] Multiple techniques in digital oral care may benefit from the use of a first module (e.g., an autoencoder neural network) which has been trained to reconstruct a 3D oral care representation (e.g., trained to reconstruct a tooth mesh - comprising crown, root and/or attached articles). A 3D encoder may be trained to encode an oral care mesh into a latent form, and a 3D decoder may be trained to reconstruct that latent form into a facsimile of the received oral care mesh, where techniques disclosed herein may be used to measure the resulting reconstruction error. The first module may create a representation. A second module may use that representation for prediction. There may be one or more instances of the first module, and there may be one or more instances of the second module.
[0018] Described herein are techniques which may make use of an autoencoder which has been trained for oral care mesh reconstruction, which provides the advantage of encoding a potentially complex oral care mesh into a latent form (e.g., such as a latent vector or latent capsule) which may have reduced dimensionality and may be ingested by an instance of the second module (e.g., a predictive model for mesh cleanup, setups prediction, tooth restoration design generation, classification of 3D representations, validation of 3D representations, or setups comparison) for prediction purposes. While the dimensionality of the latent form may be reduced relative to the received oral care mesh, information about the reconstruction characteristics of the received oral care mesh may be retained. This latent representation of the original oral care mesh may be received as input to the predictive model of the second module, providing the advantage of improving accuracy and data precision in comparison to other techniques. The latent representation may, in some implementations, be modified according to the techniques of this disclosure to enable the predictive model of the second module to customize output data. An advantage of computing reconstruction error on a reconstructed oral care mesh is to verify that the reconstructed oral care mesh is a facsimile of the received oral care mesh (e.g., where one or more dimensions or other aspects of the reconstructed oral care mesh are measured to be within a threshold reconstruction error of the received oral care mesh). In some implementations, the first module may also be trained to produce other kinds of representations, such as those generated by neural networks performing convolution and/or pooling operations (e.g., a network with a size 5 convolution kernel which also performs average pooling, or a network such as a U-Net).
[0019] Either or both of the first and/or second modules may receive a variety of input data, as described herein, including tooth meshes for one or both arches of the patient. The tooth data may be presented in the form of 3D representations, such as meshes or point clouds. These data may be preprocessed, for example, by arranging the constituent mesh elements into lists and computing an optional mesh element feature vector for each mesh element. Such feature vectors may provide valuable information about the shape and/or structure of an oral care mesh to either or both of the first and/or second modules. For example, the first module, which generates the representations, may receive the vertices of a 3D mesh (or of a 3D point cloud) and compute a mesh element feature vector for each vertex. Such a feature vector may contain the XYZ coordinates of each vertex, in addition to other optional mesh element features described herein. Additional inputs may be received at the ingress point(s) of either or both of the first and/or second modules, such as one or more oral care metrics. Oral care metrics may be used for measuring one or more physical aspects of an oral care mesh (e.g., physical relationships within a tooth or between teeth). In some instances, an oral care metric may be computed for either or both of a malocclusion oral care mesh example and aground oral care mesh example which is then used in the training of either or both of the first and second modules. The metric value may be received as input of either or both of the first and second modules, as a way of training the underlying model of that particular module to encode a distribution of such a metric over the several examples of the training dataset. During training, the network may then receive this metric value as an input, to assist in training the network to link that inputted metric value to the physical aspects of the ground truth oral care mesh which is used in loss calculation. Such a loss calculation may quantify the difference between a prediction and a ground truth example (e.g., between a predicted oral care mesh and a ground truth oral care mesh). By providing the network data describing a metric value, the techniques of this disclosure may, through the course of loss calculation and subsequent backpropagation, train the network to encode a distribution of a given metric. In deployment, one or more oral care parameters (procedure parameters or restoration design parameters) may be defined to specify one or more aspects of an intended oral care mesh, which is to be generated using either or both of the first and/or second modules which has been trained for that purpose. In some implementations, an oral care parameter may be defined which corresponds to an oral care metric, which may be received as input to either or both of a deployed first module and/or a deployed second module and be taken as an instruction to that module to generate an oral care mesh with the specified customization. This interplay between oral care metrics and oral care parameters may also apply to the training and deployment of other predictive models in oral care as well.
[0020] In some implementations, the setups prediction neural network may be trained conditionally on interproximal reduction (IPR) information. IPR may be applied to the teeth, to enable greater packing of teeth a in final setup. The setups model may be trained to account to IPR quantities (e.g., millimeters of offset in from either or both of the mesial and distal sides of a tooth) and/or IPR cut planes (which may be used in conjunction with mesh Boolean operations to remove material on either or both of the mesial and distal sides of a tooth). For example, IPR cut planes may be used to modify one or more tooth meshes for one or more patient cases which are used to train the setups prediction model. This step improves the accuracy of setups prediction model training by improving data precision, because material is removed from the teeth which may otherwise lead to collisions between teeth in the final setup (and result in noise in the training data). After the trained setups prediction model is deployed, IPR may be applied to a trial patient case, to modify the shapes of the teeth before the case is received as input to the setups prediction model. In some instances, IPR may be applied to one or more tooth meshes of a patient case before the computation of orthodontic metrics.
[0021] In orthodontics, an anterior posterior (AP) shift may involve a sagittal shift of the mandible (lower arch), moving the mandible either forward or backwards. The application of the AP Shift may improve the class relationship of the teeth. Class may describe the patient’s malocclusion. Possible classes include: class 1, class 2 or class 3. Elastics may aid in the shift of the mandible. Such elastics may attach to hardware on the teeth, such as buttons. In some instances, the setups prediction model of this disclosure may directly receive an AP shift transform as an input, which may improve the data precision of the resulting model. In some instances, an AP shift transform may first be applied to the patient case data before the patient case data are received as input to the setups prediction model of this disclosure.
[0022] Systems of this disclosure may, in some instances, be deployed at a clinical context (such as a dental or orthodontic office) for use by clinicians (e.g., doctors, dentists, orthodontists, nurses, hygienists, oral care technicians). Such systems which are deployed at a clinical context may enable clinicians to process oral care data (such as dental scans) in the clinic environment, or in some instances, in a "chairside" context (where the patient is present in the clinical environment). A non-limiting list of examples of techniques may include: segmentation, mesh cleanup, coordinate system prediction, CTA trimline generation, restoration design generation, appliance component generation or placement or assembly, generation of other oral care meshes, the validation of oral care meshes, setups prediction, removal of hardware from tooth meshes, hardware placement on teeth, imputation of missing values, clustering on oral care data, oral care mesh classification, setups comparison, metrics calculation, or metrics visualization. The execution of these techniques may, in some instances, enable patient data to be processed, analyzed and used in appliance creation by the clinician before the patient leaves the clinical environment (which may facilitate treatment planning because feedback may be received from the patient during the treatment planning process).
[0023] Systems of this disclosure may automate operations in digital orthodontics (e.g., setups prediction, hardware placement, setups comparison), in digital dentistry (e.g., restoration design generation) or in combinations thereof. Some techniques may apply to either or both of digital orthodontics and digital dentistry. A non-limiting list of examples is as follows: segmentation, mesh cleanup, coordinate system prediction, oral care mesh validation, imputation of oral care parameters, oral care mesh generation or modification (e.g., using autoencoders, transformers, continuous normalizing flows or denoising diffusion models), metrics visualization, appliance component placement or appliance component generation or the like. In some instances, systems of this disclosure may enable a clinician or technician to process oral care data (such as scanned dental arches). In addition to segmentation, mesh cleanup, coordinate system prediction or validation operations, the systems of this disclosure may enable orthodontic treatment planning, which may involve setups prediction as at least one operation. Systems of this disclosure may also enable restoration design generation, where one or more restored tooth designs are generated and processed in the course of creating oral care appliances. Systems of this disclosure may enable either or both of orthodontic or dental treatment planning, or may enable automation steps in the generation of either or both of orthodontic or dental appliances. Some appliances may enable both of dental and orthodontic treatment, while other appliances may enable one or the other.
[0024] Techniques of this disclosure may require a training dataset of hundreds or thousands of cohort patient cases, to ensure that the neural network is able to encode the distribution of patient cases which are likely to be encountered in clinical treatment. A cohort patient case may include a set of tooth crown meshes, a set of tooth root meshes, or a data file containing attributes of the case (e.g., a JSON file). A typical example of a cohort patient case may contain up to 32 crown meshes (e.g., which may each contain tens of thousands of vertices or tens of thousands of faces), up to 32 root meshes (e.g., which may each contain tens of thousands of vertices or tens of thousands of faces), multiple gingiva mesh (e.g., which may each contain tens of thousands of vertices or tens of thousands of faces) or one or more JSON files which may each contain tens of thousands of values (e.g., objects, arrays, strings, real values, Boolean values or Null values).
[0025] Aspects of the present disclosure can provide a technical solution to the technical problem of predicting, using latent representations of 3D representations of a patient’s dentition which have been generated using a reconstruction autoencoder, orthodontic setups for use in oral care appliance generation (e.g., intermediate stages or final setups for the generation of aligner trays). In particular, by practicing techniques disclosed herein computing systems specifically adapted to perform setups transform prediction for oral care appliance generation are improved. For example, aspects of the present disclosure improve the performance of a computing system having a 3D representation of the patient’s dentition by reducing the consumption of computing resources. In particular, aspects of the present invention reduce computing resource consumption by decimating 3D representations of the patient’s dentition (e.g., reducing the counts of mesh elements used to describe aspects of the patient’s dentition) so that computing resources are not unnecessarily wasted by processing excess quantities of mesh elements. Additionally, decimating the meshes does not reduce the overall predictive accuracy of the computing system (and indeed may actually improve predictions because the input provided to the ML model after decimation is a more accurate (or better) representation of the patient’s dentition). For example, noise or other artifacts which are unimportant (and which may reduce the accuracy of the predictive models) are removed. That is, aspects of the present invention provide for more efficient allocation of computing resources and in a way that improves the accuracy of the underlying system.
[0026] Furthermore, aspects of the present disclosure may need to be executed in a time-constrained manner, such as when an oral care appliance must be generated for a patient immediately after intraoral scanning (e.g., while the patient waits in the clinician’s office). As such, aspects of the present disclosure are necessarily rooted in the underlying computer technology of setups transform prediction for oral care appliance generation and cannot be performed by a human, even with the aid of pen and paper. For instance, implementations of the present disclosure must be capable of: 1) storing thousands or millions of mesh elements of the patient’ s dentition in a manner that can be processed by a computer processor; 2) performing calculation on thousands or millions of mesh elements, e.g., to quantify aspects of the shape and or/structure of an individual tooth in the 3D representation of the patient’s dentition; and 3) predicting, based on a machine learning model, orthodontic setups transforms for use in oral care appliance generation (e.g., orthodontic setups transforms which are generated, at least in part, through the use of a reconstruction autoencoder to generate accurate representations of the patient’s teeth), and do so during the course of a short office visit.
[0027] This disclosure pertains to digital oral care, which encompasses the fields of digital dentistry and digital orthodontics. This disclosure generally describes methods of processing three-dimensional (3D) representations of oral care data. It should be understood, without loss of generality, that there are various types of 3D representations. One type of 3D representation is a 3D geometry. A 3D representation may include, be, or be part of one or more of a 3D polygon mesh, a 3D point cloud (e.g., such as derived from a 3D mesh), a 3D voxelized representation (e.g., a collection of voxels - for sparse processing), or 3D representations which are described by mathematical equations. Although the term “mesh” is used frequently throughout this disclosure, the term should be understood, in some implementations, to be interchangeable with other types of 3D representations. A 3D representation may describe elements of the 3D geometry and/or 3D structure of an object.
[0028] Dental arches SI, S2, S3 and S4 all contain the exact same tooth meshes, but those tooth meshes are transformed differently, according to the following description. A first arch S 1 includes a set of tooth meshes arranged (e.g., using transforms) in their positions in the mouth, where the teeth are in the mal positions and orientations. A second arch S2 includes the same set of tooth meshes from SI arranged (e.g., using transforms) in their positions in the mouth, where the teeth are in the ground truth setup positions and orientations. A third arch S3 includes the same meshes as SI and S2, which are arranged (e.g., using transforms) in their positions in the mouth, where the teeth are in the predicted final setup poses (e.g., as predicted by one or more of the techniques of this disclosure). S4 is a counterpart to S3, where the teeth are in the poses corresponding to one of the several intermediate stages of orthodontic treatment with clear tray aligners.
[0029] It should be understood, without the loss of generality, that the techniques of this disclosure which apply to final setups are also applicable to intermediate staging in orthodontic treatment, particularly geometric deep learning (GDL) Setups, reinforcement learning (RL) Setups, variational autoencoder (VAE) Setups, Capsule Setups, multilayer perceptron (MLP) Setups, Diffusion Setups, pose transfer (PT) Setups, Similarity Setups, force directed graphs (FDG) Setups, Transformer Setups, Setups Comparison, or Setups Classification. The Metrics Visualization aspects of this disclosure may also be configured to visualize data from both final setups and intermediate stages. MLP Setups, VAE Setups and Capsule Setups each fall within the scope of Autoencoder Setups. Some implementations of MLP Setups may fall within the Scope of Transformer Setups. FIG 2 shows a non-limiting selection of models which may be trained for setups prediction. Representation Setups refers to any of MLP Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups and any other setups prediction machine learning model which uses an autoencoder to create the representation for at least one tooth.
[0030] Each of the setups prediction techniques of this disclosure is applicable to the fabrication of clear tray aligners and/or indirect bonding trays. The setups predictions techniques may also be applicable to other products that involve final teeth poses, also. A pose may comprise a position (or location) and a rotation (or orientation).
[0031] A 3D mesh is a data structure which may describe the geometry or shape of an object related to oral care, including but not limited to a tooth, a hardware element, or a patient’s gum tissue. A 3D mesh may include one or more mesh elements such as one or more of vertices, edges, faces and combinations thereof. In some implementations, mesh element may include voxels, such as in the context of sparse mesh processing operations. Various spatial and structural features may be computed for these mesh elements and be provided to the predictive models of this disclosure, with the predictive models of this disclosure providing the technical advantage of improving data precision in the form of the models of this disclosure outputting more accurate predictions.
[0032] A patient’s dentition may include one or more 3D representations of the patient’s teeth (e.g., and/or associated transforms), gums and/or other oral anatomy. An orthodontic metric (OM) may, in some implementations, quantify the relative positions and/or orientations of at least one 3D representation of a tooth relative to at least one other 3D representation of a tooth. A restoration design metric (RDM) may, in some implementations, quantify the at least one aspect of the structure and/or shape of a 3D representation of a tooth. An orthodontic landmark (OL) may, in some implementations, locate one or more points or other structural regions of interest on a 3D representation of a tooth. An OL may, in some implementations, be used in the generation of an orthodontic or dental appliance, such as a clear tray aligner or a dental restoration appliance. A mesh element may, in some implementations, comprise at least one constituent element of a 3D representation of oral care data. For example, in the case of a tooth that is represented by a 3D mesh, mesh elements may include at least: vertices, edges, faces and voxels. A mesh element feature may, in some implementations, quantify some aspect of a 3D representation in proximity to or in relation with one or more mesh elements, as described elsewhere in this disclosure. Orthodontic procedure parameters (OPP) may, in some implementations, specify at least one value which defines at least one aspect of planned orthodontic treatment for the patient (e.g., specifying desired target attributes of a final setup in final setups prediction). Orthodontic Doctor preferences (ODP) may, in some implementations, specify at least one typical value for an OPP, which may, in some instances, be derived from past cases which have been treated by one or more oral care practitioners. Restoration Design Parameters (RDP) may, in some implementations, specify at least one value which defines at least one aspect of planned dental restoration treatment for the patient (e.g., specifying desired target attributes of a tooth which is to undergo treatment with a dental restoration appliance). Doctor Restoration Design Preferences (DRDP) may, in some implementations, specify at least one typical value for an RDP, which may, in some instances, be derived from past cases which have been treated by one or more oral care practitioners. 3D oral care representations may include, but are not limited to: 1) a set of mesh element labels which may be applied to the 3D mesh elements of teeth/gums/hardware/appliance meshes (or point clouds) in the course of mesh segmentation or mesh cleanup; 2) 3D representation(s) for one or more teeth/gums/hardware/appliances for which shapes have been modified (e.g., trimmed, distorted, or filled- in) in the course of mesh segmentation or mesh cleanup; 3) one or more coordinate systems (e.g., describing one, two, three or more coordinate axes) for a single tooth or a group of teeth (such as a full arch - as with the LDE coordinate system); 4) 3D representation(s) for one or more teeth for which shapes have been modified or otherwise made suitable for use in dental restoration; 5) 3D representation(s) for one or more dental restoration appliance components; 6) one or more transforms to be applied to one or more of: dental restoration appliance library component placement relative to one or more teeth, a tooth to be placed for an orthodontic setup (either final setup or intermediate stage), a hardware element to be placed relative to one or more teeth or the like; 7) an orthodontic setup; 8) a 3D representation of a hardware element (such as facial bracket, lingual bracket, orthodontic attachment, button, hook, bite ramp, etc.) to be placed relative to one or more teeth, etc.; 8) a 3D representation of a bonding pad for a hardware element (which may be generated for a specific tooth by outlining a perimeter on the tooth, specifying a thickness to form a shell, and then subtracting-out the tooth via a Boolean operation); 9) 3D representation of a clear tray aligner (CTA); 10) the location or shape of a CTA trimline (e.g., described as either a mesh or polyline); 11) archform that describes the contours or layout of an arch of teeth (e.g., described as a 3D polyline or as a 3D mesh or surface), which may follow the incisal edges one or more teeth, which may follow the facial surfaces of one or more teeth, which may in some implementations correspond to the maloccluded arch and in other implementations correspond to the final setup arch (the effects of malocclusion on the shape of the archform may be diminished by smoothing or averaging of the shape of the archform), which may be described by one or more control points and/or a spline; 12) 3D representation of a fixture models (e.g., depictions of teeth and gums for use in thermoforming clear tray aligners, or depictions of teeth/gums/hardware for use in thermoforming indirect bonding trays); 13) one or more latent space vectors (or latent capsules) produced by the 3D encoder stage of a 3D autoencoder which has been trained on the reconstruction of oral care meshes (e.g., a variational autoencoder which has been trained for tooth reconstruction); 14) one or more oral care metrics values (e.g., such as orthodontic metrics or restoration design generation metrics) for one or more teeth; 15) one or more landmarks (e.g., 3D points) which describe the shapes and/or geometrical attributes of one or more teeth, other dentition structures or hardware structures (e.g., to be used in orthodontic setups creation or restoration appliance component generation or placement); 16) 3D representation created by scanning (e.g., optically scanning, CT scanning or MRI scanning) a 3D printed part corresponding to one or more teeth/gums/hardware/appliances (e.g., a scanned fixture model); 17) 3D printed aligners (including optionally local thickness, reinforcing rib geometry, flap positioning, or the like) 18) 3D representation of the patient's dentition that was captured chairside by a clinician or medical practitioner (e.g., in a context where the 3D representation is validated chairside, before the patient leaves the clinic, so that errors can be detected and re-scans performed as necessary); 19) dental restoration tooth design (e.g., for veneers, crowns, bridges or dental restoration appliances); 20) 3D representations of one or more teeth for use in digital oral care treatment; 21) other 3D printed parts pertaining to oral care procedures or other fields; 22) IPR cut surfaces; 23) one or more orthodontic setups transforms associated with one or more IPR cut surfaces; 24) a (digital) pontic tooth design which may fill at least a portion of the space between teeth to allow room in an orthodontic setup for an erupting tooth to later emerge from the gums; or 25) a component of a fixture model (e.g., comprising fixture model components such as interproximal webbing, block-out, bite locks, bite ramps, interproximal reinforcement, gingival ridges, torque points, power ridges, pontic tooth or dimples, among others).
[0033] The techniques of this disclosure may be advantageously combined. For example, the Setups Comparison tool may be used to compare the output of the GDL Setups model against ground truth data, compare the output of the RL Setups model against ground truth data, compare the output of the VAE Setups model against ground truth data and compare the output of the MLP Setups model against ground truth data. With each of these setups prediction models compared against ground truth data, it may be possible to determine which model gives the best performance on a certain dataset or within a given problem domain. Furthermore, the Metrics Visualization tool can enable a global view of the final setups and intermediate stages produced by one or more of the setups prediction models, with the advantage of enabling the selection of the best setups prediction model. The Metrics Visualization tool, furthermore, enables the computation of metrics which have a global scope over a set of intermediate stages. These global metrics may, in some implementations, be consumed as inputs to the neural networks for predicting setups (e.g., GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups, Diffusion Setups, PT Setups, Similarity Setups, among others). The global metrics may also be provided by FDG Setups. The local metrics from this disclosure (i.e., a local metric is a metric which may be computed for one stage or setup of treatment, rather than over several stages or setups) may, in some implementations, be consumed by the neural networks herein for predicting setups, with the advantage of improving predictive results. The metrics described in this disclosure may, in some implementations, be visualized using the Metric Visualization tool.
[0034] The VAE and MAE models for mesh element labelling and mesh in-filling can be advantageously combined with the setups prediction neural networks, for the purpose of mesh cleanup ahead of or during the prediction process. In some implementations, the VAE for mesh element labelling may be used to flag mesh elements for further processing, such as metrics calculation, removal or modification. In some instances, such flagged mesh elements may be provided as inputs to a setups prediction neural network, to inform that neural network about important mesh features, attributes or geometries, with the advantage of improving the performance of the resulting setups prediction model. In some implementations, mesh in-filling may cause the geometry of a tooth to become more nearly complete, enabling the better functioning of a setups prediction model (i.e., improved correctness of prediction on account of better-formed geometry). In some instances, a neural network to classify a setup (i.e., the Setups Classifier) may aid in the functioning of a setups prediction neural network, because the setups classifier tells that setups prediction neural network when the predicted setup is acceptable for use and can be provided to a method for aligner tray generation. A Setups Classifier (e.g., GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups, Diffusion Setups, PT Setups, Similarity Setups and FDG Setups, among others) may aid in the generation of final setups and also in the generation of intermediate stages. Furthermore, a Setups Classifier neural network may be combined with the Metrics Visualization tool. In other implementations, a Setups Classification neural network may be combined with the Setups Comparison tool (e.g., the Setup Comparison tool may output an indication of how a setup produced in part by the Setups Classifier compares to a setup produced by another setups prediction method). In some implementations, the VAE for mesh element labelling may identify one or more mesh elements for use in a metrics calculation. The resulting metrics outputs may be visualized by the Metrics Visualization tool. [0035] In some examples, the Setups Classifier neural network may aid in the setups prediction technique described in U.S. Patent Application No. US20210259808A1 (which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) or the setups prediction technique described in PCT Application with Publication No. WO2021245480A1 (which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) or in PCT Application No. PCT/IB2022/057373 (which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). The Setups Classifier would help one or more of those techniques to know when the predicted final setup is most nearly correct. In some instances, the Setups Classifier neural network may output an indication of how far away from final setup a given setup is (i.e., a progress indicator).
[0036] In some implementations, the latent space embedding vector(s) from the reconstruction VAE can be concatenated with the inputs to the setups prediction neural network described in WO2021245480A1. The latent space vectors can also be incorporated as inputs to the other setups prediction models: GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups and Diffusion Setups, among others. The advantage is to impart the reconstruction characteristics (e.g., latent vector dimensions of a tooth mesh) to that neural network, hence improving the generated setups prediction.
[0037] In some examples, the various setups prediction neural networks of this disclosure may work together to produce the setups required for orthodontic treatment. For example, the GDL Setups model may produce a final setup, and the RL Setups model may use that final setup as input to produce a series of intermediate stages setups. Alternatively, the VAE Setups model (or the MLP Setups model) may create a final setup which may be used by an RL Setups model to produce a series of intermediate stages setups. In some implementations, a setup prediction may be produced by one setups prediction neural network, and then taken as input to another setups prediction neural network for further improvements and adjustments to be made. In some implementations, such improvements may be performed in iterative fashion.
[0038] In some implementations, a setups validation model, such as the model disclosed in US Provisional Application No. US63/366495, may be involved in this iterative setups prediction loop. First a setup may be generated (e.g., using a model trained for setups prediction, such as GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups, Diffusion Setups, PT Setups, Similarity Setups and FDG Setups, among others), then the setup undergoes validation. If the setup passes validation, the setup may be outputted for use. If the setup fails validation, the setup may be sent back to one or more of the setups prediction models for corrections, improvements and/or adjustments. In some instances, the setups validation model may output an indication of what is wrong with the setup, enabling the setups generation model to make an improved version upon the next iteration. The process iterates until done.
[0039] Generally speaking, in some implementations, two or more of the following techniques of the present disclosure may be combined in the course of orthodontic and/or dental treatment: GDL Setups, Setups Classification, Reinforcement Learning (RL) Setups, Setups Comparison, Autoencoder Setups (VAE Setups or Capsule Setups), VAE Mesh Element Labeling, Masked Autoencoder (MAE) Mesh Infilling, Multi-Layer Perceptron (MLP) Setups, Metrics Visualization, Imputation of Missing Oral Care Parameters Values, Tooth Classification Using Latent Vector, FDG Setups, Pose Transfer Setups, Restoration Design Metrics Calculation, Neural Network Techniques for Dental Restoration and/or Orthodontics (e.g., 3D Oral Care Representation Generation or Modification Using Transformers), Landmark-based (LB) Setups, Diffusion Setups, Imputation of Tooth Movement Procedures, Capsule Autoencoder Segmentation, Diffusion Segmentation, Similarity Setups, Validation of Oral Care Representations (e.g., using autoencoders), Coordinate System Prediction, Restoration Design Generation or 3D Oral Care Representation Generation or Modification Using Denoising Diffusion Models.
[0040] Oral care parameters may include one or more values that specify orthodontic procedure parameters, or restoration design parameters (RDP), as described herein. Oral care parameters may define one or more intended aspects of a 3D oral care representation, and may be provided to an ML model to promote that ML model to generate output which may be used in the generation of oral care appliances that are suitable for the treatment of a patient. Other types of values include doctor preferences and restoration design preferences, as described herein. Doctor preferences and restoration design preferences may define the typical treatment choices or practices of a particular clinician. Restoration design preferences are subjective to a particular clinician, and so differ from restoration design parameters. In some implementations, doctor preferences or restoration design preferences may be computed by unsupervised means, such as clustering, which may determine the typical values that a clinician uses in patient treatment. Those typical values may be stored in a datastore, and recalled to be provided to an automated ML model as default values (e.g., default values which may be modified before execution of the model). [0041] For example, one clinician may prefer one value for a restoration design parameter (RDP), while another clinician may prefer a different value for that RDP, when faced with a similar diagnosis or treatment protocol. One example of such an RDP is dental restoration style. Procedure parameters and/or doctor preferences may, in some implementations, be provided to a setups prediction model for orthodontic treatment, for the purpose of improving the customization of the resulting orthodontic appliance. Restoration design parameters and doctor restoration preferences may in some implementations be used to design tooth geometry for use in the creation of a dental restoration appliance, for the purpose of improving the customization of that appliance. In addition to oral care parameters, doctor preferences, and doctor restoration preferences, some implementations of ML prediction models of this disclosure, in orthodontic treatment, may also take as input a setup (e.g., an arrangement of teeth). In some such implementations, an ML prediction model of this disclosure may take as input a final setup (i.e., final arrangement of teeth), such as in the case of a prediction model trained to generate intermediate stages. For simplicity, these preferences are referred to as doctor restoration preferences, but it is intended to be used in a non-limiting sense. Specifically, it should be appreciated that these preferences may be specified by any treating or otherwise appropriate medical professional and are not intended to be limited to doctor preferences per se (i.e., preferences from someone in possession of an M.D. or equivalent degree).
[0042] An oral care professional or clinician, such as a dentist or orthodontist, may specify information about patient treatment in the form of a patient-specific set of procedure parameters. In some instances, an oral care professional may specify a set of general preferences (aka doctor preferences) for use over a broad range of cases, to use as default values in the set of procedure parameters specification process. Oral care parameters may in some implementations be incorporated into the techniques described in this disclosure, such as one or more of GDL Setups, VAE Setups, RL Setups, Setups Comparison, Setups Classification, VAE Mesh Element Labelling, MAE Mesh In-Filling, Validation Using Autoencoders, Imputation of Missing Procedure Parameters Values, Metrics Visualization, or FDG Setups. One or more of these models may take as input one or more procedure parameters vector K and/or one or more doctor preference vectors L. In some implementations, one or more of these models may introduce to one or more of a neural network’s hidden layers one or more procedure parameters vector K and/or one or more doctor preferences vectors L. In some implementations, one or more of these models may introduce either or both of K and L to a mathematical calculation, such as a force calculation, for the purpose of improving that calculation and the ultimate customization of the resulting appliance to the patient.
[0043] Some implementations of a neural network for predicting a setup (such as GDL Setup, VAE Setup or RL Setup) may incorporate information from an oral care professional (aka doctor). This information may influence the arrangement of teeth in the final setup, bringing the positions and orientations of the teeth into conformance with a specification set by the doctor, within tolerances. In some implementations of the GDL Setup model, oral care parameters may be fed directly into the generator network as a separate input alongside the mesh data. In some implementations of GDL Setups, oral care parameters may be incorporated into the feature vector which is computed for each mesh element before the mesh elements are provided to the generator for processing. Some implementations of a VAE Setup model may incorporate oral care parameters into the setups predictions. In some implementations, the procedure parameters K and/or the doctor preference information L may be concatenated with the latent space vector C. A doctor’s preferences (e.g., in an orthodontic context) and/or doctor’s restoration preferences may be indicated in a treatment form, or they could be based upon characteristics in treatment plans such as final setup characteristics (e.g., amount of bite correction or midline correction in planned final setups), intermediate staging characteristics (e.g., treatment duration, tooth movement protocols, or overcorrection strategies), or outcomes (e.g., number of revisions/refinements).
[0044] Orthodontic procedure parameters may specify one or more of the following (with possible values shown in { }). Non-limiting categorical values for some example OPP are described below. In some implementations, a real value may be specified for one or more of these OPP. For example, the Overbite OPP may specify a quantity of overbite (e.g., in millimeters) which is desired in a setup, and may be received as input of a setups prediction model to provide that setups prediction model information about the amount of overbite which is desired in the setup. Some implementations may specify a numerical value for the Oveijet OPP, or other OPP. In some implementations, one or more OPP may be defined which correspond to one or more orthodontic metrics (OM). In some instances, a numerical value may be specified for such an OPP, for the purpose of controlling the output of a setups prediction model.
Teeth To Move: { AnteriorsOnly, AnteriorsAndBicuspids, FullArch}
Tooth Movement Restrictions: for each tooth, indicate if tooth is {DoNotMove, Missing, ToBeExtracted, Primary /Erupting, Clear}
Overbite: {ShowResultingOverbiteAfterAlignment, MaintainfnitialOverbite, CorrectOpenBite, CorrectDeepBite}
Oveijet: {ShowResultingOverjetAfterAlignment, MaintainfnitialOveijet, ImproveResultingOveijet} Anterior/Posterior (AP) Relationship
Maintain: {Right, Left, Both}
Improve canine relationship only: {Right, Left, Both}
Improve canine and/or molar relationship up to 4mm: {Right, Left, Both}
Correct to Class I (canine and molar): {Right, Left, Both}
Crossbite (if present)
Anterior: {DoNotCorrect, Correct, N/A}
Posterior: {DoNotCorrect, Correct, N/A}
Correction to Class I (canine and molar): {Right, Left, Both}
Correct with Posterior IPR: {yes, no}
Class II/III correction simulation (elastics required): {yes, no}
Sequential Distalization (elastic recommended): {yes, no}
Include cuts for elastics?: {yes, no}
Preferred cuts for elastics: {UseButtonCutoutsOnMolarsAndHooksOnCanines, UseButtonCutoutsOnly, UseHooksOnly}
Stage to start cuts for elastics: [integer] LevelingOfUpperAnteriors: {Laterals0.5mmShorterThanCentral, LevellncisalEdges, LevelGingivalMargins, Aslndicated}
Spacing: {Close AllSpaces, LeaveSpecificSpaces}
Preferred Midline Position: {SetTheUpperMidlineToIdeal, MatchTheUpperAndLowerToEachOther} Resolve Upper Crowding by Expand: {Primarily, AsNeeded, None} Resolve Upper Crowding by Procline: {Primarily, AsNeeded, None}
Resolve Upper Crowding by IPR - Anterior: {Primarily, AsNeeded, None} Resolve Upper Crowding by IPR - Posterior Right: {Primarily, AsNeeded, None} Resolve Upper Crowding by IPR - Posterior Left: {Primarily, AsNeeded, None} Resolve Lower Crowding by Expand: {Primarily, AsNeeded, None} Resolve Lower Crowding by Procline: {Primarily, AsNeeded, None} Resolve Lower Crowding by IPR - Anterior: {Primarily, AsNeeded, None} Resolve Lower Crowding by IPR - Posterior Right: {Primarily, AsNeeded, None} Resolve Lower Crowding by IPR - Posterior Left: {Primarily, AsNeeded, None} Finishing Arch Form: {Patient’ sNatural, Aslndicated}
[doctor can specify an archform - selected from a set of options or custom-designed]
[0045] Other orthodontic procedure parameters may be defined, such as those which may be used to place standardized brackets at prescribed occlusal heights on the teeth. In some implementations, one or more orthodontic procedure parameters may be defined to specify at least one of the 2nd and 3 rd order rotation angles to be applied to a tooth (i.e., angulation and torque, respectively), which may enable a target setup arrangement where crown landmarks lie within a threshold distance of a common occlusal plane, for example. In some implementations, one or more orthodontic procedure parameters may be defined to specify the position in global coordinates where at least one landmark (e.g., a centroid) of a tooth crown (or root) is to be placed in a setup arrangement of teeth. Generally, an oral care parameter may be defined which corresponds to an oral care metric. For example, an orthodontic procedure parameter may be defined which corresponds to an orthodontic metric (e.g., to specify at the input of a setups prediction model an amount of a certain metric which is desired to appear in a predicted setup).
[0046] Doctor preferences may differ from orthodontic procedure parameters in that doctor preferences pertain to an oral care provider and may comprise of the means, modes, medians, minimums, or maximums (or some other statistic) of past settings associated with an oral care provider’s treatment decisions on past orthodontic cases. Procedure parameters, on the other hand, may pertain to a specific patient, and describe the needs of a particular patient’s treatment. Doctor preferences may pertain to a doctor and the doctor’ s past treatment practices, whereas procedure parameters may pertain to the treatment of a particular patient. Doctor preferences (or “treatment preferences”) may specify one or more of the following (with some non-limiting possible values shown in { }) . Other possible values are found elsewhere in this disclosure.
[0047] Doctor preferences may specify one or more of the following (with other possible values found elsewhere in this disclosure). Deep Bite Cases (Amount of Bite Correction) - Final Overbite: [real value in millimeters, e.g., 0.5 mm] Option - Intrude Upper Anteriors: {yes, no} Option - Include lower canines in vertical overcorrection: {yes, no}
Midline Correction in Planned Final Setup: {MaintainlnitialMidline, ImproveMidlineWithlPR, Aslndicated}
Deep Bite Cases - Reverse Curve of Speed: {yes, no} Anterior Open Bite Cases - Final Overbite: [real value in millimeters, e.g., 2 mm] Is Arch Expansion a Priority for Your Cases?: {Yes, No}
If yes, specify acceptable expansion per quadrant in mm.
When expanding upper molars, apply buccal root torque: {yes, no}
Is IPR Acceptable of First Tx Design: {yes, no} Maximum IPR per contact:
Upper Anterior: [specify in mm] Lower Anterior: [specify in mm] Upper and Lower Anterior: [specify in mm] is Asymmetric iPR Acceptable?: {yes, no} Final Tooth Position (Overcorrection Strategy): {Ideal, Overcorrected} Root Movement: {MoveRootsAsNeededToAchieveTreatmentGoals, LimitPosteriorRootMovement, LimitAllRootMovement}
Final Occlusal Contacts: {AllContactsBalancedWhenPossible, NoOcclusalContactOnUpperlncisors, FinishWithHeavyPosteriorContacts, Other}
Is Asymmetric AP Shift Acceptable for Class Correction?: {yes, no, other} Treatment Duration: [count of stages]
Tooth Movement Protocol: {protocol A, protocol B, protocol C}
[0048] Existing techniques have attempted to move the teeth towards an archform V after a setup prediction has already been rendered by other method components, which introduces error to the resulting setup and diminishes performance in view of the purpose of the method components which made the setups prediction. The present disclosure provides several improvements over these existing techniques by enabling archform information to be introduced directly into the setups prediction neural network as an input to that neural network, with the technical improvement of providing setups predictions that more accurately meets the orthodontic treatment needs of the patient (thereby improving data precision). Archform information V may be provided as an input to any of the GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups and Diffusion Setups prediction neural networks. In some implementations, archform information V may be introduced directly to one or more internal neural network layers in one or more of those setups applications.
[0049] The additional procedure parameters may include text descriptions of the patient’s medical condition and of the intended treatment. Such text descriptions may be analyzed via natural language processing operations, including tokenization, stop word removal, stemming, n-gram formation, text data vectorization, bag of words analysis, term frequency inverse document frequency (TF-IDF) analysis, sentiment analysis, naive Bayes classification, and/or logistic regression classification. The outputs of such analysis techniques may be used as input to one or more of the neural networks of this disclosure with the advantage of customizing and improving the predicted outputs (e.g., the predicted setups or predicted mesh geometries).
[0050] These additional orthodontic parameters and doctor preferences may also be incorporated into the neural networks of this disclosure, with the data precision and efficiency -related advantages of improving the customization of those neural networks and enabling those neural networks to predict output examples which better match the treatment needs of the individual patient.
[0051] In some implementations, a dataset used for training one or more of the neural network models of this disclosure may be filtered conditionally on one or more of the orthodontic procedure parameters described in this section. In some instances, patient cases which exhibit outlier values for one or more of these procedure parameters may be omitted from a dataset (alternatively used to form a dataset) for training one or more of the neural networks of this disclosure.
[0052] One or more procedure parameters and/or doctor preferences may be provided to a neural network during training. In this manner the neural network may be conditioned on the one or more procedure parameters and/or doctor preferences. Examples of such neural networks include a conditional generative adversarial network (cGAN) and/or a conditional variational autoencoder (cVAE), either of which may be used for the various neural network-based applications of this disclosure.
[0053] In some instances, tooth shape-based inputs may be provided to a neural network for setups predictions. In other instances, non-shape-based inputs can be used, such as a tooth name or designation, as it pertains to dental notation. In some implementations, a vector R of flags may be provided to the neural network, where a ‘ 1 ’ value indicates that the tooth is present and a ‘0’ value indicates that the tooth is absent from the patient case (though other values are possible). The vector R may comprise a 1- hot vector, where each element in the vector corresponds to a tooth type, name or designation. Identifying information about a tooth (e.g., the tooth’s name) can be provided to the predictive neural networks of this disclosure, with the advantage of enabling the neural network to become trained to handle different teeth in tooth-specific ways. For example, the setups prediction model may learn to make setups transformations predictions for a specific tooth designation (e.g., upper right central incisor, or lower left cuspid, etc.). In the case of the mesh cleanup autoencoders (either for labelling mesh element or for in-filling missing mesh data), the autoencoder may be trained to provide specialized treatment to a tooth according to that tooth’s designation, in this manner. In the case of a setups classification neural network, a listing of tooth name(s) present in the patient’s arch may better enable the neural network to output an accurate determination of setup classification, because tooth designation is a valuable input to training such a neural network. Tooth designation/name may be defined, for example, according to the Universal Numbering System, Palmer System, or the FDI World Dental Federation notation (ISO 3950). [0054] In one example, where all except the (up to four) wisdom teeth are present in the case, a vector R may be defined as an optional input to the setups prediction neural networks of this disclosure, where there is a 0 in the vector element corresponding to each of the wisdom teeth, and a 1 in the elements corresponding to the following teeth: UR7, UR6, UR5, UR4, UR3, UR2, UR1, ULI, UL2, UL3, UL4, UL5, UL6, UL7, LL7, LL6, LL5, LL4, LL3, LL2, LL1, LR1, LR2, LR3, LR4, LR5, LR6, LR7 [0055] In some instances, the position of the tooth tip may be provided to a neural network for setups predictions. In other instances, one or more vectors S of the orthodontic metrics described elsewhere in this disclosure may be provided to a neural network for setups predictions. The advantage is an improved capacity for the network to become trained to understand the state of a maloccluded setup and therefore be able to predict a more accurate final setup or intermediate stage.
[0056] In some implementations, the neural networks may take as input one or more indications of interproximal reduction (IPR) U, which may indicate the amount of enamel that is to be removed from a tooth during the course orthodontic treatment (either mesially or distally). In some implementations, IPR information (e.g., quantity of IPR that is to be performed on one or more teeth, as measured in millimeters, or one or more binary flags to indicate whether or not IPR is to be performed on each tooth identified by flagging) may be concatenated with a latent vector A which is produced by a VAE or a latent capsule T autoencoder. The vector(s) and/or capsule(s) resulting from such a concatenation may be provided to one or more of the neural networks of the present disclosure, with the technical improvement or added advantage of enabling that predictive neural network to account for IPR. IPR is especially relevant to setups prediction methods, which may determine the positions and poses of teeth at the end of treatment or during one or more stages during treatment. It is important to account for the amount of enamel that is to be removed ahead of predicted tooth movements.
[0057] In some implementations, one or more procedure parameters K and/or doctor preferences vectors L may be introduced to a setups prediction model. In some implementations, one or more optional vectors or values of tooth position N (e.g., XYZ coordinates, in either tooth local or global coordinates), tooth orientation O (e.g., pose, such as in transformation matrices or quaternions, Euler angles or other forms described herein), dimensions of teeth P (e.g., length, width, height, circumference, diameter, diagonal measure, volume - any of which dimensions may be normalized in comparison to another tooth or teeth), distance between adjacent teeth Q. These “dimensions of teeth P” may in some instances be used to describe the intended dimensions of a tooth for dental restoration design generation. [0058] In some implementations, tooth dimensions P such as length, width, height, or circumference may be measured inside a plane, such as the plane that intersects the centroid of the tooth, or the plane that intersects a center point that is located midway between the centroid and either the incisal-most extent or the gingival-most extent of the tooth. The tooth dimension of height may be measured as the distance from gums to incisal edge. The tooth dimension of width may be measured as the distance from the mesial extent to the distal extent of the tooth. In some implementations, the circularity or roundness of the tooth cross-section may be measured and included in the vector P. Circularity or roundness may be defined as the ratio of the radii of inscribed and circumscribed circles. [0059] The distance Q between adjacent teeth can be implemented in different ways (and computed using different distance definitions, such as Euclidean or geodesic). In some implementations, a distance QI may be measured as an averaged distance between the mesh elements of two adjacent teeth. In some implementations, a distance Q2 may be measured as the distance between the centers or centroids of two adjacent teeth. In some implementations, a distance Q3 may be measured between the mesh elements of closest approach between two adjacent teeth. In some implementations, a distance Q4 may be measured between the cusp tips of two adjacent teeth. Teeth may, in some implementations, be considered adjacent within an arch. Teeth may, in some implementations, also be considered adjacent between opposing arches. In some implementations, any of QI, Q2, Q3 and Q4 may be divided by a term for the purpose of normalizing the resulting value of Q. In some implementations, the normalizing term may involve one or more of: the volume of a tooth, the count of mesh elements in a tooth, the surface area of a tooth, the cross-sectional area of a tooth (e.g., as projected into the XY plane), or some other term related to tooth size.
[0060] Other information about the patient’s dentition or treatment needs (or related parameters) may be concatenated with the other input vectors to one or more of MLP, GAN, generator, encoder structure, decoder structure, transformer, VAE, conditional VAE, regularized VAE, 3D U-Net, capsule autoencoder, diffusion model, and/or any of the neural networks models listed elsewhere in this disclosure.
[0061] The vector M may contain flags which apply to one or more teeth. In some implementations, M contains at least one flag for each tooth to indicate whether the tooth is pinned. In some implementations, M contains at least one flag for each tooth to indicate whether the tooth is fixed. In some implementations, M contains at least one flag for each tooth to indicate whether the tooth is pontic. Other and additional flags are possible for teeth, as are combinations of fixed, pinned and pontic flags. A flag that is set to a value that indicates that a tooth should be fixed is a signal to the network that the tooth should not move over the course of treatment. In some implementations, the neural network loss function may be designed to be penalized for any movement in the indicated teeth (and in some particular cases, may be heavily penalized). A flag to indicate that a tooth is pontic informs the network that the tooth gap is to be maintained, although that gap is allowed to move. In some cases, M may contain a flag indicating that a tooth is missing. In some implementations, the presence of one or more fixed teeth in an arch may aid in setups prediction, because the one or more fixed teeth may provide an anchor for the poses of the other teeth in the arch (i.e., may provide a fixed reference for the pose transformations of one or more of the other teeth in the arch). In some implementations, one or more teeth may be intentionally fixed, so as to provide an anchor against which the other teeth may be positioned. In some implementations, a 3D representation (such as a mesh) which corresponds to the gums may be introduced, to provide a reference point against which teeth can be moved.
[0062] Without the loss of generality, one or more of the optional input vectors K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, U and V described elsewhere in this disclosure may also be provided to the input or into an intermediate layer of one or more of the predictive models of this disclosure. In particular, these optional vectors may be provided to the MLP Setups, GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups and/or Diffusion Setups, with the advantage of enabling the respective model to generate setups which better meet the orthodontic treatment needs of the patient. In some implementations, such inputs may be introduced, for example, by being concatenated with one or more latent vectors A which are also provided to one or more of the predictive models of this disclosure. In some implementations, such inputs may be introduced, for example, by being concatenated with one or more latent capsules T which are also provided to one or more of the predictive models of this disclosure.
[0063] In some implementations, one or more of K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, U and V may be introduced to the neural network (e.g., MLP or Transformer) directly in a hidden layer of the network. In some instances, one or more of K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, U and V may be introduced directly into the internal processing of an encoder structure.
[0064] In some implementations, a setups prediction model (such as GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups, PT Setups, Similarity Setups and Diffusion Setups) may take as input one or more latent vectors A which correspond to one or more input oral care meshes (e.g., such as tooth meshes). In some implementations, a setups prediction model (such as GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups and Diffusion Setups) may take as input one or more latent capsules T which correspond to one or more input oral care meshes (e.g., such as tooth meshes). In some implementations, a setups prediction method may take as input both of A and T.
[0065] Some implementations of the setups prediction neural networks (e.g., GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups, Diffusion Setups, PT Setups, Similarity Setups, or FDG Setup, or other setups prediction network architectures) of this disclosure may take additional inputs to aid in setups prediction. Some of these inputs may reflect the geometrical attributes of one or more teeth or of a whole arch. In some implementations, an archform or arch curve may be provided to a setups prediction neural network, with the technical improvement of aiding that setups prediction neural network in finding a suitable set of final setups poses for the teeth in a patient case (with the technical improvements being directed to both resource footprint reduction by way of more efficient location capabilities and/or data precision in the form of locating a more pertinent final setup). The archform or arch curve may be encoded as a spline, a B-spline, NonUniform Rational B-Splines (NURBS), polynomial spline, non-polynomial spline, parabolic curve, hyperbolic curve or other parameterized curve. Such a curve may be computed as an average of multiple exemplars, such as exemplary final setups. Another non-limiting example of an archform is a Beta curve. In the case of the Setups VAE, the arch information may be provided to the encoder E2, as an additional input alongside E and D. In the case of the GDL Setups neural network, the arch information may be provided to the generator as an additional input to the mesh element lists and associated mesh element feature vectors. In some implementations, an archform may be described by one or more 3D representations, such as a 3D mesh, a set of 3D control points and/or as a 3D polyline. In some implementations, a Frenet frame may be overlaid onto an archform. The Frenet frame may locally describe the coordinate system corresponding to each point along the archform. Such a coordinate system may, in some implementations, be right-handed (or alternatively, in other implementations, left-handed). Such a coordinate system may, in some implementations, be determined, at least in part, by at least one of the tangent to the archform at the point and the archform’s curvature. In some implementations, a point may be described using an LDE coordinate frame relative to an archform, where L, D and E correspond to: 1) Length along the curve of the archform, 2) Distance away from the archform, and 3) Distance in the direction perpendicular to the L and D axes (which may be termed Eminence), respectively. Other geometrical inputs may also aid in the training of a setups prediction neural network.
[0066] Various loss calculation techniques are generally applicable to the techniques of this disclosure (e.g., GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups, Diffusion Setups, PT Setups, Similarity Setups, Setups Classification, Tooth Classification, VAE Mesh Element Labelling, MAE Mesh In-Filling and the imputation of procedure parameters).
[0067] These losses include LI loss, L2 loss, mean squared error (MSE) loss, cross entropy loss, among others. Losses may be computed and used in the training of neural networks, such as multi-layer perceptron’s (MLP), U-Net structures, generators and discriminators (e.g., for GANs), autoencoders, variational autoencoders, regularized autoencoders, masked autoencoders, transformer structures, or the like. Some implementations may use either triplet loss or contrastive loss, for example, in the learning of sequences.
[0068] Losses may also be used to train encoder structures and decoder structures. A KL- Divergence loss may be used, at least in part, to train one or more of the neural networks of the present disclosure, such as a mesh reconstruction autoencoder or the generator of GDL Setups, which the advantage of imparting Gaussian behavior to the optimization space. This Gaussian behavior may enable a reconstruction autoencoder to produce a better reconstruction (e.g., when a latent vector representation is modified and that modified latent vector is reconstructed using a decoder, the resulting reconstruction is more likely to be a valid instance of the inputted representation). There are other techniques for computing losses which may be described elsewhere in this disclosure. Such losses may be based on quantifying the difference between two or more 3D representations.
[0069] MSE loss calculation may involve the calculation of an average squared distance between two sets, vectors or datasets. MSE may be generally minimized. MSE may be applicable to a regression problem, where the prediction generated by the neural network or other machine learning model may be a real number. In some implementations, a neural network may be equipped with one or more linear activation units on the output to generate an MSE prediction. Mean absolute error (MAE) loss and mean absolute percentage error (MAPE) loss can also be used in accordance with the techniques of this disclosure.
[0070] Cross entropy may, in some implementations, be used to quantify the difference between two or more distributions. Cross entropy loss may, in some implementations, be used to train the neural networks of the present disclosure. Cross entropy loss may, in some implementations, involve comparing a predicted probability to a ground truth probability. Other names of cross entropy loss include “logarithmic loss,” “logistic loss,” and “log loss”. A small cross entropy loss may indicate a better (e.g., more accurate) model. Cross entropy loss may be logarithmic. Cross entropy loss may, in some implementations, be applied to binary classification problems. In some implementations, a neural network may be equipped with a sigmoid activation unit at the output to generate a probability prediction. In the case of multi-class classifications, cross entropy may also be used. In such a case, a neural network trained to make multi-class predictions may, in some implementations, be equipped with one or more softmax activation functions at the output (e.g., where there is one output node for class that is to be predicted). Other loss calculation techniques which may be applied in the training of the neural networks of this disclosure include one or more of: Huber loss, Hinge loss, Categorical hinge loss, cosine similarity, Poisson loss, Logcosh loss, or mean squared logarithmic error loss (MSLE). Other loss calculation methods are described herein and may be applied to the training of any of the neural networks described in the present disclosure.
[0071] One or more of the neural networks of the present disclosure may, in some implementations, be trained, at least in part by a loss which is based on at least one of: a Point-wise Mesh Euclidean Distance (PMD) and an Earth Mover’s Distance (EMD). Some implementations may incorporate a Hausdorff Distance (HD) calculation into the loss calculation. Computing the Hausdorff distance between two or more 3D representations (such as 3D meshes) may provide one or more technical improvements, in that the HD not only accounts for the distances between two meshes, but also accounts for the way that those meshes are oriented, and the relationship between the mesh shapes in those orientations (or positions or poses). Hausdorff distance may improve the comparison of two or more tooth meshes, such as two or more instances of a tooth mesh which are in different poses (e.g., such as the comparison of predicted setup to ground truth setup which may be performed in the course of computing a loss value for training a setups prediction neural network).
[0072] Reconstruction loss may compare a predicted output to a ground truth (or reference) output. Systems of this disclosure may compute reconstruction loss as a combination of LI loss and MSE loss, as shown in the following line of pseudocode: reconstruction loss = 0.5*Ll(all_points_target,all_points_predicted) + 0.5*MSE(all_points_target,all_points_predicted). In the above example, all_points_target is a 3D representation (e.g., a 3D mesh or point cloud) corresponding to ground tmth data (e.g., a ground truth tooth restoration design, or a ground truth example of some other 3D oral care representation). In the above example, all_points_predicted is a 3D representation (e.g., a 3D mesh or point cloud) corresponding to generated or predicted data (e.g., a generated tooth restoration design, or a generated example of some other kind of 3D oral care representation). Other implementations of reconstruction loss may additionally (or alternatively) involve L2 loss, mean absolute error (MAE) loss or Huber loss terms.
[0073] Reconstruction error may compare reconstructed output data (e.g., as generated by a reconstruction autoencoder, such as a tooth design which has been generated for use in generating a dental restoration appliance) to the original input data (e.g., the data which were provided to the input of the reconstruction autoencoder, such as a pre-restoration tooth). Systems of this disclosure may compute reconstruction error as a combination of LI loss and MSE loss, as shown in the following line of code: reconstruction error = 0.5*Ll(all_points_input, all_points_reconstructed) + 0.5*MSE(all_points_input, all_points_reconstructed). all points input is a 3D representation (e.g., a 3D mesh or point cloud) corresponding to input data (e.g., the pre-restoration tooth design which was provided to a reconstruction autoencoder, or another 3D oral care representation which is provided to the input of an ML model). all_points_reconstructed is a 3D representation (e.g., 3D mesh or point cloud) corresponding to reconstructed (or generated) data (e.g., a reconstructed tooth restoration design, or another example of a generated 3D oral care representation).
[0074] In other words, reconstruction loss is concerned with computing a difference between a predicted output and a reference output, whereas reconstruction error is concerned with computing a difference between a reconstructed output and an original input from which the reconstructed data are derived.
[0075] The entirety of the following paper is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety: "Attention Is All You Need"; Ashish Vaswani, Noam Shazeer, Niki Parmar, Niki Parmar, Llion Jones, Aidan N. Gomez, Lukasz Kaiser, Illia Polosukhin; NIPS 2017. The neural network-based models of this disclosure may provide additional advantages in implementations in which they are integrated with a neural network structure referred to as a “transformer.” FIG. 20 shows an example implementation of a transformer architecture.
[0076] Before recently developed models such as the transformer model, RNN-type models represented the state of the art for natural language processing (NLP). One example application of NLP is the generation of new text based upon prior words or text. Transformers have in turn provided significant improvements over GRU, LSTM and other such RNN-based NLP techniques due to an important attribute of the transformer model, which has the property of multi-headed attention. In some implementations, the NLP concept of multi-headed attention may describe the relationship between each word in a sentence (or paragraph or document or corpus of documents) and each other word in that sentence (or paragraph or document or corpus of documents). These relationships may be generated by a multiheaded attention module, and may be encoded in vector form. This vector may describe how each word in a sentence (or paragraph or document or corpus of documents) should attend to each other word in that sentence (or paragraph or document or corpus of documents). RNN, LSTM and GRU models process a sequence, such a sentence, one word at a time from the start to the end of the sequence. Furthermore, the model may only account for a given subset (called a window) of the sentence when making a prediction. However, transformer-based models may, in some instances, account for the entirety of the preceding text by processing the sequence in its entirety in a single step. Transformer, RNN, LSTM, and GRU models can all be adapted for use in predictive models in digital dentistry and digital orthodontics, particularly for the setup prediction task. In some implementations, an exemplary transformer model for use with 3D meshes and 3D transforms in setups prediction (or other oral care techniques) may be adapted from the Bidirectional Encoder Representation from Transformers (BERT) and/or Generative Pre-Training (GPT) models. For example, a GPT (or BERT) model may first be trained on other data, such as text or documents data, and then be used in transfer learning. Such a transfer learning process may receive a previously trained GPT or BERT model, and then do further training using data comprising 3D oral care representations. Such transfer learning may be performed to train oral care models such as: segmentation, mesh cleanup, coordinate system prediction, setups prediction, validation of 3D oral care representations, transform prediction for placement of oral care meshes (e.g., teeth, hardware, appliance components, fixture model components), tooth restoration design generation (or generation of other 3D oral care representations - such as appliance components, fixture models or archforms), classification of 3D oral care representations, imputation of missing oral care parameters, clustering of clinicians or clustering of clinician preferences, or the like.
[0077] Oral care data may comprise one or more of (or combinations of): 3D representations of tooth (e.g., meshes, point clouds or voxels), sections of tooth meshes (such as subsets of mesh elements), tooth transforms (such as in matrix, vector and/or quaternion form, or combinations thereof), transforms for appliance components, transforms for fixture model components, and mesh coordinate system definitions (such as represented by transforms, for example, transformation matrices) and/or other 3D oral care representations described herein.
[0078] Transformers may be trained for generating transforms to position teeth into setups poses (or to place appliance components for use in appliance generation or to place fixture model components for use in fixture model generation). Some implementations may operate in an offline prediction context, and some implementations operation in an online reinforcement learning (RL) setting. In some implementations, a transformer may be initially trained in an offline setting and then undergo further fine-tuning training in the online setting. In the offline prediction setting, the transformer may be trained from a dataset of cohort patient case data. In the online RL setting, the transformer may be trained from either a physics model, or a CAD model, for example. The transformer may learn from static data, such as transformations (e.g., trajectory transformer). In some implementations, the transform may provide a mapping from malocclusion to setup (e.g., receiving transformation matrices as input and generating transformation matrices as ouput). Some implementations of transformers may be trained to process 3D representations, such as 3D meshes, 3D point clouds or voxels (e.g., using a decision transformer) takes as input geometry (e.g., mesh, point cloud, voxels etc.), outputs transformations. The decision transformer may be coupled with a representation generation module that encodes representation of the patient’s dentition (e.g., teeth), such as a VAE, a U-Net, an encoder, a transformer encoder, a pyramid encoder-decoder or a simple dense or fully connected network, or a combination thereof. In some implementations, the representation generation module (e.g., VAE, the U-Net, the encoder, the pyramid encoder-decoder or the dense network for generating the tooth representation) may be trained to generate the representation on one or more teeth. The representation generation module may be trained on all teeth in both arches, only the teeth within the same arch (either upper or lower), only anterior teeth, only posterior teeth, or some other subset of teeth. In some implementations, such a model may be trained on each individual tooth (e.g., an upper right cuspid), so that the model is trained or otherwise configured togenerate highly accurate representations for an individual tooth. In some implementations, an encoder structure may encode such a representation. In some implementations, a decision transformer may learn in an online context, in an offline context or both. An online decision transformer may be trained (e.g., using RL techniques) to output action, state, and/or reward. In some implementations, transformations may be discretized, to allow for piecewise or stepwise actions.
[0079] In some implementations, a transformer may be trained to process an embedding of the arch (i.e., to predict transforms for multiple teeth concurrently), to predict a setup. In some implementations, embeddings of individual teeth may be concatenated into a sequence, and then input into the transformer. A VAE may be trained to perform this embedding operation, a U-Net may be trained to perform such an embedding, or a simple dense or fully connected network may be trained, or a combination thereof. In some implementations, the transformer-based techniques of this disclosure may predict an action for an individual tooth, or may predict actions for multiple teeth (e.g., predict transformations for each of multiple teeth).
[0080] A 3D mesh transformer may include a transformer encoder structure (which may encode oral care data), and may be followed by a transformer decoder structure. The 3D mesh transformer encoder may encode oral care data into a latent representation, which may be combined with attention information (e.g., to concatenate a vector of attention information to the latent representation). In some implementations, the attention information may help the decoder focus on the relevant oral care data during the decoding process (e.g., to focus on tooth order or mesh element connectivity), so that the transformer decoder can generate a useful output for the 3D mesh transformer (e.g., an output which may be used in the generation of an oral care appliance). Either or both of the transformer encoder or transformer decoder may generate a latent representation. The output of the transformer decoder (or transformer encoder) may be reconstructed using a decoder into, for example, one or more tooth transforms for a setup, one or more mesh element labels for segmentation, coordinate systems transforms for use in coordinate system generation, or one or more points of a point cloud or voxels or other mesh elements for another 3D representation). A transformer may include modules such as one or more of: multi-headed attention modules, feed forward modules, normalization modules, linear modules, and softmax modules, and convolution models for latent vector compression, and/or representation.
[0081] The encoder may be stacked one or more times, thereby further encoding the oral care data, and enabling different representations of the oral care data to be learned (e.g., different latent representations). These representations may be embedded with attention information (which may influence the decoder’s focus to the relevant portions of the latent representation of the oral care data) and may be fed into the decoder in continuous form (e.g., as a concatenation of latent representations - such as latent vectors). In some implementations, the encoded output of the encoder (e.g., latent representations) may be used by downstream processing steps in the generation of oral care appliances. For example, the generated latent representation may be reconstructed into transforms (e.g., for the placement of teeth in setups, or the placement of appliance components or fixture model components), or may be reconstructed into 3D representations (e.g., 3D point clouds, 3D meshes or others disclosed herein). Stated another way, the latent representation which is generated by the transformer (e.g., containing continuously encoded attention information) may be provided to a decoder which has been configured to reconstruct the latent representation into the specific data structure which is required by a particular domain area. Continuously encoded attention information may include attention information which has undergone processing by multiple multi-headed attention modules within the transformer encoder or transformer decoder, to name one example. Furthermore, a loss may be computed for a particular domain using data from that domain. The loss calculation may train the transformer decoder to accurately reconstruct the latent representation into the output data structure pertaining to a particular domain.
[0082] For example, when the decoder generates a transform for an orthodontic setup, the decoder may be configured with outputs that describe, for example, the 16 real values which comprise a 4x4 transformation matrix (other data structures for describing transforms are possible). Stated a different way, the latent output generated by the transformer encoder (or transformer decoder) may be used to predict setups tooth transforms for one or more teeth, to place those teeth in setup positions (e.g., either final setups or intermediate stages). Such a transformer encoder (or transformer decoder) may be trained, at least in part using a reconstruction loss (or a representation loss, among others described herein) function, which may compare predicted transforms to ground truth (or reference) transforms.
[0083] In a further example, when the decoder generates a transform for a tooth coordinate system, the decoder may be configmed with outputs that describe, for example, the 16 real values which comprise a 4x4 transformation matrix (other data structures for describing transforms are possible). Stated a different way, the latent output generated by the transformer encoder (or transformer decoder) may be used to predict local coordinate systems for one or more teeth. Such a transformer encoder (or transformer decoder) may be trained, at least in part using a representation loss (or a reconstruction loss, among others described herein) function, which may compare predicted coordinate systems to ground truth (or reference) coordinate systems.
[0084] In a further example, when the decoder generates a 3D point cloud (or other 3D representation - such as 3D mesh, voxelized representation, or the like), the decoder may be configured with outputs that describe, for example, one or more 3D points (e.g., comprising XYZ coordinates). Stated a different way, the latent output generated by the transformer encoder (or transformer decoder) may be used to predict mesh elements for a generated (or modified) 3D representation. Such a transformer encoder (or transformer decoder) may be trained, at least in part using a reconstruction loss (or an LI, L2 or MSE loss, among others described herein) function, which may compare predicted 3D representations to ground truth (or reference) 3D representations.
[0085] In a further example, when the decoder generates mesh element labels for 3D representation segmentation or 3D representation cleanup, the decoder may be configured with outputs that describe, for example, labels for one or more mesh elements. Stated a different way, the latent output generated by the transformer encoder (or transformer decoder) may be used to predict mesh element labels for mesh segmentation or mesh cleanup. Such a transformer encoder (or transformer decoder) may be trained, at least in part using a cross entropy loss (or others described herein) function, which may compare predicted mesh element labels to ground truth (or reference) mesh element labels. [0086] Multi-headed attention and transformers may be advantageously applied to the setups- generation problem. Multi-headed attention is a module in a 3D transformer encoder network which computes the attention weights for the provided oral care data and produces an output vector with encoded information on how each example of oral care data should attend to each other oral care data in an arch. An attention weight is a quantification of the relationship between pairs of oral care data.
[0087] A 3D representation of oral care data (e.g., comprising voxels, a point cloud, or a 3D mesh composed of vertices, faces or edges) may be provided to the transformer. The 3D representation may describe the patient's dentition, a fixture model (or components of a fixture model), an appliance (or components of an appliance), or the like. In some implementations, a transformer decoder (or a transformer encoder) may be equipped with multi-head attention. Multi -headed attention may enable the transformer decoder (or transformer encoder) to attend to different portions of the 3D representation of oral care data. For example, multi-headed attention may enable the transformer to attend to mesh elements within local neighborhoods (or cliques), or to attend to global dependencies between mesh elements (or cliques). For example, multi-headed attention may enable a transformer for setups prediction (e.g., a setups prediction model which is based on a transformer) to generate a transform for a tooth, and to substantially concurrently attend to each of the other teeth in the arch while that transform is generated. Stated another way, the transform for each tooth may be generated in light of the poses of one or more other teeth in the arch, leading to a more accurate transform (e.g., a transform which conforms more closely to the ground truth or reference transform). In the example of 3D representation generation (e.g., the generation of a 3D point cloud), a transformer model may be trained to generate a tooth restoration design. Multi-headed attention may enable the transformer to attend to multiple portions of the tooth (or to the surfaces of the adjacent teeth) while the tooth undergoes the generative process. For example, the transformer for restoration design generation may generate the mesh elements for the incisal edge of an incisor while, at least substantially concurrently, attending to the mesh elements of the mesial, distal, facial or lingual surfaces of the incisor. The result may be the generation of mesh elements to form an incisal edge for the tooth which merges seamlessly with the adjacent surfaces of the tooth. This use of multi-headed attentions results in more accurate modeling of the distribution of the training dataset, over techniques which do not apply multi-headed attention.
[0088] In some implementations of the present disclosure, one or more attention vectors may be generated which describe how aspects of the oral care data interacts with other aspects of the oral care data associated with the arch. In some implementations, the one or more attention vectors may be generated to describe how one or more portions of a tooth T1 interact with one or more portions of a tooth T2, a tooth T3, a tooth T4, and so one. A portion of a mesh may be described as a set of mesh elements, as defined herein. In some implementations, the interacting portions of tooth T1 and tooth T2 may be determined, in part, through the calculation of mesh correspondences, as described herein. Any of these models (RNN, GRU, LSTM and Transformer) may be advantageously applied to the task of setups transform prediction, such as in the models described herein. A transformer may be particularly advantageous in that a transformer may enable the transforms for multiple teeth, or even an entire arch to be generated at once, rather than individually, as may be the case with some other models, such as an encoder structure. In other implementations, attention-free transformers may be used to make predictions based on oral care data.
[0089] One implementation of the GDL Setups neural network model may include a representation generation module (e.g., containing a U-Net structure, an autoencoder encoder, a transformer encoder, another type of encoder-decoder structure, or an encoder, etc.) which may provide its output to a module which is trained to generate tooth transformers (e.g., a set of fully connected layers with optional skip connections, or an encoder structure) to generate the prediction of a transform for each individual tooth. Skip connections may, in some implementations, connect the outputs of a particular layer in a neural network to the inputs of another later in the neural network (e.g., a layer which is not immediately adjacent to the originating layer). The transform-generation module (e.g., an encoder) may handle the transform prediction one tooth at a time. Other implementations may replace this encoder structure with a transformer (e.g., transformer encoder or transformer decoder), which may handle all the predictions for all teeth substantially concurrently. Stated another way, a transformer may be configured to receive a large number of input values, larger than some other neural network models (e.g., than a typical MLP). This is because an increased number of inputs may be accommodated by the transformer, the predictions corresponding to those inputs may be generated substantially concurrently. The representation generation module (e.g., U-Net structure) may provide its output to the transformer, and the transformer may generate the setups transforms for all of the several teeth at once, with the technical advantage of improved accuracy (because the transforms for each tooth is generated in light of the transform for each of the adjacent or nearby teeth - leading to fewer collisions and better conformance with the goals of treatment). A transformer may be trained to output a transformation, such as a transform encoded by a 4x4 matrix (or some other size), a quaternion, a translation vector, Euler angles or some other form. The transformation may place a tooth into a setups pose, may place a fixture model component into a pose suitable for fixture model generation, or may place an appliance component into a pose suitable for appliance generation (e.g., dental restoration appliance, clear tray aligner, etc.). In some implementations, the transform may define a coordinate system for aspects of the patient’s dentition, such as a tooth mesh (e.g., a local coordinate system for a tooth). In some implementations, the inputs to the transformer may first be encoded using a neural network (e.g., a latent representation or embedding may be generated), such as one or more linear layers, and/or one or more convolutional layers. In some implementations, the transformer may first be trained on an offline dataset, and subsequently be trained using a secondary actor-critic network, which may enable online reinforcement learning.
[0090] Transformers may, in some implementations, enable large model capacity and/or enable an attention mechanism (e.g., the capability to pay attention and respond to certain inputs). The attention mechanisms (e.g., multi-headed attention) that are found within transformers may enable intra-sequence relationships to be encoded into neural network features. Intra-sequence relationships may be encoded, for example, by associating an order number (e.g., 1, 2, 3, etc.) with each tooth in an arch, or by associating an order number with each mesh element in a 3D representation (e.g., of a tooth). In implementations where latent vectors of teeth are provided to the transformer, intra-sequence relationships may be encoded, for example, by associating an order number (e.g., 1, 2, 3, etc.) with each element in the latent vector.
[0091] Transformers may be scaled by increasing the number of attention heads and/or by increasing the number of transformer layers. Stated differently, one or more aspects of a transformer may be independently trained to handle discrete tasks, and later combined to allow the resulting transformer to perform all of the tasks for which the individual components had been trained, without degrading the predictive accuracy of the neural network. Scaling a convolutional network may be more difficult, because the models may be less malleable or may be less interchangeable.
[0092] Convolution has an ability to be rotation and translation invariant, which leads to improved generalization, because a convolution model may not need to account for the manner in which the input data in rotated or translated. Transformers have an ability to be permutation invariant, since intra- sequence relationships may be encoded into neural network features.
[0093] In some implementations for the generation or modification of 3D oral care representations, transformers may be combined with convolution-based neural networks, such as by vertically stacking convolution layers and attention layers. Stacking transformer blocks with convolutional blocks enables the resulting structure to have the translation invariance of convolution, and also the permutation invariance of a transformer. Such stacking may improve model capacity and/or model generalization. CoAtNet is an example of a network architecture which combines convolutional and attention-based elements and may be applied to the processing of oral care data. In some instances, a network for the modification or generation of 3D oral care representations may be trained, at least in part, from CoAtNet (or another model that combines convolution and self-attention/transformers) using transfer learning. [0094] The techniques of this disclosure may include operations such as 3D convolution, 3D pooling, 3D unconvolution and 3D unpooling. 3D convolution may aid segmentation processing, for example in down sampling a 3D mesh. 3D un-convolution undoes 3D convolution, for example, in a U- Net. 3D pooling may aid the segmentation processing, for example in summarized neural network feature maps. 3D un-pooling undoes 3D pooling, for example in a U-Net. These operations may be implemented by way of one or more layers in the predictive or generative neural networks described herein. These operations may be applied directly on mesh elements, such as mesh edges or mesh faces. These operations provide for technical improvements over other approaches because the operations are invariant to mesh rotation, scale, and translation changes. In general, these operations depend on edge (or face) connectivity, therefore these operations remain invariant to mesh changes in 3D space as long as edge (or face) connectivity is preserved. That is, the operations may be applied to an oral care mesh and produce the same output regardless of the orientation, position or scale of that oral care mesh, which may lead to data precision improvement. MeshCNN is a general-purpose deep neural network library for 3D triangular meshes, which can be used for tasks such as 3D shape classification or mesh element labelling (e.g., for segmentation or mesh cleanup). MeshCNN implements these operations on mesh edges. Other toolkits and implementations may operate on edges or faces. [0095] In some implementations of the techniques of this disclosure, neural networks may be trained to operate on 2D representations (such as images). In some implementations of the techniques of this disclosure, neural networks may be trained to operate on 3D representations (such as meshes or point clouds). An intraoral scanner may capture 2D images of the patient's dentition from various views. An intraoral scanner may also (or alternatively) capture 3D mesh or 3D point cloud data which describes the patient's dentition. According to various techniques, autoencoders (or other neural networks described herein) may be trained to operate on either or both of 2D representations and 3D representations.
[0096] A 2D autoencoder (comprising a 2D encoder and a 2D decoder) may be trained on 2D image data to encode an input 2D image into a latent form (such as a latent vector or a latent capsule) using the 2D encoder, and then reconstruct a facsimile of the input 2D image using the 2D decoder. In the case of a handheld mobile app which has been developed for such analysis (e.g., for the analysis of dental anatomy), 2D images may be readily captured using one or more of the onboard cameras. In other examples, 2D images may be captured using an intraoral scanner which is configmed for such a function. Among the operations which may be used in the implementation a 2D autoencoder (or other 2D neural network) for 2D image analysis are 2D convolution, 2D pooling and 2D reconstruction error calculation. [0097] 2D image convolution may involve the "sliding" of a kernel across a 2D image and the calculation of elementwise multiplications and the summing of those elementwise multiplications into an output pixel. The output pixel that results from each new position of the kernel is saved into an output 2D feature matrix. In some implementations, neighboring elements (e.g., pixels) may be in well-defined locations (e.g., above, below, left and right) in a rectilinear grid.
2D pooling:
[0098] A 2D pooling layer may be used to down sample a feature map and summarize the presence of certain features in that feature map.
[0099] 2D reconstruction error may be computed between the pixels of the input and reconstmcted images. The mapping between pixels may be well understood (e.g., the upper pixel [23, 134] of the input image is directly compared to pixel [23,134] of the reconstructed image, assuming both images have the same dimensions).
[00100] Among the advantages provided by the 2D autoencoder-based techniques of this disclosure is the ease of capturing 2D image data with a handheld device. In some instances, where outside data sources provide the data for analysis, there may be instances where only 2D image data are available. When only 2D image data are available, then analysis using a 2D autoencoder is warranted.
[00101] Modem mobile devices (such as commercially available smartphones) may also have the capability of generating 3D data (e.g., using multiple cameras and stereophotogrammetry, or one camera which is moved around the subject to capture multiple images from different views, or both), which in some implementations, may be arranged into 3D representations such as 3D meshes, 3D point clouds and/or 3D voxelized representations. The analysis of a 3D representation of the subject may in some instances provide technical improvements over 2D analysis of the same subject. For example, a 3D representation may describe the geometry and/or structure of the subject with less ambiguity than a 2D representation (which may contain shadows and other artifacts which complicate the depiction of depth from the subject and texture of the subject). In some implementations, 3D processing may enable technical improvements because of the inverse optics problem which may, in some instances, affect 2D representations. The inverse optics problem refers to the phenomenon where, in some instances, the size of a subject, the orientation of the subject and the distance between the subject and the imaging device may be conflated in a 2D image of that subject. Any given projection of the subject on the imaging sensor could map to an infinite count of {size, orientation, distance} pairings. 3D representations enable the technical improvement in that 3D representations remove the ambiguities introduced by the inverse optics problem.
[00102] A device that is configmed with the dedicated purpose of 3D scanning, such as a 3D intraoral scanner (or a CT scanner or MRI scanner), may generate 3D representations of the subject (e.g., the patient's dentition) which have significantly higher fidelity and precision than is possible with a handheld device. When such high-fidelity 3D data are available (e.g., in the application of oral care mesh classification or other 3D techniques described herein), the use of a 3D autoencoder is offers technical improvements (such as increased data precision), to extract the best possible signal out of those 3D data (i.e., to get the signal out of the 3D crown meshes used in tooth classification or setups classification). [00103] A 3D autoencoder (comprising a 3D encoder and a 3D decoder) may be trained on 3D data representations to encode an input 3D representation into a latent form (such as a latent vector or a latent capsule) using the 3D encoder, and then reconstruct a facsimile of the input 3D representation using the 3D decoder. Among the operations which may be used to implement a 3D autoencoder for the analysis of a 3D representation (e.g., 3D mesh or 3D point cloud) are 3D convolution, 3D pooling and 3D reconstruction error calculation.
[00104] For each mesh element, a 3D convolution may be performed to aggregate local features from nearby mesh elements. Processing may be performed above and beyond the techniques for 2D convolution, to account for the differing count and locations of neighboring mesh elements (relative to a particular mesh element). A particular 3D mesh element may have a variable count of neighbors and those neighbors may not be found in expected locations (as opposed to a pixel in 2D convolution which may have a fixed count of neighboring pixels which may be found in known or expected locations). In some instances, the order of neighboring mesh elements may be relevant to 3D convolution.
[00105] A 3D pooling operation may enable the combining of features from a 3D mesh (or other 3D representation) at multiple scales. 3D pooling may iteratively reduce a 3D mesh into mesh elements which are most highly relevant to a given application (e.g., for which a neural network has been trained). Similarly to 3D convolution, 3D pooling may benefit from special processing beyond that entailed in 2D convolution, to account for the differing count and locations of neighboring mesh elements (relative to a particular mesh element). In some instances, the order of neighboring mesh elements may be less relevant to 3D pooling than to 3D convolution.
[00106] 3D reconstruction error may be computed using one or more of the techniques described herein, such as computing Euclidean distances between corresponding mesh elements, between the two meshes. Other techniques are possible in accordance with aspects of this disclosure. 3D reconstruction error may generally be computed on 3D mesh elements, rather than the 2D pixels of 2D reconstruction error. 3D reconstruction error may enable technical improvements over 2D reconstruction error because a 3D representation may, in some instances, have less ambiguity than a 2D representation (i.e., have less ambiguity in form, shape and/or structure). Additional processing may, in some implementations, be entailed for 3D reconstruction which is above and beyond that of 2D reconstruction, because of the complexity of mapping between the input and reconstructed mesh elements (i.e., the input and reconstructed meshes may have different mesh element counts, and there may be a less clear mapping between mesh elements than there is for the mapping between pixels in 2D reconstruction). The technical improvements of 3D reconstruction error calculation include data precision improvement. [00107] A 3D representation may be produced using a 3D scanner, such as an intraoral scanner, a computerized tomography (CT) scanner, ultrasound scanner, a magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) machine or a mobile device which is enabled to perform stereophotogrammetry. A 3D representation may describe the shape and/or structure of a subject. A 3D representation may include one or more 3D mesh, 3D point cloud, and/or a 3D voxelized representation, among others. A 3D mesh includes edges, vertices, or faces. Though interrelated in some instances, these three types of data are distinct. The vertices are the points in 3D space that define the boundaries of the mesh. These points would alternatively be described as a point cloud but for the additional information about how the points are connected to each other, as described by the edges. An edge is described by two points and can also be referred to as a line segment. A face is described by a number of edges and vertices. For instance, in the case of a triangle mesh, a face comprises three vertices, where the vertices are interconnected to form three contiguous edges. Some meshes may contain degenerate elements, such as non-manifold mesh elements, which may be removed, to the benefit of later processing. Other mesh pre-processing operations are possible in accordance with aspects of this disclosure. 3D meshes are commonly formed using triangles, but may in other implementations be formed using quadrilaterals, pentagons, or some other n-sided polygon. In some implementations, a 3D mesh may be encodeed to one or more voxelized geometries (i.e., comprising voxels), such as in the case that sparse processing is performed. The techniques of this disclosure which operate on 3D meshes may receive as input one or more tooth meshes (e.g., arranged in one or more dental arches). Each of these meshes may undergo pre-processing before being input to the predictive architecture (e.g., including at least one of an encoder, decoder, pyramid encoder-decoder and U-Net). This pre-processing may include the conversion of the mesh into lists of mesh elements, such as vertices, edges, faces or in the case of sparse processing - voxels. For the chosen mesh element type or types, (e.g., vertices), feature vectors may be generated. In some examples, one feature vector is generated per vertex of the mesh. Each feature vector may contain a combination of spatial and/or structural features, as specified in the following table:
Structural Features
Figure imgf000040_0001
Figure imgf000040_0002
Figure imgf000041_0001
Table 1
[00108] Table 1 discloses non-limiting examples of mesh element features. In some implementations, color (or other visual cues/identifiers) may be considered as a mesh element feature in addition to the spatial or structural mesh element features described in Table 1. As used herein (e.g., in Table 1), a point differs from a vertex in that a point is part of a 3D point cloud, whereas a vertex is part of a 3D mesh and may have incident faces or edges. A dihedral angle (which may be expressed in either radians or degrees) may be computed as the angle (e.g., a signed angle) between two connected faces (e.g., two faces which are connected along an edge). A sign on a dihedral angle may reveal information about the convexity or concavity of a mesh surface. For example, a positively signed angle may, in some implementations, indicate a convex surface. Furthermore, a negatively signed angle may, in some implementations, indicate a concave surface. To calculate the principal curvature of a mesh vertex, directional curvatures may first be calculated to each adjacent vertex around the vertex. These directional curvatures may be sorted in circular order (e.g., 0, 49, 127, 210, 305 degrees) in proximity to the vertex normal vector and may comprise a subsampled version of the complete curvature tensor. Circular order means: sorted in by angle around an axis. The sorted directional curvatures may contribute to a linear system of equations amenable to a closed form solution which may estimate the two principal curvatures and directions, which may characterize the complete curvature tensor. Consistent with Table 1, a voxel may also have features which are computed as the aggregates of the other mesh elements (e.g., vertices, edges and faces) which either intersect the voxel or, in some implementations, are predominantly or fully contained within the voxel. Rotating the mesh may not change structural features but may change spatial features. And, as described elsewhere in this disclosure, the term “mesh” should be considered in a nonlimiting sense to be inclusive of 3D mesh, 3D point cloud and 3D voxelized representation. In some implementations, apart from mesh element features, there are alternative methods of describing the geometry of a mesh, such as 3D keypoints and 3D descriptors. Examples of such 3D keypoints and 3D descriptors are found in “TONIONI A, et al. in ‘Learning to detect good 3D keypoints.’, Int J Comput. Vis. 2018 Vol .126, pages 1-20.”. 3D keypoints and 3D descriptors may, in some implementations, describe extrema (either minima or maxima) of the surface of a 3D representation. In some implementations, one or more mesh element features may be computed, at least in part, via deep feature synthesis (DFS), e.g. as described in: J. M. Kanter and K. Veeramachaneni, "Deep feature synthesis: Towards automating data science endeavors," 2015 IEEE International Conference on Data Science and Advanced Analytics (DSAA), 2015, pp. 1-10, doi: 10.1109/DSAA.2015.7344858.
[00109] Representation generation neural networks based on autoencoders, U-Nets, transformers, other types of encoder-decoder structures, convolution and/or pooling layers, or other models may benefit from the use of mesh element features. Mesh element features may convey aspects of a 3D representation’s surface shape and/or structure to the neural network models of this disclosure. Each mesh element feature describes distinct information about the 3D representation that may not be redundantly present in other input data that are provided to the neural network. For example, a vertex curvature may quantify aspects of the concavity or convexity of the surface of a 3D representation which would not otherwise be understood by the network. Stated differently, mesh element features may provide a processed version of the structure and/or shape of the 3D representation; data that would not otherwise be available to the neural network. This processed information is often more accessible, or more amenable for encoding by the neural network. A system implementing the techniques disclosed herein has been utilized to mn a number of experiments on 3D representations of teeth. For example, mesh element features have been provided to a representation generation neural network which is based on a U-Net model, and also to a representation generation model based on a variational autoencoder with continuous normalizing flows. Based on experiments, it was found that systems using a full complement of mesh element features (e.g., “XYZ” coordinates tuple, “Normal vector”, “Vertex Curvature”, Points- Pivoted, and Normals-Pivoted) were at least 3% more accurate than systems that did not. Points-Pivoted describes “XYZ” coordinates tuples that have local coordinate systems (e.g., at the centroid of the respective tooth). Normals-Pivoted describes “Normal Vectors” which have local coordinate systems (e.g., at the centroid of the respective tooth). Furthermore, training converges more quickly when the full complement of mesh element features are used. Stated another way, the machine learning models trained using the full complement of mesh element features tended to be more accurate more quickly (at earlier epochs) than systems which did not. For an existing system observed to have a historical accuracy rate of 91%, an improvement in accuracy of 3% reduces the actual error rate by more than 30%.
[00110] Predictive models which may operate on feature vectors of the aforementioned features include but are not limited to: GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups, Diffusion Setups, PT Setups, Similarity Setups, Tooth Classification, Setups Classification, Setups Comparison, VAE Mesh Element Labeling, MAE Mesh In-filling, Mesh Reconstruction Autoencoder, Validation Using Autoencoders, Mesh Segmentation, Coordinate System Prediction, Mesh Cleanup, Restoration Design Generation, Appliance Component Generation and/or Placement, and Archform Prediction. Such feature vectors may be presented to the input of a predictive model. In some implementations, such feature vectors may be presented to one or more internal layers of a neural network which is part of one or more of those predictive models.
[00111] As described herein, tooth movements specify one or more tooth transformations that can be encoded in various ways to specify tooth positions and orientations within the setup and are applied to 3D representations of teeth. For instance, according to particular implementations, the tooth positions can be cartesian coordinates of a tooth's canonical origin location which is defined in some semantic context. Tooth orientations can be represented as rotation matrices, unit quaternions, or other 3D rotation representations such as Euler angles with respect to a frame of reference (either global or local). Dimensions are real valued 3D spatial extents and gaps can be binary presence indicators or real valued gap sizes between teeth especially in instances when certain teeth are missing. In some implementations, tooth rotations may be described by 3x3 matrices (or by matrices of other dimensions). Tooth position and rotation information may, in some implementations, be combined into the same transform matrix, for example, as a 4x4 matrix, which may reflect homogenous coordinates, in some instances, affine spatial transformation matrices may be used to describe tooth transformations, for example, the transformations which describe the maloccluded pose of a tooth, an intermediate pose of a tooth and/or a final setup pose of a tooth. Some implementations may use relative coordinates, where setup transformations are predicted relative to malocclusion coordinate systems (e.g., a malocclusion-to-setup transformation is predicted instead of a setup coordinate system directly). Other implementations may use absolute coordinates, where setup coordinate systems are predicted directly for each tooth. In the relative mode, transforms can be computed with respect to the centroid of each tooth mesh (vs the global origin), which is termed “relative local.” Some of the advantages of using relative local coordinates include eliminating the need for malocclusion coordinate systems (landmarking data) which may not be available for all patient case datasets. Some of the advantages of using absolute coordinates include simplifying the data preprocessing as mesh data are originally represented as relative to the global origin. These details about tooth position encoding and tooth orientation encoding may, in some implementations, also apply one or more of the neural networks models of the present disclosure, including but not limited to: GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups, Diffusion Setups, PT Setups, Similarity Setups, FDG Setups, Setups Classification, Setups Comparison, VAE Mesh Element Labeling, MAE Mesh Infilling, Mesh Reconstruction VAE, and Validation Using Autoencoders.
[00112] According to particular implementations, convolution layers in the various 3D neural networks described herein may use edge data to perform mesh convolution. The use of edge information guarantees that the model is not sensitive to different input orders of 3D elements. In addition to or separate from using edge data, the convolution layers may use vertex data to perform mesh convolution. The use of vertex information is advantageous in that there are typically fewer vertices than edges or faces, so vertex-oriented processing may lead to a lower processing overhead and lower computational cost. In addition to or separate from using edge data or vertex data, the convolution layers may use face data to perform mesh convolution. Furthermore, in addition to or separate from using edge data, vertex data, or face data, the convolution layers may use voxel data to perform mesh convolution. The use of voxel information is advantageous in that, depending on the granularity chosen, there may be significantly fewer voxels to process compared to the vertices, edges or faces in the mesh. Sparse processing (with voxels) may lead to a lower processing overhead and lower computational cost (especially in terms of computer memory or RAM usage).
[00113] Representation generation neural networks based on autoencoders, U-Nets, transformers, other types of encoder-decoder structures, convolution and/or pooling layers, or other models may benefit from the use of oral care arguments (e.g., oral care metrics or oral care parameters). For example, oral care metrics (e.g., orthodontic metrics or restoration design metrics) may convey aspects of the shape and/or structure of the patient’s dentition (e.g., the shape and/or structure of an individual tooth, or the special relationships between two or more teeth) to the neural network models of this disclosure. Each oral care metric describes distinct information about the patient’s dentition that may not be redundantly present in other input data that are provided to the neural network. For example, an “Overbite” metric may quantify the overlap between the upper and lower central incisors along the vertical Z-axis, information which may not otherwise, in some implementations, be readily ascertainable by a traditional neural network. Stated another way, the oral care metrics provide refined information about the patient’s dentition that a traditional neural network (e.g., a representation generation neural network) may not be adequately trained or configured to extract. However, a neural network which is specifically trained to generate oral care metrics may overcome such a shortcoming, because, for example loss may be computed in such a way as to facilitate accurate oral care metrics prediction. Mesh oral care metrics may provide a processed version of the structure and/or shape of the patient’s dentition, data which may not otherwise be available to the neural network. This processed information is often more accessible, or more amenable for encoding by the neural network. A system implementing the techniques disclosed herein has been utilized to mn a number of experiments on 3D representations of teeth. For example, oral care metrics have been provided to a representation generation neural network which is based on a U-Net model. Based on experiments, it was found that systems using oral care metrics (e.g., “Overbite”, “Oveget” and “Canine Class Relationship” metrics) were at least 2.5% more accurate than systems that did not. Furthermore, training converges more quickly when the oral care metrics are used. Stated another way, the machine learning models trained using oral care metrics tended to be more accurate more quickly (at earlier epochs) than systems which did not. For an existing system observed to have a historical accuracy rate of 91%, an improvement in accuracy of 2.5% reduces the actual error rate by almost 30%.
[00114] PCT Application with Publication No. W02020026117A1 is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. W02020026117A1 lists some examples of Orthodontic Metrics (OM). Further examples are disclosed herein. The orthodontic metrics may be used to quantify the physical arrangement of an arch of teeth for the purpose of orthodontic treatment (as opposed to restoration design metrics - which pertain to dentistry and describe the shape and/or form of one or more pre-restoration teeth, for the purpose of supporting dental restoration). These orthodontic metrics can measure how badly maloccluded the arch is, or conversely the metrics can measure how correctly arranged the teeth are. In some implementations, the GDL Setups model (or RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups, Diffusion Setups, PT Setups, Similarity Setups and FDG Setups) may incorporate one or more of these orthodontic metrics, or other similar or related orthodontic metrics. In some implementations, such orthodontic metrics may be incorporated into the feature vector for a mesh element, where these perelement feature vectors are provided to the setups prediction network as inputs. In some implementations, such orthodontic metrics may be directly consumed by a generator, an MLP, a transformer, or other neural network as direct inputs (such as presented in one or more input vectors of real numbers S, such as described elsewhere in this disclosure. The use of such orthodontic metrics in the training of the generator may improve the performance (i.e., correctness) of the resulting generator, resulting in predicted transforms which place teeth more nearly in the correct final setups poses than would otherwise be possible. Such orthodontic metrics may be provided to an encoder structure or by a U-Net structure (in the case of GDL Setups). Such orthodontic metrics may be consumed by an autoencoder, variational autoencoder, masked autoencoder or regularized autoencoder (in the case of the VAE Setups, VAE Mesh Element Labelling, MAE Mesh In-Filling). Such orthodontic metrics may be consumed by a neural network which generates action predictions as a part of a reinforcement learning RL Setups model. Such orthodontic metrics may be consumed by a classifier which applies a label to a setup arch (e.g., labels such as mal, staging or final setup). This description is non-limiting, as the orthodontic metrics may also be incorporated in other ways into the various techniques of this disclosure. [00115] The various loss calculations of the present disclosure may, in some examples, incorporate one or more orthodontic metrics, with the advantage of improving the correctness of the resulting neural network. An orthodontic metric may be used to directly compare a predicted example to the corresponding ground truth example (such as is done with the metrics in the Setups Comparison description). In other examples, one or more orthodontic metrics may be taken from this section and incorporated into a loss computation. Such an orthodontic metric may be computed on the predicted example, and then the orthodontic metric would also be computed on the ground tmth example. These two orthodontic metrics results would then be consumed by the loss computation, with the advantage of improving the performance of the resulting neural network. In some implementations, one or more orthodontic metrics pertaining to the alignment of two or more adjacent teeth may be computed and incorporated into a loss function, for example, to train, at least in part, a setups prediction neural network. In some implementations, such an orthodontic metric may promote the network in aligning the mesial surface of a tooth with the distal surface of an adjacent tooth. Backpropagation is an example algorithm by which a neural network may be trained using one or more loss values.
[00116] In some implementations, one or more orthodontic metrics may be used to evaluate the predicted output of a neural network, such as a setups prediction. Such a metric(s) may enable the training algorithm to determine how close the predicted output is to an acceptable output, for example, in a quantified sense. In some implementations, this use of an orthodontic metric may enable a loss value to be computed which does not depend entirely on a comparison to a ground truth. In some implementations, such a use of an orthodontic metric may enable loss calculation and network training to proceed without the need for a comparison against a ground truth example. The advantage of such an approach is that loss may be computed based on a general principle or specification for the predicted output (such as a setup) rather than tying loss calculation to a specific ground truth example (which may have been defined by a particular doctor, clinician, or technician, whose treatment philosophy may differ from that of other technicians or doctors). In some implementations, such an orthodontic metric may be defined based on a FID (Frechet Inception Distance) score.
[00117] The following is a description of some of the orthodontic metrics which are used to quantify the state of a set of teeth in an arch for the purpose of orthodontic treatment. These orthodontic metrics indicate the degree of malocclusion that the teeth are in at a given stage of clear tray aligner treatment. [00118] An orthodontic metric that can be computed using tensors may be especially advantageous when training one of the neural networks of the present disclosure, because tensor operations may promote efficient computations. The more efficient (and faster) the computation, the faster the rate at which training can proceed.
[00119] In some examples, an error pattern may be identified in one or more predicted outputs of an ML model (e.g., a transformation matrix for a predicted tooth setup, a labelling of mesh elements for mesh cleanup, an addition of mesh elements to a mesh for the purpose of mesh in-filling, a classification label for a setup, a classification label for a tooth mesh, etc.). One or more orthodontic metrics may be selected to become an input to the next round of ML model training, to address any pattern of errors or deficiencies which may be identified in the one or more predicted outputs.
[00120] Some OM may be defined relative to an archfrom coordinate frame, the LDE coordinate system. In some implementations, a point may be described using an LDE coordinate frame relative to an archform, where L, D and E correspond to: 1) Length along the curve of the archform, 2) Distance away from the archform, and 3) distance in the direction perpendicular to the L and D axes (which may be termed Eminence), respectively.
[00121] Various of the OM and other techniques of the present disclosure may compute collisions between 3D representations (e.g., of oral care objects, such as teeth). Such collisions may be computed as at least one of: 1) penetration distance between 3D tooth representations, 2) count of overlapping mesh elements between 3D tooth representations, and 3) volume of overlap between 3D tooth representations. In some implementations, an OM may be defined to quantify the collision of two or more 3D representations of oral care structures, such as teeth. Some optimization algorithms, such as setups prediction techniques, may seek to minimize collisions between oral care structures (such as teeth). Between-arch orthodontic metrics are as follows.
[00122] Six (6) metrics for the comparison of two or more arches are listed below. Other suitable comparison orthodontic metrics are found elsewhere in this disclosure, such as in the section for the Setups Comparison technique.
1. Rotation geodesic distance (rotation between predicted example and ground truth setup example)
2. Translation distance (gap between predicted example and ground truth setup example)
3. Normalized translation distance
4. 3D alignment error that measures the distance between predicted mesh elements and ground truth mesh elements, in units of mm.
5. Normalized 3D alignment
6. Percent overlap (% overlap) by volume (alternatively % overlap by mesh elements) of predicted example and corresponding ground truth example
[00123] Within-arch orthodontic metrics are as follows.
Alignment - A 3D tooth orientation vector may be calculated using the tooth's mesial-distal axis. A 3D vector, which may be tangent vector to the archform at the position of the tooth may also be calculated. The XY components (i.e., which may be 2D vectors) may then be used to compare the orientation of the archform at the tooth's location to the tooth's orientation in XY space. Cosine similarity may be used to calculate the 2D orientation difference (angle) between the archform tangent and the tooth's mesial-distal axis.
Arch Symmetry - For each left-right pair of teeth (e.g., lower left lateral incisor and/or lower right lateral incisor) the absolute difference may be calculated between each tooth’s X-coordinate and the global coordinate reference frame’s X-axis. This delta may indicate the arch asymmetry for a given tooth pair. The result of such a calculation may be the mean X-axis delta of one or more tooth-pairs from the arch. This calculation may, in some implementations, be performed relative to the Y-axis with y-coordinates (and/or relative to the Z axis with Z-coordinates).
Archform D-axis Differences - May compute the D dimension difference (i.e., the positional difference in the facial-lingual direction) between two arch states, for one or more teeth. May, in some implementations, return a dictionary of the D-direction tooth movement for each tooth, with tooth UNS number as the key. May use the LDE coordinate system relative to an archform.
Archform (Lower) Length Ratio - May compute the ratio between the current lower arch length and the arch length as it was in the original maloccluded lower arch.
Archform (Upper) Length Ratio - May compute the ratio between the current upper arch length and the arch length as it was in the original maloccluded upper arch.
Archform Parallelism (Full arch) - For at least one local tooth coordinate system origin in the upper arch, the one or more nearest origins (e.g., tooth local coordinate system origins) in the lower arch. In some implementations, the two nearest origins may be used. May compute the straight line distance from the upper arch point to the line formed between the origins of the two teeth in the opposing (lower) arch. May return the standard deviation of the set of “point-to-line" distances mentioned above, where the set may be composed of the point-to-line distances for each tooth in the arch.
Archform Parallelism (Individual tooth) - This metric may share some computational elements with the archform_parallelism_global orthodontic metric, except that this metric may input the mean distance from a tooth origin to the line formed by the neighboring teeth in opposing arches (e.g., a tooth in the upper arch and the corresponding tooth in the lower arch). The mean distance may be computed for one or more such pairs of teeth. In some implementations, this may be computed for all pairs of teeth. Then the mean distance may be subtracted from the distance that is computed for each tooth pair. This OM may yield the deviation of a tooth from a “typical” tooth parallelism in the arch.
Buccolingual Inclination - For at least one molar or premolar, find the corresponding tooth on the opposite side of the same arch (i.e., for a tooth on the left side of the arch, find the same type of tooth on the right side and vice versa). This OM may compute an n-element list for each tooth (e.g. n may equal 2). This list may contain at least the tooth IDs of the teeth in each pair of teeth (e.g., LeftLowerFirstMolar and RightLowerFirstMolar in a list = [left tooth idx l, right_tooth_idx_2]). Such an n-element vector may be computed for each molar and each premolar in the upper and lower arches. The buccal cusps maybe identified on the molars and premolars on each of the left and right sides of the arch. Draw a line between the buccal cusps of the left tooth and the buccal cusps on the right tooth. Make a plane using this line and the z-axis of the arch. The lingual cusps may be projected onto the plane (i.e., at this point the angle of inclination may be determined). By performing an additional projection, the approximate vertical distance between the lingual cusps and the buccal cusps may be computed. This distance may be used as the buccolingual inclination OM.
Canine Overbite - The upper and lower canines may be identified. The first premolar for the given side of the mouth may be identified. On a given side of the arch, a distance may be computed between the upper canine and the lower canine, and also between the upper pre-molar and the lower pre-molar. The average (or median, or mode or some other statistic) may be computed for the measured distances. The z- component of this result indicates the degree of overbite. Overbite may be computed between any tooth in one arch and the corresponding tooth in the other arch.
Canine Overjet Contact - May calculate the collisions (e.g., collision distances) between pairs of canines on opposing arches.
Canine Overjet Contact KDE - May take an orthodontic metric score for the current patient case as input, and may convert that score into to a log-likelihood using a previously trained kernel density estimation (KDE) model or distribution. This operation may yield information about where in the distribution of "typical" values this patient case lies.
Canine Overjet - This OM may share some computational steps with the canine overbite OM. In some implementations, average distances may be computed. In some implementations, the distance calculation may compute the Euclidean distance of the XY components of a tooth in the upper arch and a tooth in the lower arch, to yield oveget (i.e., as opposed to computing the difference in Z-components, as may be performed for canine overbite). Oveget may be computed between any tooth in one arch and the corresponding tooth in the other arch.
Canine Class Relationship (also applies to first, second and third molars) - This OM may, in some implementations comprise two functions (e.g., written in Python). get_canine_landmarks(): Get landmarks for each tooth which may be used to compute the class relationship, and then, in some implementations, map those landmarks onto the global coordinate space so that measurements may be made between teeth. class_relationship_score_by_side(): May compute the average position of at least one landmark on at least one tooth in the lower arch, and may compute the same for the upper arch. Then may compute the vector from the upper arch landmark position to the lower arch landmark position, and finally projects this vector onto the lower arch to yield a quantification (e.g., as a scalar) of the amount of delta in “arch 1-axis" position there is. This OM may compute how far forward or behind the tooth is positioned on the 1-axis relative to the tooth or teeth of interest in the opposing arch.
Crossbite - Fossa in at least one upper molar may be located by finding the halfway point between distal and mesial marginal ridge saddles of the tooth. A lower molar cusp may lie between the marginal ridges of the corresponding upper molar. This OM may compute a vector from the upper molar fossa midpoint to the lower molar cusp. This vector may be projected onto the d-axis of the archform, yielding a lateral measure of distance from the cusp to the fossa. This distance may define the crossbite magnitude.
Edge Alignment - This OM may identify the leftmost and rightmost edges of a tooth, and may identify the same for that tooth’s neighbor.
The OM may then draw a vector from the leftmost edge of the tooth to the leftmost edge of the tooth’s neighbor.
The OM may then draw a vector from the rightmost edge of the tooth to the rightmost edge of the tooth’s neighbor.
The OM may then calculates the linear fit error between the two vectors. Such a calculation may involve making two vectors:
Vec tooth = right tooths leftside to left tooths leftside
Vec neighbor = right tooths rightside to left tooths leftside
And then may involve computing the dot-product of these two vectors and subtracting the result from 1. (i.e., EdgeAlignment score = 1 - abs(dot(Vec_tooth, Vec neighbor)) ).
A score of 0 may indicate perfect alignment. A score of 1 may mean perpendicular alignment.
Incisor Interarch Contact KDE - May identify the deviation of the IncisorlnterarchContact from the mean of a modeled distribution of such statistics across a dataset of one or more other patient cases.
Leveling - May compute a measure of leveling between a tooth and its neighbor. This OM may calculate the difference in height between two or more neighboring teeth. For molars, this OM may use the midpoint between the mesial and distal saddle ridges as the height of the molar. For non-molar teeth, this OM may use the length of the crown from gums to tip. In some implementations, the tip may be the origin of the local coordinate space of the tooth. Other implementations may place the origin in other locations. A simple subtraction between the heights of neighboring teeth may yield the leveling delta between the teeth (e.g., by comparing Z components).
Midline - May compute the position of the midline for the upper incisors and/or the lower incisors, and then may compute the distance between them.
Molar Interarch Contact KDE - May compute a molar interarch contact score (i.e., a collision depth or other type of collision), and then may identify where that score lies in a pre-defined KDE (distribution) built from representative cases.
Occlusal Contacts - For a particular tooth from the arch, this OM may identify one or more landmarks (e.g., mesial cusp, or central cusp, etc.). Get the tooth transform for that tooth. For each cusp on the current tooth, the cusp may be scored according to how well the cusp contacts the neighboring (corresponding) tooth in the opposite arch. A vector may be found from the cusp of the tooth in question to the vertical intersection point in the corresponding tooth of the opposing arch. The distance and/or direction (i.e., up or down) to the opposing arch may be computed. A list may be returned that contains the resulting signed distances, one for each cusp on the tooth in question.
Overbite - The upper and lower central incisors may be compared along the z-axis. The difference along the z-axis may be used as the overbite score.
Overjet - The upper and lower central incisors may be compared along the y-axis. The difference along the y-axis may be used as the oveijet score.
Molar Interarch Contact - May calculate the contact score between molars, and may use collision measurement(s) (such as collision depth).
Root Movement d - The tooth transforms for an initial state and a next state may be recieved. The archform axes at a point L along the archform may be computed. This OM may return a distance moved along the d-axis. This may be accomplished by projecting the root pivot point onto the d-axis. Root Movement 1 - The tooth transforms for an initial state and a next state may be received. The archform axes at a point L along the archform may be computed. This OM may return a distance moved along the 1-axis. This may be accomplished by projecting the root pivot point onto the 1-axis.
Spacing - May compute the spacing between each tooth and its neighbor. The transforms and meshes for the arch may be received. The left and right edges of each tooth mesh may be computed. One or more points of interest may be transformed from local coordinates into the global arch coordinate frame. The spacing may be computed in a plane (e.g., the XY plane) between each tooth and its neighbor to the "left". May return an array of one or more Euclidean distances (e.g., such as inthe XY plane) which may represent the spacing between each tooth and its neighbor to the left.
Torque - May compute torque (i.e., rotation around and axis, such as the x-axis). For one or more teeth, one or more rotations may be converted from Euler angles into one or more rotation matrices. A component (such as a x-component) of the rotations may be extracted and converted back into Euler angles. This x- component may be interpreted as the torque for a tooth. A list maybe returned which contains the torque for one or more teeth, and may be indexed by the UNS number of the tooth.
[00124] The neural networks of this disclosure may exploit one or more benefits of the operation of parameter tuning, whereby the inputs and parameters of a neural network are optimized to produce more data-precise results. One parameter which may be tuned is neural network learning rate (e.g., which may have values such as 0.1, 0.01, 0.001, etc.). Data augmentation schemes may also be tuned or optimized, such as schemes where “shiver” is added to the tooth meshes before being input to the neural network (i.e., small random rotations, translations and/or scaling may be applied to vary the dataset and make the neural network robust to variations in data).
A subset of the neural network model parameters available for tuning are as follows: o Learning rate (LR) decay rate (e.g., how much the LR decays during a training run) o Learning rate (LR). The floating-point value (e.g., 0.001) that is used by the optimizer. o LR schedule (e.g., cosine annealing, step, exponential) o Voxel size (for cases with sparse mesh processing operations) o Dropout % (e.g., dropout which may be performed in a linear encoder) o LR decay step size (e.g., decay every 10 or 20 or 30 epochs) o Model scaling, which may increase or decrease the count of layers and/or the count of parameters per layer.
[00125] Parameter tuning may be advantageously applied to the training of a neural network for the prediction of final setups or intermediate staging to provide data precision-oriented technical improvements. Parameter tuning may also be advantageously applied to the training of a neural network for mesh element labeling or a neural network for mesh in-filling. In some examples, parameter tuning may be advantageously applied to the training of a neural network for tooth reconstruction. In terms of classifier models of this disclosure, parameter tuning may be advantageously applied to a neural network for the classification of one or more setups (i.e., classification of one or more arrangements of teeth). The advantage of parameter tuning is to improve the data precision of the output of a predictive model or a classification model. Parameter tuning may, in some instances, provide the advantage of obtaining the last remaining few percentage points of validation accuracy out of a predictive or classification model. [00126] Some techniques of the present disclosure, for example the setups comparison technique, and the setups prediction techniques (e.g., such as GDL Setups, MLP Setups, VAE Setups and the like), may benefit from a processing step which may align (or register) arches of teeth (e.g., where a tooth may be represented by a 3D point cloud, or some other type of 3D representation described herein). Such a processing setup may, for example, be used to register a ground truth setup arch from a patient case with the maloccluded arch from that same case, before these mal and ground truth setup arches are used to train a setups prediction neural network model. Such a step may aid in loss calculation, because the predicted arch (e.g., an arch outputted by a generator) may be in better alignment with the ground truth setup arch, a condition which may facilitate the calculation of reconstruction loss, representation loss, LI loss, L2 loss, MSE loss and/or other kinds of losses described herein. In some implementations, an iterative closest point (ICP) technique may be used for such registration. ICP may minimize the squared errors between corresponding entities, such as 3D representations. In some implementations, linear least squares calculations may be performed. In some implementations, non-linear least squares calculations may be performed. Various registration models may incorporate portions of the following algorithms, in whole or in part: Levenberg-Marquardt ICP, Least Square Rigid transformation, Robust Rigid transformation, random sample consensus (RANSAC) ICP, K-means based RANSAC ICP and Generalized ICP (GICP). Registration may, in some instances, help decrease the subjectivity and/or randomness that may, in some instances, occur in reference ground truth setup designs which have been designed by technicians (i.e., two technicians may produce different but valid final setups outputs for the same case) or by other optimization techniques.
[00127] In experiments, during training of a setups prediction model, the ground truth (or reference) setup was registered to the malocclusion (or maloccluded setup). The maloccluded teeth were provided to the setups prediction model, which generated final setup transforms for the maloccluded teeth. Loss was computed between the resulting predicted setup and the pre -registered ground truth setup, so that corresponding aspects of the two setups would line-up. The result was a more accurate loss calculation. This pre-registration operation resulted in a 6% improvement in absolute accuracy (e.g., as measured by ADD 10 score), which amounts to a reduction in error rate of nearly 50% compared with conventional techniques.
[00128] Various neural network models of this disclosure may draw benefits from data augmentation. Examples include models of this which are trained on 3D meshes, such as GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups, Diffusion Setups, PT Setups, Similarity Setups, FDG Setups, Setups Classification, Setups Comparison, VAE Mesh Element Labeling, MAE Mesh In-filling, Mesh Reconstruction VAE, and Validation Using Autoencoders. Data augmentation, such as by way of the method shown in FIG. 1, may increase the size of the training dataset of dental arches. Data augmentation can provide additional training examples by adding random rotations, translations, and/or rescaling to copies of existing dental arches. In some implementations of the techniques of this disclosure, data augmentation may be carried out by perturbing or jittering the vertices of the mesh, in a manner similar to that described in (“Equidistant and Uniform Data Augmentation for 3D Objects”, IEEE Access, Digital Object Identifier 10.1109/ACCESS.2021.3138162). The position of a vertex may be perturbed through the addition of Gaussian noise, for example with zero mean, and 0.1 standard deviation. Other mean and standard deviation values are possible in accordance with the techniques of this disclosure.
[00129] FIG. 1 shows a data augmentation method that systems of this disclosure may apply to 3D oral care representations. A non-limiting example of a 3D oral care representation is a tooth mesh or a set of tooth meshes. Tooth data 100 (e.g., 3D meshes) are received at the input. The systems of this disclosure may generate copies of the tooth data 100 (102). In the example of FIG. 1, the systems of this disclosure may apply one or more stochastic rotations to the tooth data 100 (104). In the example of FIG. 1, the systems of this disclosure may apply stochastic translations to the tooth data 100 (106). The systems of this disclosure may apply stochastic scaling operations to the tooth data 100 (108). The systems of this disclosure may apply stochastic perturbations to one or more mesh elements of the tooth data 100 (110). The systems of this disclosure may output augmented tooth data 112 that are formed by way of the method of FIG. 1.
[00130] Because generator networks of this disclosure can be implemented as one or more neural networks, the generator may contain an activation function. When executed, an activation ftmction outputs a determination of whether or not a neuron in a neural network will fire (e.g., send output to the next layer). Some activation functions may include: binary step functions, or linear activation functions. Other activation functions impart non-linear behavior to the network, including: sigmoid/logistic activation functions, Tanh (hyperbolic tangent) functions, rectified linear units (ReLU), leaky ReLU functions, parametric ReLU functions, exponential linear units (ELU), softmax function, swish function, Gaussian error linear unit (GELU), or scaled exponential linear unit (SELU). A linear activation function may be well suited to some regression applications (among other applications), in an output layer. A sigmoid/logistic activation function may be well suited to some binary classification applications (among other applications), in an output layer. A softmax activation function may be well suited to some multiclass classification applications (among other applications), in an output layer. A sigmoid activation function may be well suited to some multilabel classification applications (among other applications), in an output layer. A ReLU activation function may be well suited in some convolutional neural network (CNN) applications (among other applications), in a hidden layer. A Tanh and/or sigmoid activation function may be well suited in some recurrent neural network (RNN) applications (among other applications), for example, in a hidden layer. There are multiple optimization algorithms which can be used in the training of the neural networks of this disclosure (such as in updating the neural network weights), including gradient descent (which determines a training gradient using first-order derivatives and is commonly used in the training of neural networks), Newton's method (which may make use of second derivatives in loss calculation to find better training directions than gradient descent, but may require calculations involving Hessian matrices), and conjugate gradient methods (which may yield faster convergence than gradient descent, but do not require the Hessian matrix calculations which may be required by Newton's method). In some implementations, additional methods may be employed to update weights, in addition to or in place of the techniques described above. These additional methods include the Levenberg-Marquardt method and/or simulated annealing. The backpropagation algorithm is used to transfer the results of loss calculation back into the network so that network weights can be adjusted, and learning can progress.
[00131] Neural networks contribute to the functioning of many of the applications of the present disclosure, including but not limited to: GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups, Diffusion Setups, PT Setups, Similarity Setups, Tooth Classification, Setups Classification, Setups Comparison, VAE Mesh Element Labeling, MAE Mesh In-filling, Mesh Reconstruction Autoencoder, Validation Using Autoencoders, imputation of oral care parameters, 3D mesh segmentation (3D representation segmentation), Coordinate System Prediction, Mesh Cleanup, Restoration Design Generation, Appliance Component Generation and/or Placement, or Archform Prediction. The neural networks of the present disclosure may embody part or all of a variety of different neural network models. Examples include the U-Net architecture, multi-later perceptron (MLP), transformer, pyramid architecture, recurrent neural network (RNN), autoencoder, variational autoencoder, regularized autoencoder, conditional autoencoder, capsule network, capsule autoencoder, stacked capsule autoencoder, denoising autoencoder, sparse autoencoder, conditional autoencoder, long/short term memory (LSTM), gated recurrent unit (GRU), deep belief network (DBN), deep convolutional network (DCN), deep convolutional inverse graphics network (DCIGN), liquid state machine (LSM), extreme learning machine (ELM), echo state network (ESN), deep residual network (DRN), Kohonen network (KN), neural Turing machine (NTM), or generative adversarial network (GAN). In some implementations, an encoder structure or a decoder structure may be used. Each of these models provides one or more of its own particular advantages. For example, a particular neural networks architecture may be especially well suited to a particular ML technique. For example, autoencoders are particularly suited to the classification of 3D oral care representations, due to the ability to encode the 3D oral care representation into a form which is more easily classifiable.
[00132] In some implementations, the neural networks of this disclosure can be adapted to operate on 3D point cloud data (alternatively on 3D meshes or 3D voxelized representation). Numerous neural network implementations may be applied to the processing of 3D representations and may be applied to training predictive and/or generative models for oral care applications, including: PointNet, PointNet++, SO-Net, spherical convolutions, Monte Carlo convolutions and dynamic graph networks, PointCNN, ResNet, MeshNet, DGCNN, VoxNet, 3D-ShapeNets, Kd-Net, Point GCN, Grid-GCN, KCNet, PD-Flow, PU-Flow, MeshCNN and DSG-Net. Oral care applications include, but are not limited to: setups prediction (e.g., using VAE, RL, MLP, GDL, Capsule, Diffusion, etc. which have been trained for setups prediction), 3D representation segmentation, 3D representation coordinate system prediction, element labeling for 3D representation clean-up (VAE for Mesh Element labeling), in-filling of missing elements in 3D representation (MAE for Mesh In-Filling), dental restoration design generation, setups classification, appliance component generation and/or placement, archform prediction, imputation of oral care parameters, setups validation, or other validation applications and tooth 3D representation classification.
[00133] Some implementations of the techniques of this disclosure incorporate the use of an autoencoder. Autoencoders that can be used in accordance with aspects of this disclosure include but are not limited to: AtlasNet, FoldingNet and 3D-PointCapsNet. Some autoencoders may be implemented based on PointNet.
[00134] Representation learning may be applied to setups prediction techniques of this disclosure by training a neural network to learn a representation of the teeth, and then using another neural network to generate transforms for the teeth. Some implementations may use a VAE or a Capsule Autoencoder to generate a representation of the reconstruction characteristics of the one or more meshes related to the oral care domain (including, in some instances, information about the structures of the tooth meshes). Then that representation (either a latent vector or a latent capsule) may be used as input to a module which generates the one or more transforms for the one or more teeth. These transforms may in some implementations place the teeth into final setups poses. These transforms may in some implementations place the teeth into intermediate staging poses. In some implementations, a transform may be described by a 9x1 transformation vector (e.g., that specifies a translation vector and a quaternion). In other implementations, a transform may be described by a transformation matrix (e.g., a 4x4 affine transformation matrix).
[00135] In some implementations, systems of this disclosure may implement a principal components analysis (PCA) on an oral care mesh, and use the resulting principal components as at least a portion of the representation of the oral care mesh in subsequent machine learning and/or other predictive or generative processing.
[00136] An autoencoder may be trained to generate a latent form of a 3D oral care representation. An autoencoder may contain a 3D encoder (which encodes a 3D oral care representation into a latent form), and/or a 3D decoder (which reconstructs that latent from into a facsimile of the inputted 3D oral care representation). Although this disclosure refers to 3D encoders and 3D decoders, the term 3D should be interpreted in a non-limiting fashion to encompass multi-dimensional modes of operation. For example, systems of this disclosure may train multi-dimensional encoders and/or multi-dimensional decoders. [00137] Systems of this disclosure may implement end-to-end training. Some of the end-to-end training-based techniques of this disclosure may involve two or more neural networks, where the two or more neural networks are trained together (i.e., the weights are updated concurrently timing the processing of each batch of input oral care data). End-to-end training may, in some implementations, be applied to setups prediction by concurrently training a neural network which leams a representation of the teeth, along with a neural network which generates the tooth transforms.
[00138] According to some of the transfer learning-based implementations of this disclosure, a neural network (e.g., a U-Net) may be trained on a first task (e.g., such as coordinate system prediction). The neural network trained on the first task may be executed to provide one or more of the starting neural network weights for the training of another neural network that is trained to perform a second task (e.g., setups prediction). The first network may learn the low-level neural network features of oral care meshes and be shown to work well at the first task. The second network may exhibit faster training and/or improved performance by using the first network as a starting point in training. Certain layers may be trained to encode neural network features for the oral care meshes that were in the training dataset. These layers may thereafter be fixed (or be subjected to minor changes over the course of training) and be combined with other neural network components, such as additional layers, which are trained for one or more oral care tasks (such as setups prediction). In this manner, a portion of a neural network for one or more of the techniques of the present disclosure (e.g., setups prediction) may receive initial training on another task, which may yield important learning in the trained network layers. This encoded learning may then be built upon with further task-specific training of another network.
[00139] In accordance with this disclosure, transfer learning may be used for setups prediction, as well as for other oral care applications, such as mesh classification (e.g., tooth or setups classification), mesh element labeling, mesh element in-filling, procedure parameter imputation, mesh segmentation, coordinate system prediction, restoration design generation, mesh validation (for any of the applications disclosed herein). In some implementations, a neural network trained to output predictions based on oral care meshes may first be partially trained on one of the following publicly available datasets, before being further trained on oral care data: Google PartNet dataset, ShapeNet dataset, ShapeNetCore dataset, Princeton Shape Benchmark dataset, ModelNet dataset, ObjectNet3D dataset, ThingilOK dataset (which is especially relevant to 3D printed parts validation), ABC: A Big CAD Model Dataset For Geometric Deep Learning, ScanObjectNN, VOCASET, 3D-FUTURE, MCB: Mechanical Components Benchmark, PoseNet dataset, PointCNN dataset, MeshNet dataset, MeshCNN dataset, PointNet++ dataset, PointNet dataset, or PointCNN dataset.
[00140] In some implementations, a neural network which was previously trained on a first dataset (either oral care data or other data) may subsequently receive further training on oral care data and be applied to oral care applications (such as setups prediction). Transfer learning maybe employed to further train any of the following networks: GCN (Graph Convolutional Networks), PointNet, ResNet or any of the other neural networks from the published literature which are listed above.
[00141] In some implementations, a first neural network may be trained to predict coordinate systems for teeth (such as by using the techniques described in WO2022123402A1 or US Provisional Application No. US63/366492). A second neural network may be trained for setups prediction, according to any of the setups prediction techniques of the present disclosure (or a combination of any two or more of the techniques described herein). Transfer learning may transfer at least a portion of the knowledge or capability of the first neural network to the second neural network. As such, transfer learning may provide the second neural network an accelerated training phase to reach convergence. In some implementations, the training of the second network may, after being augmented with the transferred learning, then be completed using one or more of the techniques of this disclosure. [00142] Systems of this disclosure may train ML models with representation learning. The advantages of representation learning include that the generative network (e.g., neural network that predicts a transform for use in setups prediction) can be configured to receive input with a known size and/or standard format, as opposed to receiving input with a variable size or structure. Representation learning may produce improved performance over other techniques because noise in the input data may be reduced (e.g., because the representation generation model extracts hierarchical neural network features and/or reconstruction characteristics of an inputted representation (e.g., a mesh or point cloud) through loss calculations or network architectures chosen for that purpose).
[00143] Reconstruction characteristics may comprise values in of a latent representation (e.g., a latent vector) that describe aspects of the shape and/or structure of the 3D representation that was provided to the representation generation module that generated the latent representation. The weights of the encoder module of a reconstruction autoencoder, for example, may be trained to encode a 3D representation (e.g., a 3D mesh, or others described herein) into a latent vector representation (e.g., a latent vector). Stated another way, the capability to encode a large set (e.g., hundreds, thousands, or millions) of mesh elements into a latent vector (e.g., of hundreds or a thousand real values - e.g., 512, 1024, etc.) may be learned by the weights of the encoder. Each dimension of that latent vector may contain a real number which describes some aspect of the shape and/or structure of the original 3D representation. The weights of the decoder module of the reconstruction autoencoder may be trained to reconstruct the latent vector into a close facsimile of the original 3D representation. Stated another way, the capability to interpret the dimensions of the latent vector, and to decode the values within those dimensions, may be learned by the decoder. In summary, the encoder and decoder neural network modules are trained to perform the mapping of a 3D representation into a latent vector, which may then be mapped back (or otherwise reconstructed) into a 3D representation that is substantially similar to an original 3D representation for which the latent vector was generated.
[00144] Returning to loss calculation, examples of loss calculation may include KL-divergence loss, reconstruction loss or other losses disclosed herein. Representation learning may reduce the size of the dataset required for training a model, because the representation model learns the representation, enabling the generative network to focus on learning the generative task. The result may be improved model generalization because meaningful neural network features of the input data (e.g., local and/or global features) are made available to the generative network. Stated another way, a first network may learn the representation, and a second network may make the predictive decision. By training two networks to perform their own separate tasks, each of the networks may generate more accurate results for their respective tasks than with a single network which is trained to both learn a representation and make a decision. In some instances, transfer learning may first train a representation generation model. That representation generation model (in whole or in part) may then be used to pre-train a subsequent model, such as a generative model (e.g., that generates transform predictions). A representation generation model may benefit from taking mesh element features as input, to improve the capability of a second ML module to encode the structure and/or shape of the inputted 3D oral care representations in the training dataset.
[00145] One or more of the neural networks models of this disclosure may have attention gates integrated within. Attention gate integration provides the enhancement of enabling the associated neural network architecture to focus resources on one or more input values. In some implementations, an attention gate may be integrated with a U-Net architecture, with the advantage of enabling the U-Net to focus on certain inputs, such as input flags which correspond to teeth which are meant to be fixed (e.g,. prevented from moving) during orthodontic treatment (or which require other special handling). An attention gate may also be integrated with an encoder or with an autoencoder (such as VAE or capsule autoencoder) to improve predictive accuracy, in accordance with aspects of this disclosure. For example, attention gates can be used to configure a machine learning model to give higher weight to aspects of the data which are more likely to be relevant to correctly generated outputs. As such, and because a machine learning model configured with these attention gates (or mechanisms) utilizes aspects of the data that are more likely to be relevant to correctly generated outputs, the ultimate predictive accuracy of those machine learning models is improved.
[00146] The quality and makeup of the training dataset for a neural network can impact the performance of the neural network in its execution phase. Dataset filtering and outlier removal can be advantageously applied to the training of the neural networks for the various techniques of the present disclosure (e.g., for the prediction of final setups or intermediate staging, for mesh element labeling or a neural network for mesh in-filling, for tooth reconstruction, for 3D mesh classification, etc.), because dataset filtering and outlier removal may remove noise from the dataset. And while the mechanism for realizing an improvement is different than using attention gates, that ultimate outcome is that this approach allows for the machine learning model to focus on relevant aspects of the dataset, and may lead to improvements in accuracy similar to improvements in accuracy realized vis-a-vis attention gates.
[00147] In the case of a neural network configured to predict a final setup, a patient case may contain at least one of a set of segmented tooth meshes for that patient, a mal transform for each tooth, and/or a ground tmth setup transform for each tooth. In the case of a neural network to predict a set of intermediate stage setups, a patient case may contain at least one of a set of segmented tooth meshes for that patient, a mal transform for each tooth, and/or a set of ground truth intermediate stage transforms for each tooth. In some implementations, a training dataset may exclude patient cases which contact passive stages (i.e., stages where the teeth of an arch do not move). In some implementations, the dataset may exclude cases where passive stages exist at the end of treatment. In some implementations, a dataset may exclude cases where overcrowding is present at the end of treatment (i.e., where the oral care provider, such as an orthodontist or dentist) has chosen a final setup where the tooth meshes overlap to some degree. In some implementations, the dataset may exclude cases of a certain level (or levels) of difficulty (e.g., easy, medium and hard).
[00148] In some implementations, the dataset may include cases with zero pinned teeth (or may include cases where at least one tooth is pinned). A pinned tooth may be designated by a technician as they design the treatment to stop the various tools from moving that particular tooth. In some implementations, a dataset may exclude cases without any fixed teeth (conversely, where at least one tooth is fixed). A fixed tooth may be defined as a tooth that shall not move in the course of treatment. In some implementations, a dataset may exclude cases without any pontic teeth (conversely, cases in which at least one tooth is pontic). A pontic tooth may be described as a “ghost” tooth that is represented in the digital model of the arch but is either not actually present in the patient’ s dentition or where there may be a small or partial tooth that may benefit from future work (such as the addition of composite material through a dental restoration appliance). The advantage of including a pontic tooth in a patient case is to leave space in the arch as a part of a plan for the movements of other teeth, in the course of orthodontic treatment. In some instances, a pontic tooth may save space in the patient’s dentition for future dental or orthodontic work, such as the installation of an implant or crown, or the application of a dental restoration appliance, such as to add composite material to an existing tooth that is too small or has an undesired shape.
[00149] In some implementations, the dataset may exclude cases where the patient does not meet an age requirement (e.g., younger than 12). In some implementations, the dataset may exclude cases with interproximal reduction (IPR) beyond a certain threshold amount (e.g., more than 1.0 mm). The dataset to train a neural network to predict setups for clear tray aligners (CTA) may exclude patient cases which are not related to CTA treatment. The dataset to train a neural network to predict setups for an indirect bonding tray product may exclude cases which are not related to indirect bonding tray treatment. In some implementations, the dataset may exclude cases where only certain teeth are treated. In such implementations, a dataset may comprise of only cases where at least one of the following are treated: anterior teeth, posterior teeth, bicuspids, molars, incisors, and/or cuspids.
[00150] The mesh comparison module may compare two or more meshes, for example for the computation of a loss function or for the computation of a reconstruction error. Some implementations may involve a comparison of the volume and/or area of the two meshes. Some implementations may involve the computation of a minimum distance between corresponding vertices/faces/edges/voxels of two meshes. For a point in one mesh (vertex point, mid-point on edge, or triangle center, for example) compute the minimum distance between that point and the corresponding point in the other mesh. In the case that the other mesh has a different number of elements or there is otherwise no clear mapping between corresponding points for the two meshes, different approaches can be considered. For example, the open-source software packages CloudCompare and MeshLab each have mesh comparison tools which may play a role in the mesh comparison module for the present disclosure. In some implementations, a Hausdorff Distance may be computed to quantify the difference in shape between two meshes. The open-source software tool Metro, developed by the Visual Computing Lab, can also play a role in quantifying the difference between two meshes. The following paper describes the approach taken by Metro, which may be adapted by the neural networks applications of the present disclosure for use in mesh comparison and difference quantification: "Metro: measuring error on simplified surfaces" by P. Cignoni, C. Rocchini and R. Scopigno, Computer Graphics Forum, Blackwell Publishers, vol. 17(2), June 1998, pp 167-174.
[00151] Some techniques of this disclosure may incorporate the operation of, for one or more points on the first mesh, projecting a ray normal to the mesh surface and calculating the distance before that ray is incident upon the second mesh. The lengths of the resulting line segments may be used to quantify the distance between the meshes. According to some techniques of this disclosure, the distance may be assigned a color based on the magnitude of that distance and that color may be applied to the first mesh, by way of visualization.
[00152] The setups prediction techniques described herein may generate a transform to place a tooth in a setup pose. Such a predicted transform may entail both the position and the orientation of the tooth, which is a significant improvement over existing techniques which use one neural network to generate a position prediction and another neural network to generate a pose prediction. In setups prediction, the predicted position and the predicted orientation affect each other. Generating the predicted position and the predicted orientation substantially concurrently offers improvements in predictive accuracy relative to generating predicted position and predicted orientation separately (e.g., predicting one without the benefit of the other).
[00153] The MLP Setups, VAE Setups, and Capsule Setups models of the present disclosure improve upon existing techniques with the addition of (among other things) a latent space input: either the latent space vector A of an oral care mesh or the latent capsule T of an oral care mesh. Prior setups prediction techniques did not train a reconstruction autoencoder to generate representations of teeth, and therefore could not verify the correctness of their outputs. The advantage of using a reconstruction autoencoder to generate tooth representations is that the latent representation (e.g., A or T) may be reconstructed by the reconstruction autoencoder. Reconstruction error (as described herein) may be computed, to demonstrate the correctness of the latent encoding (e.g., to demonstration that the latent representation correctly describes the shape and/or structure of the tooth). Results with a high reconstruction error may be excluded from downstream (e.g., further or additional) processing, which leads to a more accurate system as a whole. Either or both of A and T may be reconstructed (via a decoder) into a facsimile of an inputted oral care 3D representation (e.g., an inputted tooth mesh). One or more latent space vectors A (or latent capsules T) may be provided to the MLP Setups model. One or more latent space vectors A (or latent capsules T) may also be provided to the VAE Setups model. One or more latent capsules T (or latent vectors A) may also be provided to the Capsule Autoencoder Setups model.
[00154] The latent space vector A (or latent capsule T) for a tooth mesh (which may comprise thousands of interconnected mesh elements) describes the reconstruction characteristics of that tooth mesh in a compact form, for example a vector of length N (e.g., where in one example N = 128). This latent space vector A (or latent capsule T) may be reconstmcted into a close facsimile of the input tooth mesh through the operation of a decoder that has been trained for that task. The latent space vector A (or latent capsule T) is powerful because, although A (or T) is relatively extremely compact, A (or T) describes sufficient characteristics of the inputted oral care mesh (e.g., tooth mesh) to enable such a reconstruction of that oral care mesh (e.g., tooth mesh). In some implementations, the latent space vector A (or latent capsule T) can be used as an additional input to predictive or generative models of this disclosure. The latent space vector A (or latent capsule T) can be used as an additional input to at least one of an MLP, an encoder, a transformer, a regularized autoencoder, or a VAE of this disclosure. The latent space vector A (or latent capsule T) can be used as an input to the GDL Setups model described in the present disclosure. Furthermore, the latent space vector A (or latent capsule T) can be used as an input to the RL Setups model described in the present disclosure. The advantage of training a setups prediction neural network to take a latent space vector A (or latent capsule T) as an input is to provide information about the reconstruction characteristics of the tooth mesh to the network. Reconstruction characteristics may contain information about local and/or global attributes of the mesh. Reconstruction characteristics may include information about mesh structure. Information about shape may, in some instances, be included. An awareness of these reconstruction characteristics may better enable the trained setups prediction model to predict a final setup or intermediate staging, thereby providing the technical improvement of improved data precision. A further advantage of using the latent space vector A (or latent capsule T) is the vector’s size. A neural network may encode an understanding of the input mesh and pose data more resource-efficiently if those data are presented in a compact form (such as a vector of 128 real values), as opposed to inputting the full mesh (which may contain thousands of mesh elements). The latent representation of a mesh (or multiple meshes) may provide a more favorable signal-to-noise ratio than the original form of that mesh or those meshes, thereby improving the capability of a subsequent ML model (such as a neural network or SVM) to form predictions, draw inferences, and/or otherwise generate outputs (such as transforms or meshes) based on the input mesh(es).
[00155] FIG. 2 shows how some of various setups prediction models can take as input either 1) tooth meshes, 2) latent space vectors (or latent capsules) which represent tooth meshes in reduced- dimensionality form, or tooth transforms. As such, FIG. 2 is an overview of some of the setups prediction techniques of this disclosure.
[00156] Some autoencoder-based implementations of this disclosure use capsule autoencoders to automate processing steps in the creation of oral care appliances (e.g., for orthodontic treatment or dental restoration). The advantage of using capsule autoencoders which have been trained on oral care data is to leverage latent space techniques which reduce the dimensionality of oral care mesh data and thereby refine those data, making the signal in the data stronger and more readily usable by downstream processing modules, whether those downstream modules may be other autoencoder(s), decoder(s), other neural networks, or other types of ML models (such as the supervised and unsupervised models described elsewhere in this disclosure). Capsule autoencoders were originally applied in the 2D domain to perform object recognition in 2D images, where capsules were trained to create a model of the object that was to be recognized. Such an approach enabled an object to be recognized in the 2D image, even if the object was imaged from a new view that was not present in the training dataset. Later research extended capsule autoencoders to the domain of 3D point clouds, such as in “3D Point Capsule Networks” in the proceedings of CVPR 2019, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. [00157] The present disclosure extends the outcomes of this research to apply capsule autoencoders to the domain of digital oral care, dealing with 3D point clouds, 3D meshes and 3D voxelized representation. The term “mesh” in the following should be considered to be interchangeable with 3D point cloud and 3D voxelized representations, in particular implementations. A 3D autoencoder may encode one or more 3D geometries (point clouds or meshes) into latent capsules which encode the reconstruction characteristics of the input 3D representation. These latent capsules exist in two or more dimensions and describe features of the input mesh (or point cloud) and the likelihoods of those features. A set of latent capsules stands in contrast to the latent vector which may be produced by a variational autoencoder (VaE), which may be encoded as a ID vector. Among the contributions of the present technique is to advantageously apply capsule autoencoders to the digital oral care space, with the data precision-oriented technical advantage of improving predictive results.
[00158] Particular examples of applications include segmentation of 3D oral care geometries, setups prediction (both final setups and intermediate stages), mesh cleanup of 3D oral care geometries (e.g., both for the labeling of mesh elements and the filling-in of missing mesh elements), tooth classification (e.g., according to standard dental notation schemes), setups classification (e.g., as mal, staging and final setup) and automated dental restoration design generation.
[00159] The one or more latent capsules describing an input 3D representation (e.g., oral care geometries such as point clouds and/or meshes representing unsegmented dental arches, segmented teeth - such as arranged in a maloccluded setup, teeth with hardware attached, teeth without hardware attached, etc.) can be provided to a capsule decoder, to reconstruct a facsimile of the input 3D representation. This facsimile can be compared to the input 3D representation through the calculation of a reconstruction error, thereby demonstrating the information-rich nature of the latent capsule (i.e., that the latent capsule describes sufficient reconstruction characteristics of the input mesh, such that the mesh can be reconstructed from that latent capsule). A low reconstruction error (e.g., below a predetermined loss threshold) indicates that the reconstruction was a success. Some of the applications disclosed herein use this information-rich latent capsule for further processing (e.g., such as setups prediction, mesh segmentation, coordinate system prediction, mesh element labelling for mesh cleanup, in-filling of missing mesh elements or of holes in meshes, classification of setups, classification of oral care meshes, validation of setups and other validation appliances too). Some of the applications disclosed herein make one or more changes to the latent capsule, such as to effectuate changes in the reconstructed mesh, which may then outputted for further use (e.g., to create a dental restoration appliance).
[00160] FIG. 3 shows a capsule autoencoder methods for mesh reconstruction, which are primarily applied to oral care meshes in the non-limiting examples described herein, but which may also be applied to other healthcare meshes, or to personal safety meshes, such as meshes pertaining to the design, shape, function, and/or use of personal protective equipment, such as disposable respirators. As such, FIG. 3 illustrates a training method for a capsule autoencoder for reconstructing oral care meshes (or point clouds). The deployment method omits the two modules on the bottom. The training method encompasses the whole diagram. The latent capsule T may be a reduced dimensionality form of the inputted oral care mesh and may be used as an input to other processing.
[00161] Some existing techniques rely on inputting 3D point cloud data into a capsule autoencoder. Techniques of the present disclosure expand the input geometries to include 3D mesh data and 3D voxelized representations. In some instances, an input point cloud or mesh (such as containing oral care data) may be rearranged into one or more vectors of mesh elements. Such a vector may be Nx3 (in the case representing the XYZ coordinates of points or vertices). Such a vector may be Nx3 (in the case of representing mesh faces, each of which may be defined by 3 indices, each of which indexes into a list of vertices/points). Such a vector may be Nx2 (in the case of representing mesh edges, each of which may be defined by 2 indices, each of which can be indexed into a list of vertices/points). Such a vector may be Nx3 (in the case of representing voxels, each of which has an XYZ location, such as a centroid, where the Length x Width x Height of each voxel is known).
[00162] In some examples in accordance with aspects of this disclosure, a neural network, such as an MLP, may be used to extract features from the Nx3 mesh element input list, yielding an Nxl28 list of feature vectors, one feature vector per mesh element. In some instances, a vector of one or more computed mesh element features (as defined elsewhere in this disclosure) may be computed for one or more of the N inputted mesh elements. In some implementations, these mesh element features may be used in place of the MLP-generated features. In some implementations, each mesh element may be given a feature which is a hybrid of MLP-generated features and the computed mesh element features, in which case the layer dimension may be augmented to be Nx(128+aug_len), where aug len is the length of the augmentation vector, consisting of the computed mesh element features. For ease of discussion, and without the loss of generality, this layer will simply be referred to as Nxl28 hereafter.
[00163] The length ‘aug len’ may vary from implementation to implementation, depending on which mesh elements are analyzed and which mesh element features are chosen for use. In some instances, information from more than one type of mesh element may be introduced with the Nxl28 vector (e.g., point/vertex information may be combined with face information, point/vertex information may be combined with edge information, or point/vertex information may be combined with voxel information). The analysis of different kinds of oral care meshes may call for one mesh element type or another, or for a particular set of mesh features, according to various applications.
[00164] The Nxl28 layer may be passed to a set of subsequent convolutions layers, each of which has been trained to have its own parameter values. The purpose of each of these independent convolution layers may encode the individual mesh element capsules. The output of each of the convolution layers may be maxpooled to a size of 1024 elements. The count of these convolution layers may be a power of two (e.g., 8, 16, 32, 64). In some implementations, there may be 32 such convolution layers, each of which outputs a 1024 element vector from the maxpooling operation. These 32 maxpooling output vectors may be concatenated, forming a layer that may be 1024x32, called the Primary Mesh Element Capsules (PMEC). A dynamic routing module encodes these PMECs into one or more latent capsules, each of which may have square dimensions (e.g., 16x16, 32x32, 64x64, or 128x128). Non-square dimensions are also possible.
[00165] In some implementations, a dynamic routing module may enable the output of a latent capsule to be routed to a suitable neural network layer in a subsequent processing module of the capsule autoencoder. The dynamic routing module uses unsupervised techniques (e.g., clustering and/or other unsupervised techniques) to arrange the output of the set of max-pooled feature maps into one or more stacked latent capsules. These latent capsules summarize feature information from the input 3D representation (e.g., one or more tooth meshes or point clouds) and also the likelihood information associated with each capsule. These stacked capsules contain sufficient information about the input 3D representation to reconstruct that 3D representation via the Capsule-Decoder module.
[00166] A grid of mesh elements (i.e., such as points/vertices, edges, face or voxels) may be generated by Grid Patches module. Points will be used for the mesh element, in this example. In some implementations, this grid may comprise of randomly arranged points. In other implementations, this grid may reflect a regular and/or rectilinear arrangement of points. The points in each of these grid patches are the "raw material" from which the reconstructed 3D representation may be formed.
[00167] The latent capsule (e.g., with dimension 128x128) may be replicated [3 times, and each of those p latent capsules may be appended with each of the grid patch of randomly generated mesh elements (e.g., points/vertices) in turn, before being input to one or more MLPs. In some examples, such an MLP may comprise of fully connected layers with the following dimensions: {64 - 64 - 32 - 16 - 3}. The goal of such an operation is to tailor the mesh elements to a specific local area of the 3D representation which may be to be reconstructed. The decoder iterates, generating additional random grid patches and outputting more random portions of the reconstructed 3D representation (i.e., as point cloud patches). These point cloud patches are accumulated until a reconstruction loss drops below a target threshold. The reconstruction loss may be computed using one or more of reconstruction loss (as defined herein) and KL-Divergence loss.
[00168] An autoencoder, such as a variational autoencoder (VAE), may be trained to encode 3D mesh data in a latent space vector A, which may exist in an information-rich low-dimensional latent space.
This latent space vector A may be particularly suitable for later processing by digital oral care applications (e.g., such as mesh cleanup, mesh segmentation, mesh validation, mesh classification, setups classification, setups prediction and restoration design generation, among others), because A enables high-dimensional tooth mesh data to be efficiently manipulated. Such a VAE may be trained to reconstruct the latent space vector A back into a facsimile of the input mesh (or transform or other data structure describing a 3D oral care representation). In some implementations, the latent space vector A may be strategically modified, so as to result in changes to the reconstructed mesh (or other data structure). In some instances, the reconstructed mesh may be a tooth mesh with an altered and/or improved shape, such as would be suitable for use in the design of a dental restoration appliance, such as a 3M FILTEK Matrix or a veneer. The term mesh should be considered in a non-limiting sense to be inclusive of 3D mesh, 3D point cloud and 3D voxelized representation. [00169] The tooth reconstruction VAE may advantageously make use of loss functions, nonlinearities (aka neural network activation functions) and/or solvers which are not mentioned by existing techniques. Examples of loss functions may include: mean absolute error (MAE), mean squared error (MSE), Ll- loss, L2-loss, KL-divergence, entropy, and reconstruction loss. Such loss functions enable each generated prediction to be compared against the corresponding ground truth value in a quantified manner, leading to one or more loss values which can be used to train, at least in part, one or more of the neural networks. Examples of solvers may include: dopri5, bdf, rk4, midpoint, adams, explicit adams, and fixed adams. The solvers may enable the neural networks to solve systems of equations and corresponding unknown variables. Examples of nonlinearities may include: tanh, rein, softplus, elu, swish, square, and identity. The activation functions may be used to introduce nonlinear behavior to the neural networks in a manner that enables the neural networks to better represent the training data. Losses may be computed through the process of training the neural networks via backpropagation. Neural network layers such as the following may be used: ignore, concat, concat_v2, squash, concatsquash, scale and concatscale.
[00170] In some implementations, the tooth reconstruction VAE model may be trained on patient cases of teeth in malocclusion, or alternatively in local coordinates. FIG. 4 shows a method of training such a VAE. FIG. 5 shows the trained mesh reconstruction VAE in deployment.
[00171] According to the mesh reconstruction VAE training shown in FIG. 4, a 3D oral care representation F may be provided to the encoder El (along with optional tooth type information R), which may generate latent vector A. Latent vector A may be reconstructed into reconstructed 3D oral care representation G. Loss may be computed between the reconstructed 3D oral care representation G and input 3D oral care representation (e.g., the mesh F). The training may use reconstruction loss, KL- divergence loss, or other losses described herein. When training a reconstruction autoencoder, the input 3D oral care representation (e.g., the mesh F) can, in some implementations, serve as the ground truth data in a loss calculation. Backpropagation may be used to train El and DI with such loss.
[00172] FIG. 5 shows the mesh reconstruction VAE reconstructing a tooth mesh in deployment. R is an optional input, particularly in the case of tooth mesh classification, when such information R is not yet available (due to the tooth mesh classification neural network being trained to generate tooth type information R as an output, according to particular implementations). R may, in some implementations, be used to improve other techniques such as mesh element labeling techniques, mesh reconstruction techniques, and/or oral care mesh classification techniques (e.g., such as tooth classification or setups classification), among others.
[00173] FIGs 6 and 7 show reconstructed tooth meshes. FIG. 8 shows a depiction of the reconstruction error from the reconstructed tooth shown in FIG. 7, called a reconstruction error plot. [00174] FIG. 6 shows an example of an input tooth mesh on the left and the corresponding outputted reconstructed tooth mesh on the right.
[00175] FIG. 7 shows another example of an input tooth mesh on the left and the corresponding outputted reconstructed tooth mesh on the right. [00176] FIG. 8 depicts reconstruction error in the results described above with respect to FIGS. 6 and 7, in a form referred to as a “reconstruction error plot” with units in millimeters (mm). Notice that the reconstruction error is less than 50 microns at the cusp tips, and much less than 50 microns over most of the tooth surface. Compared to a typical tooth with a size of 1.0 cm, an error rate of 50 microns (or less) means that the tooth surface was reconstructed with an error rate of less than 0.5%.
[00177] FIG. 9 is a bar chart in which each bar represents an individual tooth and represents the mean absolute distance of all vertices involved in the reconstruction of that tooth in a data that was used to evaluate the performance of a mesh reconstruction model.
[00178] The tooth mesh reconstruction autoencoder, of which a variational autoencoder (VAE) is an example, may be trained to encode a tooth as a reduced-dimensionality form, called a latent space vector. The reconstruction VAE may be trained on example tooth meshes. The tooth mesh may be received by the VAE, deconstructed into a latent space vector using a 3D encoder and then reconstructed into a facsimile of the input mesh using a 3D decoder. Existing techniques for setups prediction lack such a deconstruction/reconstruction method. One advantage of this method is that the encoder El may become trained to encode a tooth mesh (or mesh of a dental appliance, gums, or other body part or anatomy) into a reduced-dimension form that can be used in the training and deployment of any of suite of powerful setups prediction methods (e.g., GDL Setups, RL Setups, VAE Setups, Capsule Setups, MLP Setups and Diffusion Setups, among others). This reduced-dimensionality form of the tooth may enable the setups prediction neural network to more efficiently encode the reconstruction characteristics of the tooth, and better learn to place the tooth into a pose suitable for either final setups or intermediate stages, thereby providing technical improvements in terms of both data precision and resource footprint.
[00179] Furthermore, the reduced dimensionality representations of the teeth may be provided to the second ML module, which may generate predicted setups transforms. Using a low dimensionality representation can provide a number of advantages. For example, training machine learning models on data samples (e.g., from the training dataset) which have variable sizes (e.g., one sample has a different size from the other) can be highly error-prone, with the resulting machine learning models generating less accurate predictive outputs, for at least the reason that conventional machine learning models are configured with a specific structure that is configured based on an expected format of the input data. And when the input data do not conform to the expected format the machine learning model may unintentionally or inadvertently introduce errors into the prediction. Furthermore, training machine learning models on data samples which are larger than a particular size may result in a less accurate model, because the model is incapable of encoding the distribution of the large data samples (e.g., because the machine learning model was not properly configured to accommodate inputs of that size). Both of these problems are present in a typical dataset of cohort patient case data. The standard size and low-dimensionality nature of the latent vectors described herein solves both of these problems, which results in more accurate machine learning models (e.g., a second ML module which may be trained to generate setups transforms or to perform classification). [00180] The reconstructed mesh may be compared to the input mesh, for example using a reconstruction error (as described elsewhere in this disclosure), which quantifies the differences between the meshes. This reconstruction error may be computed using Euclidean distances between corresponding mesh elements between the two meshes. There are other methods of computing this error too which may be derived from material described elsewhere in this disclosure. FIGS 8 and 9 show example reconstruction errors, in accordance with the techniques described herein.
[00181] In some implementations, the mesh or meshes which are provided to the mesh reconstruction VAE may first be converted to vertex lists (or point clouds) before being provided to the encoder El. This manner of handling the input to El may be conducive to either a single mesh input (such as in a tooth mesh classification task) or a set of multiple teeth (such as in the setups classification task). The input meshes do not need to be connected.
[00182] The encoder El may be trained to encode a tooth mesh into a latent space vector A (or “tooth representation vector”). In the course of the restoration design task, encoder El may arrange an input tooth mesh into a mesh element vector F, and encode it into a latent space vector A. This latent space vector A may be a reduced dimensionality representation of F that describes the important geometrical attributes of F. Latent space vector A may be provided to the decoder DI to be restored to full resolution or near full resolution, along with the desired geometrical changes. The restored full resolution mesh or near-full resolution mesh may be described by G, which may then be arranged into the output mesh.
[00183] In some implementations, such as in restoration design generation, the tooth name, the tooth designation and/or tooth type R may be concatenated with the latent vector A, as a means of conditioning the VAE on such information, to improve the ability of the VAE to respond to specific tooth types or designations.
[00184] The performance of the mesh reconstruction VAE can be measured using reconstruction error calculations. In some examples, reconstruction error may be computed as element-to -element distances between two meshes, for example using Euclidean distances. Other distance measures are possible in accordance with various implementations of the techniques of this disclosure, such as Cosine distance, Manhattan distance, Minkowski distance, Chebyshev distance, Jaccard distance (e.g. intersection over union of meshes), Haversine distance (e.g., distance across a surface), and Sorensen- Dice distance.
[00185] The performance of a mesh reconstruction VAE may, in some implementations, be verified via reconstruction error plots and/or other key performance indicators. The latent space vectors for one or more input tooth meshes may be plotted (e.g., in 2D) using UMAP or t-SNE dimensionality reduction techniques and compared, to select the best available separability between classes of tooth (molar, premolar, incisor, etc.), indicating that the model has an awareness of the strong geometric variation between classes, and a strong similarity within a class. This would be illustrated by clear, nonoverlapping clusters in the resulting UMAP / t-SNE plots.
[00186] In some instances, the latent vector corresponding to a mesh may be used as a part of a classifier to classify that mesh. For example, classification may be performed to identify a tooth type, or to detect errors in the mesh (or an arrangement of meshes), such as in a validation operation. The latent vector and/or computed mesh element features (such as spatial and/or structural mesh features described herein) may be provided to a supervised machine learning model to classify the mesh. A non-exhaustive list of possible supervised ML models is found elsewhere in this disclosure.
[00187] In some implementations, a reconstruction VAE may be trained to reconstruct any arbitrary tooth type. In other implementations, a reconstruction VAE may be trained to reconstruct a specific tooth type (e.g., a 1st molar, or a central incisor).
[00188] FIG. 10 describes the training of a mesh reconstruction VAE which, in some implementations, may be used to encode a tooth mesh (or other 3D oral care representation) into a latent representation (e.g., a latent vector) A. This VAE may also be trained to encode other kinds of 3D representations (e.g., meshes that describe gums, fixture model components, oral care hardware such as brackets and/or attachments, dental restoration appliance components, other portions of anatomy, or the like) into a latent vector A. The latent representation(s) may be provided to a second ML module. The second ML module (e.g., a set of fully connected layers, or an encoder) may be trained to generate a 3D oral care presentation, such as a transform which may place a 3D representation into a pose which is suitable for appliance generation (e.g., to place a tooth into a pose which is suitable for setups generation).
[00189] FIG. 10 shows a method that systems of this disclosure may implement to train a reconstruction autoencoder for reconstructing a 3D representation of the patient’s dentition. The particular example of FIG. 10 illustrates training of a variational autoencoder (VAE) for reconstructing a tooth mesh 1000. In some examples, FIG. 10 may be associated with details on training a tooth crown reconstruction VAE of this disclosure. For each tooth in a patient case 1000 (1008), the systems of this disclosure may generate a watertight mesh by merging the tooth’s crown mesh with the corresponding root mesh such that the vertices on the open edge of the crown mesh match up with the vertices on the open edge of the root mesh (1002). The systems of this disclosure may perform a registration step (1004) to align a tooth mesh with a template tooth mesh (e.g., using the iterative closest point technique or by applying the inverse mal transform for that tooth), with the technical enhancement of improving the accuracy and data precision of the mesh correspondence computation at 1006. The systems of this disclosure may compute correspondences between a tooth mesh and the corresponding template tooth mesh, with the technical improvement of conditioning the tooth mesh to be ready to be provided to the reconstruction autoencoder. The dataset of prepared tooth meshes are split into train, validation and holdout test sets (1010), which are then used to train a reconstruction autoencoder (1012), described herein as a tooth VAE, tooth reconstruction VAE or more generally as a reconstruction autoencoder. The tooth VAE may comprise a 3D encoder which encodes a tooth mesh into a latent form (e.g., a latent vector A), and a subsequent 3D decoder reconstructs that tooth into a facsimile of the inputted tooth mesh. The tooth VAE of this disclosure may be trained using a combination of reconstruction loss and KL-Divergence loss, and optionally other of the loss functions described herein. The output of this method is a trained tooth VAE 1014. [00190] FIG. 11 shows non-limiting code implementing an example 3D encoder and an example 3D decoder for a mesh reconstruction VAE. These implementations may include: convolution operations, batch norm operations, linear neural network layers, Gaussian operations, and continuous normalizing flows (CNF), among others.
[00191] One of the steps which may take place in the VAE training data pre-processing is the calculation of mesh correspondences. Correspondences may be computed between the mesh elements of the input mesh and the mesh elements of a reference or template mesh with known structure. The goal of mesh correspondence calculation may be to find matching points between the surfaces of an input mesh and of a template (reference) mesh. Mesh correspondence may generate point to point correspondences between input and template meshes by mapping each vertex from the input mesh to at least one vertex in the template mesh. In one example, a range of entries in the vector may correspond to the mesial lingual cusp tip; another range of elements may correspond to the distal lingual cusp tip; another range of elements may correspond to the mesial surface of that tooth; another range of elements may correspond to the lingual surface of that tooth, and so on. In the case of a tooth mesh reconstruction autoencoder (such as a VAE), in some implementations, the autoencoder may be trained on just a subset of teeth (e.g., only molars or only upper left first molars). In other implementations, the autoencoder may be trained on a larger subset or all of the teeth in the mouth. In some implementations, an input vector may be provided to the autoencoder (e.g., a vector of flags) which may define or otherwise influence the autoencoder as to which type of tooth mesh may have been received by the autoencoder as input. A data precision improvement of this approach is to mesh correspondences in mesh reconstruction to reduce sampling error, improve alignment, and improve mesh generation quality. Further details on the use of mesh correspondences with the autoencoder models of this disclosure is found elsewhere in this disclosure.
[00192] In some implementations, an iterative closest point (ICP) algorithm may be run between the input tooth mesh and a template tooth mesh, during the computation of mesh correspondences. The correspondences may be computed to establish vertex-to-vertex relationships (between the input tooth mesh and the reconstructed tooth mesh), for use in computing reconstruction error.
[00193] In some implementations, an inverse mal transform may be applied to bring the input tooth mesh into at least approximate alignment with a template tooth mesh, during the computation of mesh correspondences. In some implementations, both ICP and an inverse mal transform may be applied. [00194] According to particular implementations, training data may be generalized to one or more arches of teeth (e.g., among other 3D oral care representations) or may be more specific to particular teeth within an arch (e.g., among other 3D oral care representations). In situations in which more specific training data is leveraged, the specific training data can be presented as a tooth template. For instance, a tooth template may be specific to one or more tooth types (e.g., lower right central incisor). In some implementations, a tooth template may be generated which is an average of many examples of a certain type of tooth (such as an average of lower first molars). In some implementations, a tooth template may be generated which is an average of many examples of more than one tooth type (such as an average of first and second bicuspids from both upper and lower arches).
[00195] In some implementations, the pre-processing procedure may involve one or more of the following steps: generation of watertight meshes (e.g. making sure that the boundary of the root mesh seals cleanly against the boundary of the crown mesh), registration to align the tooth mesh with a template mesh (e.g., using either ICP or the inverse mal transform), and the computation of mesh correspondences (i.e., to generate mesh element-to-mesh element correspondences between the input tooth mesh and a template tooth mesh).
[00196] FIG. 12 shows Tooth reconstructions generated after training epoch 849 of a tooth reconstruction autoencoder. In FIG. 12, the left side (labelled as "Training Data (ICP)") shows a tooth mesh (in the form of a 3D point cloud) after the completion of the pre-processing steps, where preprocessing used ICP to do the registration. The right side shows two things: the output of the tooth reconstruction VAE (in the left column) and the corresponding ground truth tooth 3D representation. In this instance as well, the 3D representation of each tooth is represented by a point cloud. This output was generated at epoch 849 of the reconstruction VAE training.
[00197] The above description deals primarily with the processing of mesh, point cloud and/or voxel data into latent space vectors, as a means for reducing the dimensionality of those data and strengthening the signal-to-noise ratio of those data, such that an ML classifier can make decisions based on those data. Applications include but are not limited to VAE Setups, MLP Setups, MAE Mesh In-Filling, VAE Mesh Element Labelling, VAE for Tooth Mesh Classification, and some examples of Setups Classification. A reconstruction autoencoder trained based on the above material is also relevant to validation operations, such as segmentation validation, coordinate system validation, mesh cleanup validation, restoration design validation, fixture model validation, clear tray aligner (CT A) trimline validation, setups validation, oral care appliance component validation (either or both of placement and generation), and hardware (bracket, attachment, etc.) placement validation, to name some examples.
[00198] Autoencoders of this disclosure (such as a VAE or capsule autoencoder) may process other types of oral care data, such as text data, categorical data, spatiotemporal data, real-time data and/or vectors of real numbers, such as may be found among the procedure parameters. Data may be qualitative or quantitative. Data may be nominal or ordinal. Data may be discrete or continuous. Data may be structured, unstructured or semi-structured. The autoencoders of this disclosure may also encode such data into latent space vectors (or latent capsules) for later reconstruction. Those latent vectors/latent capsules may be used for prediction and/or classification. The reconstructions may be used for model verification, and for validation applications, for example, through the calculation of reconstruction error and/or the labeling of data elements.
[00199] A latent vector A which may be generated by the encoder El in a fully trained mesh reconstruction autoencoder (e.g., for tooth meshes), may be a reduced-dimensionality representation of the input mesh (e.g., a tooth mesh). In some implementations, the latent vector A may be a vector of 128 real numbers (or some other size, such as 256 or 512). The decoder DI of the fully trained mesh reconstruction autoencoder may be capable to take the latent vector A as input and reconstruct a close facsimile of the input tooth mesh, with low reconstruction error. In some implementations, modifications may be made to the latent vector A, so as to effect changes in the shape of the reconstructed mesh that is generated from the decoder D2. Such modifications may be made after first mapping-out the latent space, to gain insight into the effects of making particular change. There are a variety of loss functions which may be used in the training of El and DI, which may involve terms related to reconstruction loss and/or KL-Divergence between distributions (e.g., in some instances to minimize the distance between the latent space distribution and a multidimensional Gaussian distribution). One purpose of the reconstruction loss term is to compare the predicted reconstructed tooth 3D representation to the corresponding ground truth reconstructed tooth 3D representation. One purpose of the KL-divergence term is to make the latent space more Gaussian, and therefore improve the quality of reconstmcted meshes (i.e., especially in the case where the latent space vector may be modified, to change the shape of the outputted mesh, for example to segment a 3D mesh, or to perform tooth design generation for use in generating a dental reconstruction appliance).
[00200] In some implementations, modifications may be made to the latent vector A so as to change the characteristics of the reconstructed mesh (such as with the generation of a dental restoration tooth design mesh). If the loss L is computed using only reconstruction loss, and changes are made to the latent vector A, then in some use case scenarios, the reconstructed mesh may reflect the expected form of output (e.g., be a recognizable tooth). In other use case scenarios however, the output of the reconstructed mesh may not conform to the expected form of output (e.g., not be a recognizable tooth). [00201] FIG. 13 illustrates a latent space where loss incorporates reconstruction loss but does not incorporate KL-Divergence loss. In FIG. 13, point Pl corresponds to the original form of a latent space vector A. Point P2 corresponds to a different location in the latent space, which may be sampled as a result of making modifications to the latent vector A, but where the mesh which is reconstructed from P2 may not give good output (e.g., does not look like a recognizable or otherwise suitable tooth). Point P3 corresponds to still a different location in the latent space, which may be sampled as a result of making a different set of modifications to the latent vector A, but where the mesh which is reconstructed from P3 may give good output (e.g., has the appearance of a tooth design which is suitable for use in generating a dental restoration appliance). In the case where loss involves only reconstruction loss, the subset of the latent space which can be sampled to produce a latent space vector P3 which yielding a valid reconstructed mesh may be irregular or hard to predict.
[00202] FIG. 14 illustrates an example latent space in which the loss includes both reconstruction loss and KL-divergence loss. If the loss is improved by incorporating a KL-divergence term, the quality of the latent space may improve significantly. The latent space may become more Gaussian under this new scenario (as shown in FIG. 14), a latent supervector A corresponds to point P4 near the center of a multidimensional Gaussian curve. Changes may be made to the latent supervector A, yielding point P5 nearby P4, where the resulting reconstructed mesh is highly likely to reflect desired attributes (e.g., is highly likely to be a valid tooth). The introduction of the KL-divergence term to loss may make the process of modifying the latent space vector A and getting a valid reconstructed mesh more reliable. In some implementations, as with a capsule autoencoder, the latent vector maybe replaced with a latent capsule, which may undergo modification and subsequently be reconstructed. This autoencoder framework may, in some implementations, be adapted to the segmentation of tooth meshes. Additionally, this autoencoder framework may, in some implementations, be adapted to the task of tooth coordinate system prediction. In some implementations, a mesh reconstruction autoencoder for coordinate system prediction may compress the tooth data into latent vector form, and then provide the latent vector to a second ML module (e.g., an MLP) which has been trained for coordinate system prediction (e.g., for coordinate system prediction on a mesh, with the goal of defining a local coordinate system for that mesh, such as a tooth mesh).
[00203] For a given domain (e.g., tooth restoration design generation, MAE tooth in-filling, or setups design, etc.), the latent space can be mapped-out, so that changes to the latent space vector A may lead to reasonably well reconstructed meshes. The latent space may be systematically mapped by generating latent vectors with carefully chosen variations in value (e.g., by experimenting with different combinations of 128 values in an example latent vector). In some instances, a grid search of values may be performed, with the advantage of efficiently exploring the latent space. With the latent space mapped- out, the shape of a mesh may be modified by nudging the values in one or more elements of the latent vector values towards the portion of the mapped out latent space which has been found to correspond to the desired tooth characteristics. The use of KL-divergence in the loss calculation increases the likelihood that the modified latent vector gets reconstructed into a valid example of the inputted 3D oral care representation (e.g., 3D mesh of a tooth).
[00204] In the case of restoration design generation, the mesh may correspond to at least some portion of a tooth. Changes may be made to a latent vector A, such that the resulting reconstructed tooth mesh may have characteristics which meet the specification set by the restoration design parameters. A neural network for tooth restoration design generation is described in US Provisional Application No. US63/366514, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
[00205] A tooth setup may be designed at least in part, by modifying a latent vector that corresponds to one or more teeth (e.g., each described as 3D point clouds, voxels or meshes) of an arch or arches which are to be placed in a setup configuration. This mesh may be encoded into a latent vector A which then undergoes modification to adjust the poses of the resulting tooth poses. The modified latent vector A’ may then be reconstructed into the mesh or meshes which describe the setup. Such a technique may be used to design a final setup configuration or an intermediate stage configuration, or the like.
[00206] The modifications to a latent vector may, in some implementations, be carried out via an ML model, such as one of the neural network models or other ML models disclosed elsewhere in this disclosure. In some implementations, a neural network may be trained to operate within the latent space of such vectors A of setups meshes. The mapping of the latent space of A may have been previously generated by making controlled adjustments to trial latent vectors and observing the resulting changes to a setups configuration (i.e., after the modified A has been reconstructed back into a full mesh or meshes of the dental arch). The mapping of the latent space may, in some instances, follow methodical search patterns, such as in a grid search.
[00207] In some implementations, a tooth reconstruction VAE may take a single input of tooth name/type/designation R, which may command the VAE to output a tooth mesh of the designated type. This can be accomplished by generating a latent vector A' for use in reconstructing a suitable tooth mesh. In some implementations, this latent vector A' may be sampled or generated "on the fly", out of a prior mapping of the latent vector space. Such a mapping may have been performed to understand which portions of the latent vector space correspond to different shapes, structures and/or geometries of tooth. For example, out of the 128 real values in an example latent vector A' (other sizes are possible), certain elements, and perhaps certain ranges of values for those vector elements may have been determined to correspond to a certain type/name/designation of tooth and/or a tooth with a certain shape or other intended characteristics. This model for tooth mesh generation may also apply to the generation of oral care hardware, appliances and appliance components (such as to be used for orthodontic treatment). This model may also be trained for the generation of other types of anatomy. This model may also be trained for the generation of other types on non-oral care meshes as well.
[00208] In some implementations, setups prediction models of this disclosure may include one or more reconstruction autoencoder neural networks. A reconstruction autoencoder, such as a variational autoencoder, which makes use of loss functions, nonlinearities (aka neural network activation functions) and solvers which are not used in existing techniques for the generation of setups for digital oral care appliances. Methods of this disclosure may generate setups for use in generating orthodontic aligner trays, such as 3M CLARITY Aligners. The methods may train a first ML module to generate latent representations of the teeth (e.g., reduced dimensionality latent representations which describe the reconstruction characteristics of the original meshes), which may be provided to a second ML module (e.g., an MLP, or an encoder-decoder network, such as an autoencoder, a transformer, etc.), which may generate tooth transforms which may place the teeth into setups poses. An example of the second ML module is the decoder D2.
[00209] Examples of loss functions which may be used to train the methods of this disclosure include: mean absolute error (MAE), mean squared error (MSE), Ll-loss, L2-loss, KL-divergence, entropy, and reconstruction loss. Such loss functions enable each generated setups prediction to be compared against a corresponding ground truth setups prediction in a quantified manner, leading to one or more loss values which may be used to train, at least in part, one or more of the neural networks of this disclosure. Examples of solvers may include: dopri5, bdf, rk4, midpoint, adams, explicit adams, and fixed adams. The solvers enable the neural networks to solve systems of equations and corresponding unknown variables. Examples of nonlinearities may include: tanh, rein, softplus, elu, swish, square, identity, etc. The activation functions may be used to introduce nonlinear behavior to the neural networks in a manner that enables the neural networks to better represent the training data. Losses may be computed as a part of the process of training the neural networks via backpropagation. Neural network layers such as the following may be used: ignore, concat, concat_v2, squash, concatsquash, scale and concatscale. The loss functions, nonlinearities, solvers and activation functions from this section may also apply to the architecture and training of the other neural network examples of the present disclosure.
[00210] A reconstruction autoencoder, such as a VAE, may be trained to encode a 3D representation of a tooth (e.g., a tooth mesh) into a latent representation (e.g., with a reduced dimensionality), and then reconstruct that latent representation into a close facsimile of the original 3D representation of the tooth. A reconstruction error may be computed to compare the original tooth mesh to the reconstructed tooth mesh, showing that the reconstructed tooth mesh is an accurate reconstruction of the original tooth mesh, and therefore show that the latent representation is also an accurate description of the shape and/or structure of the original tooth mesh. In some implementations, a first ML module may contain one or more reconstruction autoencoders (e.g., the training of which is shown in FIG. 15), which may be used in deployment to generate latent representations of the patient’s teeth A. When tooth reconstruction autoencoder in FIG. 15 (e.g., a VAE) is fully trained, the reconstruction autoencoder may be used in the first ML module. The latent representations A of the teeth may be concatenated (e.g., forming vector E and a copy of E called B), and then be provided to a second ML module (e.g., as shown in the conditional VAE of FIG. 16) which may generate the setups transforms. The advantage of providing E and B to the autoencoder in FIG. 16 is to provide information of the shapes and/or structures of the patient’s teeth (e.g., including reconstruction characteristics) to the decoder D2, and to present that information in a reduced dimensionality form that is actionable by that decoder D2. The second ML module may, in some implementations, first undergo training as a tooth reconstruction autoencoder, and then undergo further training to generate tooth transforms (e.g., via transfer learning). During the training phase of the autoencoder shown in FIG. 16, the tooth transforms D (e.g., mal transforms, or intermediate transforms from a prior intermediate stage) may optionally be provided to the second ML module, to provide information about the initial poses of the patient’s teeth to decoder D2. Stated another way, D comprises mal transforms, which may be combined with the arch latent representation E, forming a first combination vector.
[00211] The first combination vector may be concatenated with vectors of oral care arguments (e.g., procedure parameters K, doctor preferences information L, oral care metrics, or other inputs described herein). Tooth name/type/designations R may optionally be concatenated with the combination vector. In some implementations, zero or more of the following inputs may be concatenated with the combination vector: flags M (such as indicating fixed or pinned teeth), tooth position info N, tooth orientation info O, tooth name/designation information R, one or more orthodontic metrics S, tooth dimension info P, distance between adjacent teeth Q, and IPR information U. The use of oral care arguments enables the VAE Setups model to customize outputs (e.g., predicted transforms) to account for the doctor’s preferences, and procedure parameters which have been designated for that patient. The oral care arguments may also enable customization based upon orthodontic metrics (e.g., overbite, or alignment, among others described herein) which may be provided to the second ML module (e.g., decoder D2), so that second ML module generates setups transforms which place the patient’s teeth into poses which closely match the provided orthodontic metrics values. The advantage of this use of orthodontic metrics as an input to a setups prediction model is to improve the customization of the predicted setup and ultimately improve the ability of the resulting orthodontic appliance (e.g., thermoformed aligner tray) to treat the patient. Prior techniques for setups prediction failed to account for doctor procedure parameters K, doctor preferences information L, or oral care metrics, to the detriment of the predictive models which resulted from those techniques. Oral care arguments may be provided to the setups prediction methods of this disclosure to influence the generation of the setups transforms predicted for the patient’s teeth.
[00212] The first combination vector may undergo latent encoding by encoder E2, to generate latent representation C. Latent vector C may be concatenated with latent arch vector B, and provided to decoder D2, in the course of training encoder E2 and/or decoder D2 (e.g., which may be trained end-to- end). In this manner, the VAE Setups prediction model may generate setups transform predictions for the patient’s teeth, while accounting for not only the shapes and/or structures of the patient’s teeth, but also the initial poses of the patient’s teeth. This is particularly advantageous when the method is trained to generate intermediate stages, because the poses of the teeth in each subsequent intermediate stage are dependent on the poses of the teeth in the prior stage. That is, by leveraging an understanding of the relationship between intermediate stages, ML modules trained as disclosed herein can generate more accurate predictions of each subsequent intermediate stage and/or the final setup. The latent representation C may optionally be concatenated with the arch latent vector B, forming a second combination vector. Oral care arguments (e.g., procedure parameters vector K, the doctor preferences vector L, or oral care metrics - as described herein) may, in some implementations, be concatenated with the second combination vector.
[00213] The second combination vector may be provided to decoder D2. D2 may generate a set of transforms H, which may transform the one or more teeth in the patient case into setups poses. In some implementations the transforms may describe the final setup poses of the patient’s teeth and can be used to transform the teeth from the input arch into the final setups poses. In other implementations, the transforms may describe the intermediate poses corresponding to intermediate stages of orthodontic treatment.
[00214] The encoder E2 and/or the decoder D2 may be trained (e.g., in an end-to-end fashion) by one or more loss values (e.g., by backpropagation). For example, a loss may be computed that quantifies the difference between the one or more predicted tooth transforms H and corresponding one or more ground truth tooth transforms GTT (e.g., for final setups or intermediate staging). Reconstruction loss, LI loss, L2 loss or others described herein may be used. As a result of the training, the decoder D2 may encode the distribution of setups transforms in the training dataset. The training dataset may include cohort patient cases of teeth in malocclusion (e.g., tooth meshes F with corresponding malocclusion transforms D), and where a ground truth setup transform is available for each tooth (e.g., for use in loss calculation). [00215] Decoder D 1 and decoder D2 may train their own distinct sets of neural network weights. The advantage of training D2 in this manner is that the training of D2 may benefit from exposure to the mal tooth transform. The training of D2 also benefits from knowing the reconstruction characteristics of the teeth for which D2 is tasked with generating setups transforms. In this way, the decoder D2 may be conditioned on the reconstruction characteristics contained in B, and in this way, B enables the decoder D2 to focus on transforms which are more suited to the teeth described by the arch latent vector B. The arch latent vectors E and B clarify the reconstruction characteristics of the teeth and present those characteristics in reduced dimensionality form to decoder D2. Decoder D2 also benefits from the malocclusion latent representation C which is generated by encoder E2, which combines the arch latent vector with the corresponding mal tooth transforms in a controlled manner. Prior techniques attempted to predict setups transforms based only upon the malocclusion transforms D, and did not train the transform-generation neural network with the benefit of the arch representation latent vectors E and B, resulting in an implementation which is inferior to the techniques of the present disclosure in terms of the ability to correctly generate a setup which accounts for the shape and/or structure of the several tooth meshes which comprise an arch. Stated another way, prior techniques were unable to minimize collisions between teeth because the prior techniques did not consider the shapes and/or structures of the teeth, as encoded in the arch latent vectors E and B.
[00216] In some implementations, the malocclusion transform D for a tooth may first be applied to that tooth before the tooth is encoded by the encoder El, yielding a latent space vector A’ for each tooth. Concatenated latent space vectors D’ and B’ are then provided as inputs to encoder E2 and decoder D2, respectively, yielding predicted setups transforms H’.
[00217] Loss function calculations may influence the training of a setups prediction model. A loss function may quantify the difference between a predicted example and the corresponding ground truth example (e.g., the different between a predicted transform and the corresponding ground truth transform). Loss functions which may be involved in the training of the reconstruction VAE in FIG. 15 are described herein. Losses which may be used in the training of a VAE (e.g., for training the autoencoders in either of FIGs 15 or 16) may include (but are not limited to): reconstruction loss, L2 loss, or KL Divergence loss. L2 loss may minimize the error between the setup transforms and the ground truth transforms, heavily penalizing larger errors. KL Divergence may penalize the setups prediction model if the latent vector C is not Gaussian. A technical improvement of using these loss functions as described herein, particularly the combination of KL-divergence with reconstruction loss, is the data precision-oriented improvement of providing a smoother, more-reliable reconstruction output (i.e., a more reliably reconstructed output mesh).
[00218] When ground truth final setups transforms are used in loss calculation (e.g., loss which compares the poses of teeth in predicted poses to teeth in ground truth final setups poses), the transforms H or H’ may describe the final setups poses of the teeth. When ground truth intermediate stages transforms are used in loss calculation (e.g., loss which compares the poses of teeth in predicted poses to teeth in ground truth intermediate stage poses), the transforms H or H’ may describe the poses for an intermediate stage of the teeth (e.g., intermediate stages of orthodontic treatment). [00219] Examples of VAE Setups deployment implementations are shown in FIG. 21. The deployment methods may use the tooth reconstruction autoencoder in FIG. 15 to generate latent representations A of the patient's teeth, which may be concatenated into one or more arch latent vectors B (or a copy of B called E).
[00220] Deployment Method 1 may provide to the second ML module one or more latent representations of the individual teeth, along with an awareness of the malocclusion poses (e.g., as described by the tooth transforms D). Deployment Method 1 may provide arch latent vector E and tooth transforms D (e.g., either mal or intermediate stage transforms) to encoder E2, resulting in latent vector C. This latent vector C may (optionally) be concatenated with arch latent vector B, and/or other inputs (e.g., K, L, M, N, O, R, S, P, Q, U, V, among others), resulting in a second concatenation vector. The second concatenation vector may be provided to decoder D2, which may generate one or more predicted transforms H (e.g., when the patient has 32 teeth, 32 transforms may be predicted).
[00221] Deployment Method 2 may provide to the second ML module one or more latent representations of the individual teeth without an awareness of the malocclusion poses. Deployment Method 2 may initialize latent vector C with values from a Gaussian distribution (or all zeros). Latent vector C may be concatenated with arch latent vector B, resulting in a second concatenation vector. The second concatenation vector may (optionally) be concatenated with other inputs (e.g., K, L, M, N, O, R, S, P, Q, U, V, among others). The second concatenation vector may be provided to decoder D2, which may generate one or more predicted transforms H (e.g., when the patient has 32 teeth, 32 transforms may be predicted).
[00222] Systems of this disclosure may train autoencoders for orthodontic setups prediction. Those autoencoders may, in some implementations, undergo further training (e.g., transfer learning) to perform setups classification (or tooth classification), as per the Setups Classifier neural network description of US Provisional Application 63/432627, the entirety of which is incorporated herein by reference. A setup can be classified by encoding the setups into latent vector form and then classifying the latent vector. In some implementations, both of tooth meshes and tooth transforms may be provided to the encoder of a first ML module, which may generate a latent vector which may undergo subsequent classification, enabling the subsequent classification module to take tooth transforms into account when classifying either teeth or setups. Stated another way, the embedding vectors for one or more transformed teeth (i.e., teeth where the respective transforms have already been applied) can be provided to a classification neural network. A machine learning model, such as a neural network or a SVM may be trained to classify the embedding vectors, in other implementations, the open source MeshCNN toolkit may be trained on oral care meshes, to render a predicted class label for those meshes (e.g., teeth, or setups - such as mal, staging, final setup, etc.). Improvements may be made to the mesh classification functionality of MeshCNN by computing mesh element feature vectors (e.g., as described herein) for the meshes which are provided to MeshCNN, to improve latent representations. Further improvements can be made to MeshCNN by providing oral care arguments to MeshCNN, to influence the functioning of MeshCNN. in other implementations, the teeth of the patient case may be provided to an encoder structure, such as the encoder El. The resulting latent space vectors A may be concatenated into representation vectors E and B. The set of transforms D along with the arch representation vector E may be provided to the encoder E2, yielding output latent space vector C. C may be provided to a classification neural network, such as a classification neural network or an SVM. In other implementations, the MeshCNN toolkit may be used to classify the meshes within an orthodontic arch, to classify the orthodontic setup. In other implementations, C may be provided to an encoder structure, to render a predicted class label for that setup.
[00223] In some implementations, one or more oral care appliance components (e.g., latent representations of the appliance components) may be provided to the second ML module (e.g., as shown in FIG. 16), and the second ML module may be trained to generate transforms to place the one or more appliance components relative to one or more teeth of the patient. For example, the latent representations of the appliance components may be concatenated with the arch latent vectors E and/or B in FIG. 16. In such implementations, losses (e.g., LI, L2, or reconstruction loss, among others described herein) may be computed between the predicted transforms (e.g., transforms predicted for the appliance components) and corresponding ground truth transforms that are provided with the training data. Such losses may be used to train, at least in part, the second ML module. Examples of pre-defined (or library) appliance components which may be placed using techniques of this disclosure include: vents, rear snap clamps, door hinges, door snaps, an incisal registration feature, center clips, custom labels, a manufacturing case frame, a diastema matrix handle, among others.
[00224] In some implementations, one or more fixture model components (e.g., latent representations of the fixture model components) may be provided to the second ML module (e.g., as shown in FIG. 16), and the second ML module may be trained to generate transforms to place the one or more fixture model components relative to one or more teeth of the patient. For example, the latent representations of the one or more fixture components may be concatenated with the arch latent vectors E and/or B in FIG. 16. In such implementations, losses (e.g., LI, L2, or reconstruction loss, among others described herein) may be computed between the predicted transforms (e.g., transforms predicted for the fixture model components) and corresponding ground truth transforms that are provided with the training data). Such losses may be used to train, at least in part, the second ML module. 490 may include 3D representations (e.g., 3D point clouds, 3D meshes, or voxelized representations) of one or more of the following non-limiting items: 1) interproximal webbing - which may fill-in space or smooth-out the gaps between teeth to ensure aligner removability. 2) blockout - which may be added to the fixture model to remove overhangs that might interfere with plastic tray thermoforming or to ensure aligner removability. 3) bite blocks - occlusal features on the molars or premolars intended to prop the bite open. 4) bite ramps - lingual features on incisors and cuspids intended to prop the bite open. 5) interproximal reinforcement - a structure on the exterior of an oral care appliance (e.g., an aligner tray), which may extend from a first gingival edge of the appliance body on a labial side of the appliance body along an interproximal region between the first tooth and the second tooth to a second gingival edge of the appliance body on a lingual side of the appliance body. The effect of the interproximal reinforcement on the appliance body at the interproximal region may be stiffer than a labial face and a lingual face of the first shell. This may allow the aligner to grasp the teeth on either side of the reinforcement more firmly. 6) gingival ridge - a structure which may extend along the gingival edge of a tooth in the mesial-distal direction for the purpose of enhancing engagement between the aligner and a given tooth. 7) torque points - structures which may enhance force delivered to a given tooth at specified locations. 8) power ridges - structures which may enhance force delivered to a given tooth at a specified location. 9) dimples - structures which may enhance force delivered to a given tooth at specified locations. 10) digital pontic tooth - structure which may hold space open or reserve space in an arch for a tooth which is partially erupted, or the like. In aligners, a physical pontic is a tooth pocket that does not cover a tooth when the aligner is installed on the teeth. The tooth pocket may be filled with tooth-colored wax, silicone, or composite to provide a more aesthetic appearance. 11) power bars - blockout added in an edentulous space to provide strength and support to the tray. A power bar may fill-in voids. Abutments or healing caps may be blocked-out with a power bar. 12) trim line - digital path along the digital fixture model, which may approximately follow the contours of the gingiva (e.g., may be biased 1 or 2 mm in the gingival direction). The trimline may define the path along which a clear aligner may be cut or separated from a physical fixture model, after 3D printing. 13) undercut fill - material which is added to the fixture model to avoid the formation of cavities between the fixture model’s height of contour and another boundary (e.g., the gingiva or the plane that the plane that undergirds the physical fixture model after 3D printing).
[00225] In some implementations, the one or more latent capsules T may be generated by one or more oral care mesh reconstruction capsule autoencoders (such as in FIG. 3). The one or more latent capsules T may be converted to one or more ID vectors and concatenated with the input vectors (and possibly other latent vectors) of a VAE, for the purpose of setups prediction, similarly to VAE Setups, but where T replaces A. Similarly, to the vectors E and B from FIG. 16, vectors E’ and B’ are generated by concatenating the latent capsule T for each tooth in the arch, and subsequently concatenated with the input vector(s) and with the latent vector(s) of the VAE. Similarly to VAE Setups, there are optional inputs: K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, U and V. FIG. 17 illustrates an example training method for Representation Setups. The “Interface Time” module of FIG. 17 describes a deployment method for this implementation.
[00226] Stated another way, capsule autoencoders may be trained for setups prediction. Capsule autoencoder implementations of setups prediction methods are described herein. A first ML module which comprises a 3D capsule encoder may be used to encode tooth mesh data (for one or more teeth) into a latent capsule form. The latent capsule contains encoded reconstruction characteristics of the inputted oral care mesh (or point cloud), and the likelihoods of those reconstruction characteristics. These latent capsules T can be converted to a ID vector and concatenated with other inputs, and then be provided to an encoder, MLP or transformer (e.g., transformer encoder or transformer decoder) to generate setups predictions (similarly to the function of MLP Setups, except where T replaces A as an input). Similarly to MLP Setups, there are optional inputs: K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, U, V. FIG. 19 illustrates this implementation. The setups prediction technique of FIG. 19 encodes the tooth representations using a capsule autoencoder.
[00227] An MLP Setups model may train an autoencoder (e.g., such as a VAE or capsule autoencoder) as a pre-processor to another machine learning model (e.g., to generate a representation), such as an MLP (or a transformer or an encoder), which has been trained to generate the setups transform predictions. Stated another way, a first ML module may comprise a reconstruction autoencoder. The first ML module may generate latent representations of the teeth, and provide those representations to a second ML module (e.g., an encoder, an MLP or a transformer), which may generate setups transforms. For example, a tooth mesh latent vector (generated by an autoencoder) may be received by multilayer perceptron (or encoder or transformer) to generate a setups prediction.
[00228] A neural network which predicts a setup using the positions and orientations of the teeth as inputs (such as is one of the examples disclosed in WO2021245480 Al) may be augmented with the tooth mesh latent vector A. This latent vector A is generated by encoder El and may be concatenated with the inputs to a neural network which predicts the final setups transforms of a set of teeth, based upon the input of the mal positions and orientations of the teeth. A technical improvement relates to the performance of such a neural network by imparting to that network an understanding of the reconstruction characteristics of the tooth meshes.
[00229] The techniques of the present disclosure may provide a latent space vector A to an MLP (or other neural network, such as a generative adversarial neural network or another of the neural networks described elsewhere in this disclosure), to predict a tooth setups transform. Our latent space vector may be generated by a tooth reconstruction autoencoder (e.g., a VAE), where the tooth mesh is encoded as a latent representation (e.g., an N-dimensional vector of real numbers) by an encoder structure. The latent representation may be reconstructed using a decoder into a close facsimile of the original tooth mesh (to within a tolerance of reconstruction error). Incorporating reference to a vector which is capable of undergoing such reconstruction is an enhancement provided by the techniques of this disclosure in comparison to prior setups prediction techniques.
[00230] One of the advantages of the utilizing latent representations, is that the setups prediction model can reduce the dimensionality of the input tooth, and in so doing extract the reconstruction characteristics of the tooth. This reduction in dimensionality has advantages in that training of the second ML module (e.g., which may generate setups transforms) may be more efficient and effective (i.e., the second ML module may have an easier time encoding a simpler data structure). These reconstruction characteristics are shown to correctly describe the input tooth, because the reconstruction module (e.g., a decoder) is able to reconstruct the input mesh from the latent space vector to within a tolerance of reconstruction error. The reconstruction characteristics of the tooth mesh which are described by the latent space vector may be provided to a neural network model (e.g., such as an MLP, transformer or GAN - which contains at least one generator network and at least one discriminator network) to render a prediction of a transform that places a tooth into a desired pose. In some implementations, this pose corresponds to an intermediate state of orthodontic treatment. In other implementations, this pose corresponds to a final setup pose in orthodontic treatment.
[00231] One of the advantages of the latent space vector-based techniques of the present disclosure is that the reconstruction characteristics contained in the latent vector are learned (i.e., machine-generated), rather than being preselected. The encoder El is trained to determine which aspects of the shape and/or structure of the tooth mesh are important, with the advantage that models which are trained on the resulting latent vectors yield better results. The latent space vector A, as generated by the tooth mesh reconstruction VAE, is a significant improvement over existing techniques, because A can be reconstructed into a close facsimile of the original input tooth mesh, as measured by reconstruction error. This reconstruction process demonstrates that A contains the reconstruction characteristics of the input tooth mesh, indicating that A is suitable for use in further predictive models, such as to predict tooth transforms for final setups and/or intermediate stages.
[00232] A latent space vector A for a particular tooth (or a concatenation of latent space vectors B or E for multiple teeth or a whole arch(es)) may be concatenated with one or more procedure parameters vectors K and/or one or more doctor preferences vectors L, before being provided to the MLP for setup transform prediction. Training on such a concatenation of vectors may impart information to the MLP that is specific to the needs of a particular patient or may impart information which is particular to the treatment practices of a particular oral care provider (aka doctor). A data precision-based technical improvement is enhanced final setup and/or intermediate stage generation, because the resulting predicted setup is better tailored to the orthodontic treatment needs of the patient.
[00233] FIG. 18 shows multiple implementations of MLP Setups. FIG. 18 illustrates three examples of MLP Setups. The common input consumed by each is the latent space vector B . The other inputs are optional. Other setups prediction models of this disclosure may take B as input and/or consume these optional inputs, as well. In some implementations, archform information V may be provided as an optional input. Either an MLP, an encoder structure or a transformer can be used to generate transformation matrices (alternatively translation vectors and quaternions or some other form of transformation). The MLP/Encoder/Transformer may take as input concatenated latent space vectors of one or more teeth (see vector B), with zero, one or more of the set of optional additional vectors (such as K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, U and V) described elsewhere in this disclosure. In some implementations, the latent space vector B (for the several teeth), may be introduced in whole or in part to one or more of the intermediate layers of the transformer or the MLP. In some implementations, B may be introduced to the internal workings of the encoder. One or more of the optional input vector K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, U and V may also be introduced to the internal working or hidden layer or layers of one or more predictive model components, such as the MLP, transformer (e.g., transformer encoder or transformer decoder) or encoder structure.
[00234] In some implementations of FIG. 18, where the latent vector B may be absent, the primary input is at least one of the tooth position info N and the tooth orientation info O. In addition to the pose information N and O, such an implementation may also have one or more of optional inputs U, P, Q, K, L, R, and S.
[00235] In some implementations, an automated setups prediction model may be trained to generate a setup with a customized curve-of-spee (e.g., a curve-of-spee which conforms to the intended outcome of the treatment of the patient). Such a model may be trained on cohort patient case data. One or more oral care metrics may be computed on each case to quantify or measure aspects of that case's curve-of- spee. At training time, one or more of such metrics may be provided to the setups prediction model, for example, to influence the model regarding the geometry and/or structure of each case's curve-of- spee. Upon deployment of the setups prediction model, that same input pathway to the trained neural network may be configured with one or more values as instructions to the model about an intended curve- of-spee. Such values may automatically generate a setup with a curve-of-spee which meets the aesthetic and/or medical treatment needs of the particular patient case.
[00236] In some implementations, a curve-of-spee metric may measure the curvature of the occlusal or incisal surfaces of the teeth on either the left or right sides of the arch, with respect to the occlusal plane. The occlusal plane may, in some instances, be computed as a surface which averages the incisal or occlusal surfaces of the teeth (for one or both arches). In some implementations, a curvature metric may be computed along a normal vector, such as a vector which is normal to the occlusal plane. In other implementations, a curvature metric may be computed along the normal vector of another plane. In some implementations, an XY plane may be defined to correspond to the occlusal plane. An orthogonal plane may be defined as the plane that is orthogonal to the occlusal plane, which also passes through a curve- of-spee line segment, where the curve-of-spee line segment is defined by a first endpoint which is a landmarking point on a first tooth (e.g., canine) and the a second endpoint which is a landmarking point on the most-posterior tooth of the same side of the arch. A landmarking point can in some implementations be located along the incisal edge of a tooth or on the cusp of a tooth. In some instances, the landmarking points for the intermediate teeth (e.g., teeth which are located between the first tooth and the most posterior tooth) on either the left or right sides of the arch may form a curved path, such as may be described by a polyline. The following is a non-limiting list of curve-of-spee oral care metrics.
[00237] 1) Measure the vertical height between a line segment and a point. Stated another way, measure a distance between a line segment and a point along the z-axis. The line segment is defined by joining the highest cusp of the most-posterior tooth (in the lower arch) and the cusp of the first tooth on that side (in the lower arch). Given the subset of teeth between the first tooth and the most-posterior tooth, the point is defined by the highest cusp of the lowest tooth of this subset. Stated another way, a curve-of-spee metric may be computed using the following 4 steps, i) Line: Form a line between the highest cusp on the most posterior tooth and the cusp of the first tooth, ii) Curve Point A: Given the set of teeth between the most posterior tooth and the first tooth, find the highest point of the lowest tooth, iii) Curve Point B: Project Curve Point A onto the Line to find a point (Curve Point B) along the line that is closest to Curve Point A. iv) Curve-Of-Spee: Find the height difference between Curve Point B and Curve Point A. [00238] 2) Project one or more intermediate landmark points (e.g., points on the teeth which he between the first tooth and the most-posterior tooth on that side of the arch) and the curve-of-spee line segment onto the orthogonal plane. Compute the curve-of-spee metric by measuring the distance between the farthest of the projected intermediate points to the projected curve-of-spee line segment. This yields a measure for the curvature of the arch relative to the orthogonal plane.
[00239] 3) Project one or more intermediate landmark points and the curve-of-spee line segment onto the occlusal plane. Compute Curve of Spee in this plane by measuring the distance between the farthest of the projected intermediate points to the projected curve-of-spee line segment. This yields a measure for the curvature of the arch relative to the occlusal plane.
[00240] 4) Skip the projection and compute the distances and curvatures in the 3D space. Compute
Curve of Spee by measuring the distance between the farthest of the intermediate points to the curve-of- spee line segment. This yields a measure for the curvature of the arch in 3D space.
[00241] 5) Compute the slope of the projected curve-of-spee line segment on the occlusal plane.
[00242] 6) Compute the slope of the projected curve-of-spee line segment in the orthogonal plane.
[00243] Curve-of-spee metrics 5 and 6 may help the network to reduce some more degrees of freedom in defining how the patient’s arch is curved in the posterior of the mouth.
[00244] Techniques described herein may be trained to generate transforms which may place the patient’s teeth into poses suitable for use in orthodontic setups (e.g., intermediate stages or final setups), according to the specification of the oral care arguments which may, in some implementations, be supplied to the generative model. Oral care arguments may include oral care parameters as disclosed herein, or other real-valued, text-based or categorical inputs which specify intended aspects of the one or more 3D oral care representations which are to be generated. In some instances, oral care arguments may include oral care metrics, which may describe intended aspects of the one or more 3D oral care representations which are to be generated. Oral care arguments are specifically adapted to the implementations described herein. For example, the oral care arguments may specify the intended the designs (e.g., including shape and/or structure) of 3D oral care representations which may be generated (or modified) according to techniques described herein. In short, implementations using the specific oral care arguments disclosed herein generate more accurate 3D oral care representations than implementations that do not use the specific oral care arguments. In some instances, a text encoder may encode a set of natural language instructions from the clinician (e.g., generate a text embedding). A text string may comprise tokens. An encoder for generating text embeddings may, in some implementations, apply either mean-pooling or max-pooling between the token vectors. In some instances, a transformer (e.g., BERT or Siamese BERT) may be trained to extract embeddings of text for use in digital oral care (e.g., by training the transformer on examples of clinical text, such as those given below). In some instances, such a model for generating text embeddings may be trained using transfer learning (e.g., initially trained on another corpus of text, and then receive further training on text related to digital oral care). Some text embeddings may encode text at the word level. Some text embeddings may encode text at the token level. A transformer for generating a text embedding may, in some implementations, be trained, at least in part, with a loss calculation which compares predicted outputs to ground truth outputs (e.g., softmax loss, multiple negatives ranking loss, MSE margin loss, cross-entropy loss or the like). In some instances, the non-text arguments, such as real values or categorical values, may be converted to text, and subsequently embedded using the techniques described herein. The following are examples of natural language instructions that may be issued by a clinician to the generative models described herein: “Generate a setup to set to Class I molar and canine, 2 mm overbite and add 2mm of expansion 5-5Z5-5”, “Generate a setup to align with proclination and expansion and finish with .5 mm spaces U2-2 for future restorative”, or “Adjust the setup with no second molar movement, rotate upper first molars mesial out for Class I, level lower to a reverse curve of Spee 2 mm, advance the mandible with elastics to Class I canine.”
[00245] Techniques of this disclosure may, in some implementations, use PointNet, PointNet++, or derivative neural networks (e.g., networks trained via transfer learning using either PointNet or PointNet++ as a basis for training) to extract local or global neural network features from a 3D point cloud or other 3D representation (e.g., a 3D point cloud describing aspects of the patient’s dentition - such as teeth or gums). Techniques of this disclosure may, in some implementations, use U-Nets to extract local or global neural network features from a 3D point cloud or other 3D representation.
[00246] 3D oral care representations are described herein as such because 3 -dimensional representations are currently state of the art. Nevertheless, 3D oral care representations are intended to be used in a non-limiting fashion to encompass any representations of 3 -dimensions or higher orders of dimensionality (e.g., 4D, 5D, etc.), and it should be appreciated that machine learning models can be trained using the techniques disclosed herein to operate on representations of higher orders of dimensionality.
[00247] In some instances, input data may comprise 3D mesh data, 3D point cloud data, 3D surface data, 3D polyline data, 3D voxel data, or data pertaining to a spline (e.g., control points). An encoderdecoder structure may comprise one or more encoders, or one or more decoders. In some implementations, the encoder may take as input mesh element feature vectors for one or more of the inputted mesh elements. By processing mesh element feature vectors, the encoder is trained in a manner to generate more accurate representations of the input data. For example, the mesh element feature vectors may provide the encoder with more information about the shape and/or structure of the mesh, and therefore the additional information provided allows the encoder to make better-informed decisions and/or generate more-accurate latent representations of the mesh. Examples of encoder-decoder structures include U-Nets, autoencoders or transformers (among others). A representation generation module may comprise one or more encoder-decoder structures (or portions of encoders-decoder structures - such as individual encoders or individual decoders). A representation generation module may generate an information-rich (optionally reduced-dimensionality) representation of the input data, which may be more easily consumed by other generative or discriminative machine learning models.
[00248] A U-Net may comprise an encoder, followed by a decoder. The architecture of a U-Net may resemble a U shape. The encoder may extract one or more global neural network features from the input 3D representation, zero or more intermediate-level neural network features, or one or more local neural network features (at the most local level as contrasted with the most global level). The output from each level of the encoder may be passed along to the input of corresponding levels of a decoder (e.g., by way of skip connections). Like the encoder, the decoder may operate on multiple levels of global-to-local neural network features. For instance, the decoder may output a representation of the input data which may contain global, intermediate or local information about the input data. The U-Net may, in some implementations, generate an information-rich (optionally reduced-dimensionality) representation of the input data, which may be more easily consumed by other generative or discriminative machine learning models.
[00249] An autoencoder may be configured to encode the input data into a latent form. An autoencoder may train an encoder to reformat the input data into a reduced-dimensionality latent form in between the encoder and the decoder, and then train a decoder to reconstruct the input data from that latent form of the data. A reconstruction error may be computed to quantify the extent to which the reconstructed form of the data differs from the input data. The latent form may, in some implementations, be used as an information-rich reduced-dimensionality representation of the input data which may be more easily consumed by other generative or discriminative machine learning models. In most scenarios, an autoencoder may be trained to input a 3D representation, encode that 3D representation into a latent form (e.g., a latent embedding), and then reconstruct a close facsimile of that input 3D representation as the output.
[00250] A transformer may be trained to use self-attention to generate, at least in part, representations of its input. A transformer may encode long-range dependencies (e.g., encode relationships between a large number of inputs). A transformer may comprise an encoder or a decoder. Such an encoder may, in some implementations, operate in a bi-directional fashion or may operate a self-attention mechanism. Such a decoder may, in some implementations, may operate a masked self-attention mechanism, may operate a cross-attention mechanism, or may operate in an auto-regressive manner. The self-attention operations of the transformers described herein may, in some implementations, relate different positions or aspects of an individual 3D oral care representation in order to compute a reduced-dimensionality representation of that 3D oral care representation. The cross-attention operations of the transformers described herein may, in some implementations, mix or combine aspects of two (or more) different 3D oral care representations. The auto-regressive operations of the transformers described herein may, in some implementations, consume previously generated aspects of 3D oral care representations (e.g., previously generated points, point clouds, transforms, etc.) as additional input when generating a new or modified 3D oral care representation. The transformer may, in some implementations, generate a latent form of the input data, which may be used as an information-rich reduced-dimensionality representation of the input data, which may be more easily consumed by other generative or discriminative machine learning models.
[00251] In some implementations, an encoder-decoder structure may first be trained as an autoencoder. In deployment, one or more modifications may be made to the latent form of the input data. This modified latent form may then proceed to be reconstructed by the decoder, yielding a reconstructed form of the input data which differs from the input data in one or more intended aspects. Oral care arguments, such as oral care parameters or oral care metrics may be supplied to the encoder, the decoder, or may be used in the modification of the latent form, to influence the encoder-decoder structure in generating a reconstructed form that has desired characteristics (e.g., characteristics which may differ from that of the input data).
[00252] Techniques of this disclosure may, in some instances, be trained using federated learning. Federated learning may enable multiple remote clinicians to iteratively improve a machine learning model (e.g., validation of 3D oral care representations, mesh segmentation, mesh cleanup, other techniques which involve labeling mesh elements, coordinate system prediction, non-organic object placement on teeth, appliance component generation, tooth restoration design generation, techniques for placing 3D oral care representations, setups prediction, generation or modification of 3D oral care representations using autoencoders, generation or modification of 3D oral care representations using transformers, generation or modification of 3D oral care representations using diffusion models, 3D oral care representation classification, imputation of missing values), while protecting data privacy (e.g., the clinical data may not need to be sent “over the wire” to a third party). Data privacy is particularly important to clinical data, which is protected by applicable laws. A clinician may receive a copy of a machine learning model, use a local machine learning program to further train that ML model using locally available data from the local clinic, and then send the updated ML model back to the central hub or third party. The central hub or third party may integrate the updated ML models from multiple clinicians into a single updated ML model which benefits from the learnings of recently collected patient data at the various clinical sites. In this way, a new ML model may be trained which benefits from additional and updated patient data (possibly from multiple clinical sites), while those patient data are never actually sent to the 3rd party. Training on a local in-clinic device may, in some instances, be performed when the device is idle or otherwise be performed during off-hours (e.g., when patients are not being treated in the clinic). Devices in the clinical environment for the collection of data and/or the training of ML models for techniques described herein may include intra-oral scanners, CT scanners, X- ray machines, laptop computers, servers, desktop computers or handheld devices (such as smart phones with image collection capability). In addition to federated learning techniques, in some implementations, contrastive learning may be used to train, at least in part, the ML models described herein. Contrastive learning may, in some instances, augment samples in a training dataset to accentuate the differences in samples from difference classes and/or increase the similarity of samples of the same class.
[00253] In some instances, a local coordinate system for a 3D oral care representation, such as a tooth, may be described by one or more transforms (e.g., an affine transformation matrix, translation vector or quaternion). Systems of this disclosure may be trained for coordinate system prediction using past cohort patient case data. The past patient data may include at least: one or more tooth meshes or one or more ground truth tooth coordinate systems. Machine learning models such as: U-Nets, encoders, autoencoders, pyramid encoder-decoders, transformers, or convolution and/or pooling layers, may be trained for coordinate system prediction. Representation learning may determine a representation of a tooth (e.g., encoding a mesh or point cloud into a latent representation, for example, using a U-Net, encoder, transformer, convolution and/or pooling layers or the like), and then predict a transform for that representation (e.g., using a trained multilayer perceptron, transformer, encoder, transformer, or the like) that defines a local coordinate system for that representation (e.g., comprising one or more coordinate axes). In the instance where the coordinate system is predicted for a tooth mesh, the mesh convolutional techniques described herein can leverage invariance to rotations, translations, and/or scaling of that tooth mesh to generate predications that techniques that are not invariant to the rotations, translations, and/or scaling of that tooth mesh cannot generate. Pose transfer techniques may be trained for coordinate system prediction, in the form of predicting a transform for a tooth. Reinforcement learning techniques may be trained for coordinate system prediction, in the form of predicting a transform for a tooth. [00254] Machine learning models such as: U-Nets, encoders, autoencoders, pyramid encoderdecoders, transformers, or convolution and/or pooling layers, may be trained as a part of a method for hardware (or appliance component) placement. Representation learning may train a first module to determine an embedded representation of a 3D oral care representation (e.g., encoding a mesh or point cloud into a latent form using an autoencoder, or using a U-Net, encoder, transformer, block of convolution and/or pooling layers or the like). That representation may comprise a reduced dimensionality form and/or information-rich version of the inputted 3D oral care representation. In some implementations, the generation of a representation may be aided by the calculation of a mesh element feature vector for one or more mesh elements (e.g., each mesh element). In some implementations, a representation may be computed for a hardware element (or appliance component). Such representations are suitable to be provided to a second module, which may perform a generative task, such as transform prediction (e.g., a transform to place a 3D oral care representation relative to another 3D oral care representation, such as to place a hardware element or appliance component relative to one or more teeth) or 3D point cloud generation. Such a transform may comprise an affine transformation matrix, translation vector or quaternion or the like. Machine learning models which may be trained to predict a transform to place a hardware element (or appliance component) relative to elements of patient dentition include: MLP, transformer, encoder, or the like. Systems of this disclosure may be trained for 3D oral care appliance placement using past cohort patient case data. The past patient data may include at least: one or more ground truth transforms and one or more 3D oral care representations (such as tooth meshes, or other elements of patient dentition). In the instance where a U-Net (among other neural networks) is trained to generate the representations of tooth meshes, the mesh convolution and/or mesh pooling techniques described herein leverage invariance to rotations, translations, and/or scaling of that tooth mesh to generate predications that techniques that are not invariant to the rotations, translations, and/or scaling of that tooth mesh cannot generate. Pose transfer techniques may be trained for hardware or appliance component placement. Reinforcement learning techniques may be trained for hardware or appliance component placement.

Claims

CLAIMS WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A method comprising: receiving, by processing circuitry of a computing device, a first three-dimensional (3D) representation of oral care data; providing, by the processing circuitry, the first 3D representation of oral care data, as input to a trained autoencoder network; executing, by the processing circuitry, the trained autoencoder network to: encode the first 3D representation of oral care data into one or more latent space representations having a lower order of dimensionality than the first 3D representation of oral care data; reconstruct the one or more latent space representations into a second 3D representation of oral care data that is a facsimile of the first 3D representation of oral care data; and providing, by the processing circuitry, the one or more latent space representations to a trained machine learning (ML) model that is different from the trained autoencoder network; and executing, by the processing circuitry, the trained ML model to generate a transform.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein: the transform is for at least one tooth in a dental arch represented in the first and second 3D representations of oral care data.
3. The method of claim 2, wherein the generated transform is a setup transform that, when applied to a tooth represented in the first 3D representation, places the tooth into a final setup pose.
4. The method of claim 2, wherein the generated transform is a setup transform that, when applied to a tooth represented in the first 3D representation, places the tooth into an intermediate staging pose.
5. The method of claim 1, further comprising computing, by the processing circuitry, a reconstruction error that quantifies a difference between the first 3D representation of oral care data and the second 3D representation of oral care data.
6. The method of claim 5, wherein the reconstruction error is associated with at least one of a reconstruction loss calculation, or a KL-divergence calculation.
7. The method of claim 1, wherein the first 3D representation comprises at least one of a 3D mesh, a 3D point cloud, or a voxelized representation.
8. The method of claim 1, wherein the autoencoder network comprises a variational autoencoder (VAE) network.
9. The method of claim 1, wherein an encoder component of the autoencoder network is configured to encode the first 3D representation of oral care data to the one or more latent space representations.
10. The method of claim 1, wherein a decoder component of the autoencoder network is configured to reconstruct the one or more latent space representations into a second 3D representation of oral care data that is a facsimile of the first 3D representation of oral care data.
11. The method of claim 1, further comprising generating, by the processing circuitry, an oral care appliance design based on the first and second 3D representations of oral care data.
12. The method of claim 1, further comprising, providing, by the processing circuitry, as additional input data to the autoencoder network, at least one of: (i) one or more 3D geometries describing one or more teeth, (ii) one or more vectors P containing at least one value pertaining to at least one method of computing a dimension of at least one tooth, (iii) one or more vectors Q containing at least one value pertaining to at least one method of computing a distance between adjacent teeth, (iv) one or more vectors B containing latent vector information about one or more teeth, (v) one or more vectors N containing at least one value pertaining to the position of at least one tooth, (vi) one or more vectors O containing at least one value pertaining to the orientation of at least one tooth, (vii) one or more vectors R at least one of tooth name, designation, tooth type and tooth classification.
13. The method of claim 1, wherein the computing device is deployed at a clinical context, and wherein the method is performed in near real-time during an encounter with a patient.
14. The method of claim 1, wherein the first 3D representation comprises one or more mesh elements.
15. The method of claim 14, further comprising: computing one or more mesh element features for the one or more of the mesh elements; and providing the one or more mesh element features to the trained autoencoder network.
16. The method of claim 1, further comprising: receiving, by the processing circuitry, one or more appliance components; encoding the one or more appliance components into latent representations of the one or more appliance components; providing the latent representations of one or more appliance components to the trained ML model to generate transforms for the one or more appliance components.
17. The method of claim 1, further comprising: receiving, by the processing circuitry, one or more fixture model components; encoding the one or more fixture model components into latent representations of the one or more fixture model components; providing the latent representations of one or more fixture model components to the trained ML model to generate transforms for the one or more fixture model components.
18. An apparatus comprising: means for receiving a first three-dimensional (3D) representation of oral care data; means for providing the first 3D representation of oral care data to a trained autoencoder network; means for executing, by the processing circuitry, the trained autoencoder network, the means comprising: means for encoding the first 3D representation of oral care data into one or more latent space representations; and means for reconstructing the one or more latent space representations into a second 3D representation of oral care data that is a facsimile of the first 3D representation of oral care data.
19. A computing device comprising: interface hardware configured to receive a first three-dimensional (3D) representation of oral care data; a memory unit configmed to store the first 3D representation of oral care data; and processing circuitry configured to: provide the first 3D representation of oral care data stored to the memory unit as input to a trained autoencoder network; and execute the trained autoencoder network to: encode the first 3D representation of oral care data into one or more latent space representations; and reconstruct the one or more latent space representations into a second 3D representation of oral care data that is a facsimile of the first 3D representation of oral care data.
PCT/IB2023/062703 2022-12-14 2023-12-14 Autoencoders for final setups and intermediate staging in clear tray aligners WO2024127309A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202263432627P 2022-12-14 2022-12-14
US63/432,627 2022-12-14
US202363460571P 2023-04-19 2023-04-19
US63/460,571 2023-04-19

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024127309A1 true WO2024127309A1 (en) 2024-06-20

Family

ID=89386118

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2023/062703 WO2024127309A1 (en) 2022-12-14 2023-12-14 Autoencoders for final setups and intermediate staging in clear tray aligners

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024127309A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020026117A1 (en) 2018-07-31 2020-02-06 3M Innovative Properties Company Method for automated generation of orthodontic treatment final setups
US20210153986A1 (en) * 2019-11-25 2021-05-27 Dentsply Sirona Inc. Method, system and computer readable storage media for creating three-dimensional dental restorations from two dimensional sketches
WO2021245480A1 (en) 2020-06-03 2021-12-09 3M Innovative Properties Company System to generate staged orthodontic aligner treatment
US20220172430A1 (en) * 2019-02-27 2022-06-02 3Shape A/S Method for generating objects using an hourglass predictor
WO2022123402A1 (en) 2020-12-11 2022-06-16 3M Innovative Properties Company Automated processing of dental scans using geometric deep learning

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020026117A1 (en) 2018-07-31 2020-02-06 3M Innovative Properties Company Method for automated generation of orthodontic treatment final setups
US20210259808A1 (en) 2018-07-31 2021-08-26 3M Innovative Properties Company Method for automated generation of orthodontic treatment final setups
US20220172430A1 (en) * 2019-02-27 2022-06-02 3Shape A/S Method for generating objects using an hourglass predictor
US20210153986A1 (en) * 2019-11-25 2021-05-27 Dentsply Sirona Inc. Method, system and computer readable storage media for creating three-dimensional dental restorations from two dimensional sketches
WO2021245480A1 (en) 2020-06-03 2021-12-09 3M Innovative Properties Company System to generate staged orthodontic aligner treatment
WO2022123402A1 (en) 2020-12-11 2022-06-16 3M Innovative Properties Company Automated processing of dental scans using geometric deep learning

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Equidistant and Uniform Data Augmentation for 3D Objects", IEEE ACCESS
J. M. KANTERK. VEERAMACHANENI: "Deep feature synthesis: Towards automating data science endeavors", 2015 IEEE INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON DATA SCIENCE AND ADVANCED ANALYTICS (DSAA, 2015, pages 1 - 10, XP032826310, DOI: 10.1109/DSAA.2015.7344858
P. CIGNONIC. ROCCHINIR. SCOPIGNO: "Computer Graphics Forum", vol. 17, June 1998, BLACKWELL PUBLISHERS, article "Metro: measuring error on simplified surfaces", pages: 167 - 174
TONIONI A ET AL.: "Learning to detect good 3D keypoints", INT J COMPUT. VIS., vol. 126, 2018, pages 1 - 20, XP036405732, DOI: 10.1007/s11263-017-1037-3

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
Cui et al. TSegNet: An efficient and accurate tooth segmentation network on 3D dental model
CN109310488B (en) Method for estimating at least one of shape, position and orientation of a dental restoration
JP7489964B2 (en) Automated Orthodontic Treatment Planning Using Deep Learning
EP3591616A1 (en) Automated determination of a canonical pose of a 3d dental structure and superimposition of 3d dental structures using deep learning
JP2023552589A (en) Automatic processing of dental scans using geometric deep learning
US20220296344A1 (en) Method, system and devices for instant automated design of a customized dental object
Zheng et al. TeethGNN: semantic 3D teeth segmentation with graph neural networks
WO2023242757A1 (en) Geometry generation for dental restoration appliances, and the validation of that geometry
Ma et al. SRF‐Net: Spatial Relationship Feature Network for Tooth Point Cloud Classification
TW202409874A (en) Dental restoration automation
WO2024127309A1 (en) Autoencoders for final setups and intermediate staging in clear tray aligners
WO2024127304A1 (en) Transformers for final setups and intermediate staging in clear tray aligners
WO2024127308A1 (en) Classification of 3d oral care representations
WO2024127306A1 (en) Pose transfer techniques for 3d oral care representations
WO2024127302A1 (en) Geometric deep learning for final setups and intermediate staging in clear tray aligners
WO2024127303A1 (en) Reinforcement learning for final setups and intermediate staging in clear tray aligners
WO2024127310A1 (en) Autoencoders for the validation of 3d oral care representations
WO2024127311A1 (en) Machine learning models for dental restoration design generation
WO2024127315A1 (en) Neural network techniques for appliance creation in digital oral care
WO2024127313A1 (en) Metrics calculation and visualization in digital oral care
WO2024127314A1 (en) Imputation of parameter values or metric values in digital oral care
WO2024127316A1 (en) Autoencoders for the processing of 3d representations in digital oral care
WO2024127318A1 (en) Denoising diffusion models for digital oral care
WO2023242771A1 (en) Validation of tooth setups for aligners in digital orthodontics
WO2023242767A1 (en) Coordinate system prediction in digital dentistry and digital orthodontics, and the validation of that prediction